31B-222 (2) A
Renovations to ISSUED FOR BIDDING 11/3/2008
Lamont/ALCAP Dining Room .�
Smith College
Northampton, Massachusetts
Contractor and be included in his bid.
3.6 TESTING
A. Balancing Loads:
1. Circuits shall be connected to the panelboards so that the total load is distributed
equally between each line and neutral to within ten percent. Branch circuits shall be " ?
balanced on their own panelboards, and feeder loads balanced on the main
distribution panel. Reasonable load testing shall be arranged for verification if
requested by the Public Works Department.
3.7 FIRE SAFING
A. Work Included: Provide labor, materials, and equipment necessary to complete the work
including, but not limited to the following:
1. Fire safing at all penetrations through fire barriers.
2. Fire sating at all penetrations through smoke barriers. *�
3. Extent of fire and smoke barriers as indicated on the Architectural Drawings.
4. Fire safing at all penetrations through floors, shafts, corridor walls, stairway walls,
mechanical rooms, electrical rooms, vaults, storage rooms, kitchen, machine
rooms, outdoor storage rooms, and receiving rooms.
B. Safing Insulation
1. Fire safing insulation shall be Thermafiber as manufactured by USG Interiors, Inc. A.
or Architect-Engineer approved equal, 4" minimum thickness by the required full
length and width, or as indicated on the Drawings.
2. Provide incidental galvanized steel clip anchors.
C. Seal Compound: At "poke-through" openings, apply "Firecode" seal compound as
manufactured by USG Interiors, Inc., or approved equal, over Thermafiber fire safing.
D. Preparation
1. At all fire rated assemblies, prepare all penetrations for pipes.
E. Application
1. Install approved fire safing insulation of proper size leaving no voids. Compress *®
and friction fit fire safing and use attachment clips where necessary.
2. Seal completely around all openings and over the fire sating insulation with
sealing compound.
..
END OF SECTION
MR
ELECTRICAL 16100 - 16 """
Renovations to ISSUED FOR BIDDING 11/3/2008
Lamont/ALCAP Dining Room
Smith College
` Northampton, Massachusetts
required, conforming with the latest Massachusetts Electrical Code and other applicable
specification standards.
D. A #12 AWG insulated equipment ground conductor shall be installed in each length of
flexible metallic conduit connection to motors, recessed lighting fixtures and other equipment
components for continuity. Positive ground connections with the ground wire shall be made
at each outlet box, lighting fixture, motor and other equipment components by means of
positively secured ground clamp in each.
3.3 CONDUIT AND FITTINGS
A. All conduit shall be installed so as to provide the straightest possible run with not more than
the equivalent of three 90° bends in a single run. Where more bends are necessary, the
Electrical Contractor shall provide suitable pull boxes.
B. Conduit shall be fished and cleaned and dry before pulling wires and shall be suitably
protected against entrance of dirt and moisture during construction.
C. Ends of all conduits shall be reamed and all joints made waterproof. Connections to
junction boxes shall be double locknut and bushing, using insulated bushings on conduit 1-
1/4"or larger. Grounding bushings shall be provided at all panel connections.
D. Conduit connections to motor frames shall have minimum of 18" of flexible steel conduit to
eliminate vibrations and noise being transferred to other parts of the building, with cable
jumper across greenfield and fittings. This flexible conduit shall also be installed at ceiling
mounted lighting fixtures to facilitate alignment of fixtures.
3.4 OUTLET AND JUNCTION BOXES
A. Receptacle boxes, unless otherwise noted, shall be approximately 18" above finished floor,
aligned above or below closest block course, except at locations where wall mounted
equipment precludes this mounting height. At such locations, receptacle height shall be as
directed by the Architect. Switch outlets shall be 48" above finished floor, unless aligned
above or below closest block course. The Electrical Contractor shall check with the
Architectural and Structural Plans for interferences.
B. Junction and outlet boxes, where exposed to the weather and wet locations, shall be of the
threaded hub type and provided with watertight screw-on cover and gasket.
C. Pull boxes shall be adequate size to accommodate the conductors installed therein without
excessive bending of the conductors, which would damage the conductor insulation.
D. All outlet boxes installed in masonry shall be so set that their outer edges are 1/4" back of
finished surface.
E. Outlet boxes shall not be supported by the conduit. Suitable means shall be provided to
support the outlet box to take the weight of the fixture.
F. Fixture outlet boxes used as junction boxes or outlets not used, shall be provided with
covers.
3.5 EQUIPMENT INSTALLATION
A. All equipment furnished under this Section shall be installed in accordance with its
manufacturer's printed installation instructions, whether so shown on the Drawings or not,
and all labor and materials required to accomplish this shall be furnished by the Electrical
ELECTRICAL 16100 - 15
Renovations to ISSUED FOR BIDDING 11/3/2008
Lamont/ALCAP Dining Room
Smith College
Northampton, Massachusetts
R. System Documentation:
1. Prepare and submit four (4) copies of operation and maintenance manuals, neatly
bound as outlined in this Specification. ,
2. Manual to include:
a. A system block diagram with all input/output terminations and patch points
identified.
b. A listing of the As-built cabling and components installed.
C. A record of the test results.
d. Formalized As-built Drawings indicating the physical cable plant,
component and node locations.
e. A topology diagram depicting the network configuration for Owner's
reference when additions, changes, or modifications are made to the
original design.
PART 3- INSTALLATION
3.1 GENERAL INSTALLATION REQUIREMENTS *•
A. The Electrical Contractor shall endeavor to layout and perform his work in such a manner as
to cause no delay in the construction by other trades.
B. The Electrical Contractor shall verify all measurements and shall be responsible for the
correctness of same. No allowance will be made for differences between actual
measurements and those shown on plans.
C. If, in laying out his work, the Electrical Contractor finds that the work of other trades might
interfere with his, the Architect shall be notified.
D. The locations of outlets, apparatus, and equipment are approximate only and the runs of
feeders, mains, and branches are not necessarily to be made exactly as shown on the
plans. The exact locations of such work shall be determined after full consideration has
been given to work of other trades and without changes in the design of the systems. The
entire installation shall conform to the latest issue of the Massachusetts Electrical Code and
local inspection authorities.
E. Electrical equipment, such as junction and pull boxes, control, and apparatus, shall be made
accessible.
F. All wiring shall be concealed in finished spaces, except as otherwise specified. **
3.2 GROUNDING
A. Except where specifically indicated otherwise, all exposed non-current carrying metallic
parts of electrical equipment, metallic raceway systems, grounding conductor in non-metallic
raceways and neutral conductor of the wiring system shall be grounded. The ground
connection shall be made at the main service equipment.
B. The Electrical Contractor shall furnish and install all material required for the grounding
and/or bonding in the building of all equipment, power and lighting systems installed under
this Contract.
C. The Electrical Contractor shall make tight and proper all metallic components and
equipment to one another and to ground, using a positive foolproof system of connections.
Provide and install bonding and grounding conductors with approved termination where
ELECTRICAL 16100 - 14 ""
Renovations to ISSUED FOR BIDDING 11/3/2008
rW Lamont/ALCAP Dining Room
Smith College
Northampton, Massachusetts
and to provide technical information when requested by other trades. This person
shall be responsible for all quality control during installation, equipment set-up and
testing.
O. General Co-ordination (Date and Telephone Wiring)
1. Entire system shall conform completely with pertinent codes, laws, ordinances,
so regulations, standards, criteria, or other requirements, including, but not limited to,
structural support, fire rating and health/safety requirements regarding all items.
Such conformity shall have precedence over this Specification.
2. Secure equipment firmly in place, including boxes, conduit, and cables. Provide
fastenings and supports adequate to support loads.
3. Install work neatly, with boxes, equipment, etc., plumb and square. Adjust layout as
necessary to preserve symmetry and aesthetics. Install equipment to provide
maximum safety to future operators.
4. Clearly, logically, and permanently mark connectors, jacks, cables, and cable
terminations.
P. Wiring
1. Provide wire, conduits, and raceways according to standard broadcast practices.
Do not exceed 30%fill in conduit.
2. Exercise care in wiring to avoid damage to cables and equipment.
3. Wiring shall not rest on ceiling material nor touch any heat sources. Conduits
exposed to physical abuse shall be run in RSC, 3/4" minimum.
4. Install all data wire and cable. Ensure proper. .
a. Pulling tensions.
b. Quantities.
+
C. Types.
d. Lengths.
e. Routing.
f. Wire group separation.
g. Identification.
h. Bend radius
5. Splicing of cables is not permitted between terminations at specified equipment.
6. Form, in a neat and orderly manner, all conductors in enclosures and boxes,
wireways and wiring troughs, providing circuit and conductor identification. Tie as
required using T&B "Ty-Raps" of appropriate size and type. Limit spacing between
go ties to 6", and provide circuit and conductor identification at least once in each
enclosure.
7. Provide ample service loops at each termination so that plates, panels, and
equipment can be unmounted for service and inspection.
OF
Q. Acceptance Testing
1. Acceptance testing shall be performed by the Architect/Engineer and Owner during
a period designated by the Owner. The period of time required for acceptance
testing is two (2) working days. Contractor shall furnish a minimum of one (1)
technician for the acceptance testing period. This area shall be completed with all
furnishings ready for occupancy.
2. Make additional mechanical and electrical adjustments within the scope of the work
and which are deemed necessary by the Architect or Owner as a result of the
acceptance tests.
op ELECTRICAL 16100- 13
.�r
Renovations to ISSUED FOR BIDDING 11/3/2008
Lamont/ALCAP Dining Room ■„
Smith College
Northampton, Massachusetts
b. Neat and uncluttered wire termination.
4. Provide fire stopping for electrical penetrations through fire rated floors, walls, and
other partitions of building construction.
5. Where existing cables (outlets) are being relocated to an adjacent wall, Contractor
shall cut off connector and pull cable to new outlet box location. Pull and label as
specified.
K. Testing of Data Cables
1. Every cabling link in the installation shall be tested in accordance with the field test
specifications defined in ANSI/TIA/EIA-568-B.2-1 "Transmission Performance
Specifications for 4-pair 10002 Category 6 Cabling".
2. The installed twisted-pair horizontal links shall be tested from the IDF in the
telecommunications room to the telecommunication wall outlet in the work area
against the "Permanent Link" performance limits specification as defined in the
ANSI/TIA/EIA-568-B.2-1 standard.
3. Any failing link must be diagnosed and corrected. The corrective action shall be
followed with a new test to prove that the corrected link meets the performance
requirements.
L. Grounding
1. All equipment racks, housings, and raceways shall be grounded.
2. Data system shall contain a single point ground. All cabinets, racks, etc. shall be
connected to a single point ground which, in turn,will be connected to the grounding
systems conductors in that area.
3. Grounding shall conform to ANSI/TIA/EIA-607(A) - Commercial Building Grounding
and Bonding Requirements for Telecommunications, National Electrical Code@, •�
ANSI/NECA/BICSI-568 and manufacturer's grounding requirements as minimum.
M. Labeling
1. Labeling shall conform to ANSI/TIA/EIA-606-A standards.
2. Label each cable with permanent self-adhesive label with minimum, 1/8 in. high
characters, in the following locations:
a. Inside receptacle box at the work area.
b. Behind the communication closet patch panel or punch block.
3. Use labels on face of data patch panels. Provide facility assignment records in a
protective cover at each telecommunications closet location that is specific to the
facilities terminated therein.
4. Use color-coded labels for each termination field that conforms to ANSI/TIA/EIA-
606-A standard color codes for termination blocks.
5. Labels shall be machine-printed. Hand-lettered labels shall not be acceptable.
6. Label cables, outlets, patch panels, and punch blocks with room number in which
outlet is located, followed by a single letter suffix to indicate particular outlet within
room, i.e., S2107A, S2107B. Indicate riser cables by an R then pair or cable
number.
N. Field Quality Control
1. Employ a Job Superintendent or Project Manager during the course of the
installation to provide co-ordination of the work of the Division and of other trades
ELECTRICAL 16100 - 12 "�
Renovations to ISSUED FOR BIDDING 11/3/2008
Lamont/ALCAP Dining Room
Smith College
Northampton, Massachusetts
D. The work in this Section shall be performed by a Contractor who has been pre-qualified by
the College.
E. Work of this Section shall include the installation, termination, and testing of all data and
telephone wiring from the outlets indicated on the Contract Drawings to the Basement
Data/Telephone Room as indicated on the Drawings.
F. Each Telephone/Data outlet drop shall consist of one (1) data and one (1) voice drop, run
from each outlet location to the Telephone Room.
G. All data runs must be installed without cross-connects between wall jack and patch panel
terminations in Telephone Room.
H. Voice runs may be cross connected on 110 blocks.
I. Data cabling shall be Category 6, unshielded twisted pair, (UTP), with a blue sheath as
described in ANSI/TIA/EIA-606-A
1. Solid copper, 24 AWG, 100 ohm balanced twisted-pair (UTP) Category 6 cables
with four individually twisted-pairs, which meet or exceed the mechanical and
transmission performance specifications in ANSI/TIA/EIA-568-B.2-1 up to 250 MHz.
2. Wall Plates and Connectors
a. Single-gang faceplate with two openings containing the following devices:
1. Data Outlet - 8-pin modular, category 6, unkeyed, black, pinned to
either T568 (A or B) standards.
2. Voice Outlet - 8-pin modular, category 3, unkeyed, ivory, pinned to
either T568 (A or B) standards.
3. Data Jack Modules
a. Eight position modules shall be used in all work areas and modular patch
panels and shall meet the TIA/EIA-568-B.2-1 Category 6 standard. Modules
shall be tested and approved for Category 6 ETL component compliance. The
module termination to 4 pair 24 — 22 AWG 100 ohm solid unshielded twisted
pair cable shall be accomplished by use of a forward motion termination cap
and shall not require the use of a punchdown tool. All modules shall be 100%
tested for NEXT performance. The termination cap shall be color coded for
T568A and T568B wiring schemes.
J. Installation of Data and Telephone Cabling
1. Install materials and equipment in accordance with manufacturer's printed
!!" instructions to comply with governing regulations and industry standards applicable
to the work and as shown on approved Shop Drawings.
a. Contractor shall rigidly adhere to manufacturer's published specifications
for pulling tension, minimum bend radii, and sidewall pressure when
installing all cables.
2. Arrange and mount all equipment and materials in a manner acceptable to the
Architect/Engineer and Owner.
3. Installation shall conform to the following basic guidelines:
a. Use of approved wire, cable, and wiring devices.
ELECTRICAL 16100- 11
w
Renovations to ISSUED FOR BIDDING 11/3/2008
Lamont/ALCAP Dining Room Im
Smith College
Northampton, Massachusetts
3R (rainproof) is specified on the plans. Enclosures shall have gray enamel,
electro-deposited on cleaned phosphatized steel.
4. Switches shall be horsepower rated for 240 volts AC, as shown.
5. Fuses shall be as indicated on the Drawings.
6. Switches shall be Square D Heavy Duty type in NEMA 1 or NEMA 3R enclosures,
or equal.
C. Disconnect switches for 120 volt, single phase motors shall be single or double pole
toggle switches as specified, unless shown otherwise on the Drawings.
D. Motor starters shall be across-the-line magnetic type rated in accordance with NEMA
Standards, sizes and horsepower ratings. Starters shall be mounted in general purpose
enclosures unless otherwise indicated on the plans.
1. Across-the-line magnetic starters shall be equipped with double break silver alloy
contacts. All contacts shall be replaceable without removing power wiring or
removing starter from panel.
2. Coils shall be of molded construction, replaceable from the front without removing
the starter from the panel.
3. Overload relays shall be the melting alloy type with a replaceable control circuit
module. Thermal units shall be of one-piece construction and interchangeable.
The starter shall be inoperative if the thermal unit is removed.
a. All three phase magnetic starters shall have "Hand-Off-Auto" selector
switch, Square D, Class 8536, Form C, three-pole, three-phase of NEMA
size applicable, with three melting alloy overload relays and three-position
H-O-A switch in cover of general purpose enclosure.
b. All single phase magnetic starters shall be single pole magnetic contactor
without overload protection, with "Hand-Off-Auto" selector switch in cover
of general purpose enclosure, Square D, Class 8502. w.
C. A control transformer shall be furnished and installed in each starter,
fused, with 24 volt secondary. Starter coils shall be 24 volt.
d. Furnish a minimum of one auxiliary contact in each starter for use by
others for interlocking purposes.
4. Starters for two speed motors shall be for single winding or two winding as
required for the service.
E. Equivalent equipment by Cutler-Hammer, General Electric, or Westinghouse will be
considered.
2.9 TELECOMMUNICATIONS SYSTEM
A. The building's internal telephone/data system is existing, and will be modified to
accommodate the new building layout as shown on the Drawings and directed by the
Owner.
B. Existing head end equipment, including fiber optic data and telephone equipment mounted
on existing backboard in basement, shall remain and be sealed off with plastic covering
during construction to avoid dust intrusion as much as practicable.
C. New outlet locations, as shown on Drawings, shall consist of standard size outlet box, and
cover plates (smooth phenolic ivory), with 3 ports; (1) for data, (1) for telephone, and (1) for
future expansion.
ELECTRICAL 16100- 10 '"�
Renovations to ISSUED FOR BIDDING 11/3/2008
Lamont/ALCAP Dining Room
Smith College
Northampton, Massachusetts
12222, or equal.
10. Key operated switches shall be of the same grade and rating as specified for toggle
switches.
11. Power receptacles shall be flush type, of NEMA configuration shown,with matching
cord and cap, Leviton, or equal, as follows:
a. Type "50" - 50 amp, 125/250 volt, 3 pole, 4 wire, Leviton Cat. No. 279.
b. Type "30" - 30 amp, 125/250 volt, 3 pole, 4 wire, Leviton Cat. No. 278.
12. Occupancy sensors to be Watt Stopper passive infrared/ultrasonic DT 200 or
equal.
13. Wall plates shall be smooth Type 302 satin finish stainless steel with matching
screws.
2.7 LIGHTING FIXTURES
A. Remove existing lighting fixtures and replace with new lighting fixtures as described in the
Lighting Fixture Schedule found on the drawings.
B. Furnish and install lighting fixtures on all light outlets shown on plans. All lighting fixtures to
have label of Underwriters Laboratories, Inc. Fixtures to be complete in all respects with all
required glassware and lamps. All lamps to be new. Furnish and install all required
hardware to fit in all type ceilings. Fixtures are to be cleaned after lamps and diffusers are
installed. Any chipped, cracked or otherwise defective material shall be replaced.
C. Fluorescent ballasts shall be solid state low harmonic electronic type, approvable for use on
their system by Massachusetts Electric Co. Department. Fixture/lamp combinations for
which electronic ballasts are not available shall be high power factor, energy efficient
magnetic type, complete with automatic reset thermal protector, and shall be CBM certified.
D. All fixtures shall be installed complete with lamps of the stated type and size; T8 lamps
shall be 3500 K.
E. All fixtures to be independently supported from building structure.
F. Fixtures are identified by letter on the fixture schedule and by corresponding letter on
Drawings. Manufacturers' names and catalogue numbers are listed to show type and
standard of quality. Complete schedule of lighting fixtures shall be submitted to and
approved by the Architect.
2.8 MOTOR STARTERS AND DISCONNECT SWITCHES
A. Furnish and install motor starting, protecting, and controlling devices for motors where
shown on the Drawings.
B. Furnish and install heavy duty fused safety switches as indicated on plans and
specifications.
1. All switches shall have switch blades which are fully visible in the OFF position
with the door open. All current-carrying parts shall be plated to resist corrosion
and promote cool operation.
2. Switches shall be quick-made and quick-break such that, during normal operation
of the switch, the operation of the contacts shall not be capable of being
restrained by the operating handle after the closing or opening action of the
contacts has started. The handle and mechanism shall be an integral part of the
box, not the cover, with positive pad-locking provisions in the "OFF" position.
3. Switches shall be furnished in NEMA 1 general purpose enclosures unless NEMA
ELECTRICAL 16100-9
Renovations to ISSUED FOR BIDDING 11/3/2008
Lamont/ALCAP Dining Room
Smith College
Northampton, Massachusetts
B. Junction and outlet boxes, where exposed to weather and wet locations shall be of the cast
aluminum, threaded hub type and provided with watertight screw-on cover and gasket.
C. Outlet boxes shall be of sizes and types to accommodate: �^
1. structural conditions.
2. size and number of raceways and conductors or cables entering.
3. device of fixture for which required.
D. Boxes occurring at plastered surfaces shall have a suitable plaster ring installed.
E. Where multiple devices are located at one point, gang type boxes shall be used.
F. Pull and junction boxes, whether surface or flush, shall be galvanized code gauge.
G. Pull boxes and wireways shall be standard NEMA-1 enclosures with cover plates and
screws, bonderized paint finished.
H. Pull and splice boxes not indicated on the Drawings shall be provided as required by the
Massachusetts Electrical Codes.
I. Outlet boxes and covers shall be as manufactured by Steel City electrical Company,
General Electric Company, Raco, or approved equal.
J. Floor Boxes to be quadraplex receptacle devices fed from two circuits. Floor box to meet
UL514A and UL514C scrub water exclusion test. Device to be Wiremold Model #RC4
Poke-Thru Device or approved equal.
2.5 NAMEPLATES
A. Furnish and install nameplates identifying all apparatus, controls, panels and safety
switches. The nameplates shall be Seton style 2060 engraved plastic, or equal, screw
attached. Submit schedule of nameplate lettering for approval.
2.6 WIRING DEVICES
A. The Electrical Contractor shall install devices where shown on the plans. Where two or
more devices occur at one location, they shall be provided with a gang plate. All unused
boxes to be furnished with blank plates.
1. Duplex Receptacles - 20 amp, 125 volt with grounding screw, side and back wired.
To be Leviton Cat. No. 53521, or equal.
2. Ground fault interrupting receptacles shall be Leviton Cat. No. 6898HG1, or equal.
3. Weatherproof cover for receptacles shall be lockable, vertical, UL Listed, with
Lexan base and lid, 4 screw attachment, Tay Mac Cat. No. 20350, or equal.
4. Duplex receptacles, isolated ground - 20 A, 125 V, side and back wired, Leviton
Cat. No. 53621G, or equal.
5. Light Switches, Single Pole - 20 amp, 120/277 volt, back and side wired, Leviton *
Cat. No. 12212, or equal.
6. Light Switches, 3 Way - 20 amp, 120/277 volt, back and side wired, Leviton Cat.
No. 12232, or equal.
7. Light Switches, 4 Way - 20 amp, 120/277 volt, back and side wired, Leviton Cat.
No. 12242, or equal.
8. Switch and Pilot Light - 20 amp, 120 volt, side and back wired, red handle, Leviton
Cat. No. 1221 PLR, or equal. w
9. Double pole switch - 20 amp, 120/277 volt, back and side wired, Leviton Cat. No.
ELECTRICAL 16100-8 ..
Renovations to ISSUED FOR BIDDING 11/3/2008
Lamont/ALCAP Dining Room
Smith College
Northampton, Massachusetts
2.1 RACEWAYS
A. Rigid galvanized steel or intermediate steel conduit shall be used for all raceway runs
concealed in concrete, run under slabs, run in trenches or pits, exposed below 6' above
floor, and for service entrance conductor sweeps. Conduit shall comply with the latest
applicable Federal Specifications.
B. Electrical metallic tubing may be used for all raceways run in walls or partitions, run
exposed inside the building, or run concealed in or above furred spaces unless otherwise
specified above. Electrical metallic tubing shall comply with the latest applicable
requirements of the National Electrical Manufacturers Association. Couplings, connectors,
and fittings for electrical metallic tubing shall be of steel construction, set screw type.
C. Raceways for site communications and site power and light shall be Schedule 40 PVC with
solvent welded fittings, or Type EB where shown to be encased in concrete. Use steel
sweeps on conduit 3" and larger.
D. Flexible Steel Conduit shall be used for final connections to motors or other removable
equipment to facilitate removal and connections.
2.2 WIREWAYS
A. Wireways shall be made to accommodate conductors as required in accordance with
applicable rules of the Massachusetts Electrical Code. To be of code gauge steel and
PM supported as required by Code. Wireways shall be furnished and installed complete with
the necessary complement of fittings, connectors, and accessory parts. Wireways shall be
of the "lay-in" type with standard knockouts and with screw covers for full channel access.
All sheet metal parts shall be coated with a rust inhibitor and finished in grey baked enamel.
All hardware shall be plated to prevent corrosion.
2.3 CONDUCTORS
A. Conductors shall be 98% conductivity copper, with 600 volt insulation, and shall be of types
indicated below unless otherwise shown on the plans. Aluminum conductors shall not be
used.
B. Conductors#10 AWG and smaller, Type THWN, solid.
C. Conductors#4 AWG through#8 AWG, Type THWN, stranded.
D. Conductors#3 AWG and larger,Type THW, stranded.
E. Branch circuit wiring located above lay in tile ceilings or fished in stud partitions may be Type
MC cable;single and multi-circuit home runs shall be raceway and wire as specified.
F. Wire and cable for special systems shall be as specified in those specification sections.
G. Wire and Cable to be by Cerro, Southwire, Triangle/PWC, or equal.
2.4 OUTLET AND JUNCTION BOXES
A. Outlet boxes and covers shall be galvanized or sheradized pressed steel unless otherwise
noted or required by the Massachusetts Electrical Code, and shall be as required for their
use.
ELECTRICAL 16100 -7
..
Renovations to ISSUED FOR BIDDING 11/3/2008
Lamont/ALCAP Dining Room
Smith College
Northampton, Massachusetts
1 Description of systems.
2. Description of start up, operation, and shutdown procedures for each item of
equipment.
3. Schedule of adjustment, care, and routine maintenance for each item of equipment.
4. Wiring and control diagrams with data to explain detailed operation and control of
each item of equipment.
5. Panel schedules
6. List of recommended spare parts. ..
7. Copies of all service contracts.
8. List of all names, addresses, and phone numbers of all Contractors as well as the
local representative for each item of equipment.
1.16 GUARANTEE
A. The Electrical Contractor shall guarantee the satisfactory operation of his work in all parts
for a period of one (1) year after date of final acceptance, and shall agree to promptly
repair or replace any items of his work which are found to be defective during this period.
B. The Electrical Contractor shall pay for repair of damage to the building caused by defects in
his work and for repair to plaster, wood, and other materials or equipment caused by
replacement or repairs to the entire satisfaction of the Architect.
C. Any part of the work installed under this Contract requiring excessive maintenance shall be
considered as being defective.
1.17 CUTTING AND PATCHING
A. Cutting and/or drilling of all openings and holes required for the installation of electrical
apparatus in the building, shall be performed by the General Contractor. All work and
materials shall be installed in such a manner and at such time to keep cutting and patching
to a minimum. Cutting and/or drilling of structural supports (ie. beams or joists) is not
allowed without written approval by the Architect. Location for openings, etc. shall be
checked by the Electrical Contractor, and error due to failure to co-ordinate work with other
divisions shall be the responsibility of the Electrical Contractor failing to co-ordinate, who
shall make the corrections at his own expense.
B. Work shall include furnishing and locating sleeves or inserts required before the new walls
are built, or be responsible for the cost of cutting and patching required for conduit and
equipment where sleeves were not installed or where incorrectly located. The Electrical
Contractor shall do all drilling required for the installation of hangers.
C. Patching of all holes, after installation of piping or equipment, shall be performed by the
General Contractor or appropriate tradesmen.
D. All pipe cutting or threading shall be done in a location approved by the Owner.
E. No pipe cutting or threading shall be done in areas where completed concrete floor slab is to
remain in finishes or be painted later. Should this area be necessary, the Electrical
Contractor shall cover the entire working area with canvas tarpaulins in an approved
manner.
1.18 RECORD DRAWINGS
A. Submit Record Drawings as specified in Division 1.
PART 2—MATERIALS
ELECTRICAL 16100-6
Renovations to ISSUED FOR BIDDING 11/3/2008
Lamont/ALCAP Dining Room
Smith College
Northampton, Massachusetts
B. The Specifications are complementary and anything called for, or reasonably implied, in the
Plans and not in the Specifications, or vice versa, shall be considered as called for or
reasonably implied in both.
C. The Electrical Contractor shall not scale the Drawings.
D. Because of the small scale of the Drawings, it is not possible to indicate all offsets, fittings
and accessories that may be required. The Electrical Contractor shall carefully investigate
the structural and finish conditions affecting all his work and shall arrange such work
accordingly, furnishing such accessories as may be required to meet such conditions, at no
additional cost.
1.12 PRODUCT HANDLING
�w
A. The Electrical Contractor shall provide for the delivery of all his materials and fixtures to the
building site when required, so as to carry on his work efficiently and to avoid delaying his
work and that of other trades.
1.13 ENVIRONMENTAL CONDITIONS
A. All necessary tools machinery, scaffolding, and transportation for completion of his Contract
shall be provided by the individual Contractor.
B. The Electrical Contractor shall provide his own portable extension lines and obtain 120 volt,
60 cycle, single phase electric energy from the General Contractor to drive his machines
and light his work. He shall provide his own light bulbs, plugs, sockets, etc.
C. All broken or waste material, rags, packing,etc., resulting from his work shall be removed by
the individual Contractor.
1.14 WORK CONCEALED
A. All piping, duct work, cable, and raceway .shall be installed concealed in all areas except
storage rooms, closets, and mechanical or electrical equipment rooms.
B. Exposed runs shall be run straight and level, parallel or perpendicular to the lines of the
building.
1.15 OPERATING INSTRUCTIONS
A. After all final tests and adjustments have been completed, fully instruct the proper Owner's
representative in all details of operation for equipment installed. Supply qualified personnel
to operate equipment for sufficient length of time to assure that Owner's representative is
properly qualified to take over operation and maintenance procedures.
B. Furnish the Architect, for his approval, three (3) copies of an Operation and Maintenance
Manual. Inscribe the following identification on the cover: the words, "Operation and
Maintenance Manual", the name and location of the equipment or the building, the name of
the Contractor, and the Contract number. "The manual shall have a Table of Contents with
tab sheets placed before each Section. The instructions shall be legible and easily read,
with large sheets of Drawings folded in. The manuals shall be bound in hard binders or an
approved equivalent.
C. The manual shall include the following information:
ELECTRICAL 16100-5
Renovations to ISSUED FOR BIDDING 11/3/2008
Lamont/ALCAP Dining Room go
Smith College
Northampton, Massachusetts
with the General Requirements.
1.6 PRODUCTS
A. With the exception of items specifically noted other-wise, all materials used shall be U.S.
made, new, full weight, and first class in every respect, without defects, and designed to
function properly in that portion of the work for which they are intended, and with the same w.
brand of manufacturers for each class of material or equipment. Electrical materials and
equipment of types for which there are Underwriters Laboratories standard requirements,
listings, or labels shall conform to their requirements and be so labeled.
1.7 SUBMITTALS
A. Before ordering materials shipped to the job, the Electrical Contractor shall submit to the
Architect six (6) sets of catalogue cuts, manufacturers' data sheets, or Shop Drawings,
giving all details, dimensions, capacities, etc. of all materials to be furnished.
B. The Electrical Contractor shall check the Shop Drawings thoroughly for compliance with the
Plans and Specifications before submitting them to the Architect for review, making any and
all changes which may be required.
C. The review of Shop Drawings by the Architect shall not relieve the Electrical Contractor from �.
any obligation to perform the work strictly in accordance with the Contract Drawings and
Specifications. The responsibility for errors in Shop Drawings shall remain with the
Contractor.
D. In the event that materials are being delivered to or installed on the job for which Shop
Drawings or samples have not been approved and/or which are not in accordance with the
Specifications, the Electrical Contractor will be required to remove such materials and
substitute approved materials at his own expense and as directed by the Architect. .,
1.8 PERMITS, FEES, AND INSPECTIONS
A. The Electrical Contractor shall secure all permits and pay all fees required for his work. He
shall be required to secure all other permits and pay all other fees and charges incidental to
the proper carrying out of the Contract. He is to assume all responsibility regarding the
observance of the rules and regulations so far as they relate to his part of the work.
B. The Electrical Contractor shall arrange and pay for all required inspections of his work.
1.9 TEMPORARY HOOK-UPS
A. The General Contractor will provide any temporary hook-ups required for the use of water or
sanitary for construction purposes and testing out apparatus as specified in Division 1.
1.10 TEMPORARY LIGHT AND POWER
A. The General Contractor will furnish and install temporary light and power as specified in
Division 1.
1.11 PLANS AND SPECIFICATIONS
A. The Electrical Contractor shall refer to the Architectural Drawings of interior details, plans,
elevations, and structural layout in preparing his estimate. These documents are intended
to supplement the Mechanical and Electrical Plans and Specifications and any applicable
work indicated or implied thereon is to be considered a part of the Contract requirements.
ELECTRICAL 16100-4
Renovations to ISSUED FOR BIDDING 11/3/2008
M Lamont/ALCAP Dining Room
Smith College
Northampton, Massachusetts
removed or replaced without the express approval of the Architect after construction work
begins.
,® C. The Electrical Contractor shall be held responsible for any injuries or damage done to the
building premises or adjoining property or to other Contractors' work resulting from the
execution of his part of the work in any manner whatsoever; and in case of dispute arising
as to the extent or share of responsibility incurred by the Electrical Contractor, it is agreed
ON between the Owner and the Electrical Contractor that such liability and extent of damage
shall be finally determined by the Architect whose decision shall be final and binding on both
parties to the Contract for the work in question.
D. The Electrical Contractor shall co-operate to the fullest extent with all other trades in order to
expedite the progress of the work. He shall furnish all information pertaining to his materials
as to sizes, locations, and means of support, to all other trades requiring such information.
The Electrical Contractor shall also furnish all sleeves, frames, beams, supports, inserts,
etc., hereinafter specified so that the General Contractor may build them in place. In case of
failure on the part of the Electrical Contractor to give proper information as above, he will be
required to bear the extra expense involved due to such failure.
E. The arrangement of all piping, duct work, conduit, wire and cable indicated on the Drawings
is diagrammatic only, and indicates the minimum requirements of this work. Conditions at
the building shall determine the actual arrangement of runs, bends, offsets, etc. The
Electrical Contractor shall lay out all his work and be responsible for the accuracy thereof.
Conditions at the building shall be the determining factor for all measurements.
F. All work shall be laid out and installed so as to require the least amount of cutting and
patching. Drilling of all holes required for the installation of pipes, conduit, and cable runs
shall be performed by the Electrical Contractor installing such items.
G. The Electrical Contractor shall be responsible for the proper protection of his work and
materials from injury or loss at the hands of others and shall make good such loss or injury
at his own expense. All pipes left open during the progress of the work shall be capped or
plugged at all times. All instruments and operating apparatus shall be protected by suitable
on means.
H. The Electrical Contractor shall be responsible for all equipment and materials installed under
this Section until the final acceptance of the project by the Owner.
I. Before submitting his bid, the Electrical Contractor shall visit the site with the Drawings and
Specifications and shall become thoroughly familiar with all conditions affecting his work
since the Electrical Contractor will be held responsible for any assumption he may make in
regard thereto.
J. The Electrical Contractor shall check the Architectural Plans and Specifications before
ordering any materials and the installation of work. Any discrepancies shall be called to the
attention of the Architect before proceeding with the work.
1.5 QUALITY ASSURANCE
A. Equality of materials or articles other than those named or described in this Section will be
determined in accordance with the provisions of the General Requirements, except that
w substitutions will only be considered for items where the words, "or equal" appear in product
specifications and as approved by the Architect and Owner.
B. The Electrical Contractor shall agree to accept as final the results of tests secured by a
qualified testing laboratory engaged by the Owner. Tests will be conducted in accordance
ELECTRICAL 16100 -3
am
Renovations to ISSUED FOR BIDDING 11/3/2008
Lamont/ALCAP Dining Room
Smith College
Northampton, Massachusetts
SECTION 16100- ELECTRICAL
PART 1 -GENERAL
1.1 RELATED DOCUMENTS
A. Include General Conditions, Supplementary General Conditions, and applicable parts of
Division 1, as part of this Section.
B. Examine all other Sections of the Specifications for requirements which affect work under ..�
this Section whether or not such work is specifically mentioned in this Section.
C. Co-ordinate work with that of all other trades affecting, or affected by the work of this
Section. Co-operate with such trades to assure steady progress of all work under the
Contract.
1.2 SCOPE OF WORK
A. Furnish all labor, materials, plant, equipment and services necessary for and reasonably
incidental to the complete installation of all electrical work specified herein and/or indicated
on the Drawings, including, but not limited to,the following: �.
1. Minor modifications to Fire Alarm system
2. Branch Circuit Wiring and Conduit.
3. Wiring devices and plates.
4. Power wiring to motors and equipment furnished by other trades or Owner including
final connections to equipment.
5. Lighting fixtures, Trims & Lamps.
6. Siesmic.
7. Telecommunications system modifications.
8. Feeders
1.3 CODES, ORDINANCES AND INSPECTIONS
A. All materials and the installation thereof shall conform to the requirements of the
Massachusetts State Building Code, Massachusetts Electrical Code, and local laws, rules,
regulations, and codes pertaining thereto. Where provisions of the Contract Documents
conflict with any codes, rules or regulations, the latter shall govern. Where the Contract
requirements are in excess of applicable codes, rules or regulations, the Contract provisions
shall govern unless the Architect rules otherwise.
B. The Electrical Contractor shall comply with the Local Code Enforcement Officials'
instructions at no additional cost to the Owner.
1.4 INSTALLATION REQUIREMENTS
A. The Electrical Contractor shall employ only competent and experienced workmen at a
regular schedule in harmony with the other tradesmen on the job. He shall also exercise
care and supervision of his employees in regard to proper and expeditious laying out of his
work.
B. The Electrical Contractor shall have a Foreman or Superintendent assigned to the Project
who shall be authorized to make decisions and receive instructions exactly as if the �..
Electrical Contractor himself were present. The Foreman or Superintendent shall not be
ELECTRICAL 16100-2 .w
Renovations to ISSUED FOR BIDDING 11/3/2008
Lamont/ALCAP Dining Room
Smith College
Northampton, Massachusetts
INDEX
SECTION 16100 -ELECTRICAL
PART 1 -GENERAL PART 3-INSTALLATION
1.1 RELATED DOCUMENTS 3.1 GENERAL INSTALLATION REQUIREMENTS
�w 1.2 SCOPE OF WORK 3.2 GROUNDING
1.3 CODES, ORDINANCES AND INSPECTIONS 3.3 CONDUIT AND FITTINGS
1.4 INSTALLATION REQUIREMENTS 3.4 OUTLET AND JUNCTION BOXES
1.5 QUALITY ASSURANCE 3.5 EQUIPMENT INSTALLATION
1.6 PRODUCTS 3.6 TESTING
1.7 SUBMITTALS 3.7 FIRE SAFING
1.8 PERMITS, FEES AND INSPECTIONS
1.9 TEMPORARY HOOK-UPS
1.10 TEMPORARY LIGHT AND POWER
1.11 PLANS AND SPECIFICATIONS
1.12 PRODUCT HANDLING
1.13 ENVIRONMENTAL CONDITIONS
1.14 WORK CONCEALED
1.15 OPERATING INSTRUCTIONS
1.16 GUARANTEE
1.17 CUTTING AND PATCHING
1.18 RECORD DRAWINGS
PART 2-MATERIALS
2.1 RACEWAYS
2.2 WIREWAYS
2.3 CONDUCTORS
2.4 OUTLET AND JUNCTION BOXES
2.5 NAMEPLATES
2.6 WIRING DEVICES
2.7 LIGHTING FIXTURES
2.8 MOTOR STARTERS AND DISCONNECT
SWITCHES
2.9 TELECOM LINICATIONS SYSTEM
ELECTRICAL 16100- 1
Renovations to ISSUED FOR BIDDING 11/3/2008
Lamont/ALCAP Dining Room a•
Smith College
Northampton, Massachusetts
B. Safing Insulation
1. Fire safing insulation shall be Thermafiber as manufactured by USG Interiors, Inc.
or Architect-Engineer approved equal, 4" minimum thickness by the required full
length and width, or as indicated on the Drawings.
2. Provide incidental galvanized steel clip anchors.
C. Seal Compound: At "poke-through" openings, apply "Firecode" seal compound as
manufactured by USG Interiors, Inc., or approved equal, over Thermafiber fire safing.
D. Preparation
1. At all fire rated assemblies, prepare all penetrations for pipes.
E. Application
1. Install approved fire safing insulation of proper size leaving no voids. Compress
and friction fit fire safing and use attachment clips where necessary.
2. Seal completely around all openings and over the fire safing insulation with sealing
compound.
END OF SECTION
we
HVAC 15600-24 .�
Renovations to ISSUED FOR BIDDING 11/312008
Lamont/ALCAP Dining Room
Smith College
Northampton, Massachusetts
B. Insulation shall not be omitted on piping in walls nor on branches running through radiator
covers. Longitudinal seams on jackets shall be located so that they are not visible from the
floor. Remove all stickers from covering.
C. Insulation shall be applied over clean pipe with all joints butted firmly together and sealed with
butt strips. Insulation shall run through all hangers, sleeves, and have an 18 gauge sheet
metal saddle equal to three times the pipe diameter in length. All pipes over 2" in diameter
shall be supported through insulation by fitting a protection saddle to the thickness of the
insulation inside the vapor barrier jacket.
D. All fittings, valves, etc. shall be insulated with the proper factory pre-cut insulation. The ends
of the insulation shall be tucked snugly into the throat of the fitting and the edge adjacent to
the pipe covering tufted and tucked into fully insulated pipe fitting. The one piece PVC fitting
cover shall then be secured by taping the ends of the adjacent pipe covering.
3.5 EQUIPMENT INSTALLATION
A. All equipment furnished under this Section shall be installed in accordance with its
manufacturer's printed installation instructions, whether so shown on the Drawings or not,
and all labor and materials required to accomplish this shall be furnished by the HVAC
Contractor and be included in his bid.
3.6 SYSTEM TESTS AND CLEAN-UP
A. The entire Heating and Ventilating system shall be tested at completion of the building, and it
shall be established that all controls are calibrated accurately and performing satisfactorily
and that all units are heating and ventilating satisfactorily. The systems shall be checked for
vibration and excessive noise and all such conditions corrected.
B. At the completion of all work, all equipment on the project shall be checked and thoroughly
cleaned including coils, plenums, under equipment and any and all other areas around or in
equipment provided under this Section. Any filters used during construction shall be replaced
with new filters during final clean-up.
uur C. At the completion of all work, all equipment on the project shall be checked for painting
damage, and any factory finished paint that has been damaged shall be repaired to match
the adjacent areas.
D. Any metal or especially covered areas that have been deformed shall be replaced with new
material and repainted to match the adjacent areas.
we 3.7 FIRE SAFING
A. Work Included: Provide labor, materials, and equipment necessary to complete the work
including, but not limited to the following:
1. Fire sating at all penetrations through fire barriers.
2. Fire safing at all penetrations through smoke barriers.
3. Extent of fire and smoke barriers as indicated on the Architectural Drawings.
4. Fire safing at all penetrations through floors, shafts, corridor walls, stairway walls,
mechanical rooms, electrical rooms, vaults, storage rooms, kitchen, machine
rooms, outdoor storage rooms, and receiving rooms.
HVAC 15600-23
Renovations to ISSUED FOR BIDDING 11/3/2008
Lamont/ALCAP Dining Room �.
Smith College
Northampton, Massachusetts
w
pressure for any vessel, pump, valve, or other component in the system under test. Make a
check to verify that the stress due to pressure at the bottom of vertical runs does not exceed
either 90% of specified minimum yield strength, or 1.7 times the "SE" value in Appendix A of
ASME B31.9, Code for Pressure Piping, Building Services Piping.
D. After the hydrostatic test pressure has been applied for at least 10 minutes, examine piping,
joints, and connections for leakage. Eliminate leaks by tightening, repairing, or replacing
components as appropriate, and repeat hydrostatic test until there are no leaks.
E. After system has been determined to be leak-free, the Engineer shall be notified and the test
shall be repeated in his or his representative's presence.
F. When delicate control mechanisms are installed in the piping system, they shall be removed
during the tests to prevent shock damage. This does not apply to control valves. w
G. Leaks developing subsequent to these tests shall not be repaired by mastic or other
temporary means. All leaks shall be repaired by removal of the valve, fitting,joint, or section
that is leaking and reinstalling new material with joints as specified herein before.
3.3 CLEANING AND FLUSHING
A. All water circulating systems for the project shall be thoroughly cleaned before placing in
operation to rid the system of dirt, piping compound, mill scale, oil, and any and all other
material foreign to the water being circulated. Clean all strainers.
B. Extreme care shall be exercised during construction to prevent all dirt and other foreign
matter from entering the pipe or other parts of the system. Pipe stored on the project shall
have the open ends capped and equipment shall have all openings fully protected. Before
erection, each piece of pipe,fitting, or valve shall be visually examined and all dirt removed.
C. After system is complete, the Heating &Ventilating Contractor shall add trisodium phosphate
in an aqueous solution to the system at the proportion of one pound per fifty gallons of water
in the system. After the system is filled with this solution, the system shall be brought up to
temperature and allowed to circulate for two hours. The system shall then be drained
completely and refilled with fresh water. The Engineer shall be given notice of this cleaning
operation and he or his representative shall be present to observe the cleaning operation,
and, if he deems it necessary,the cleaning operation shall be repeated.
D. After the system has been completely cleaned as specified herein, it shall be tested by litmus
paper or other dependable method and shall be left on the slightly alkaline side (ph =7.5 plus
or minus). If the system is found to be still on the acid side, the cleaning by the use of
trisodium phosphate shall be repeated.
E. The HVAC Contractor shall not add any water treatment chemicals, or at any time"stop-leak"
compounds to the system. *'
3.4 INSULATION
A. All insulation shall be installed by an independent insulation contractor regularly engaged in
that business.
HVAC 15600-22 .s
Renovations to ISSUED FOR BIDDING 11/3/2008
Lamont/ALCAP Dining Room
Smith College
Northampton, Massachusetts
PART 3 -INSTALLATION
3.1 PIPE INSTALLATION
A. All piping shall be run true and straight at proper pitch without strain and shall be firmly
supported throughout. Provision for expansion and contraction shall be made with offsets or
expansion loops. All pipe shall be cut off clean and threaded with sharp dies, reamed and
burrs removed.
ws B. Where screwed fittings are used, bushings shall not be used from branch connections or
reducers. Connections to equipment shall be full size of tappings. Reductions in the run of
pipe shall be made with eccentric or concentric reducers as required for draining and venting.
C. All piping shall be run concealed throughout finished spaces either in furred spaces, shafts,
- chases, or above hung ceilings.
D. Special care must be taken throughout the equipment rooms, vertical pipe shafts, above
hung ceilings, and elsewhere throughout all floors to maintain maximum headroom and
clearances for access to other equipment and to avoid conflict with electrical conduits, lighting
fixtures, other piping,ducts, and equipment of other trades.
E. Connections to equipment shall be made with unions or flanges to permit future replacement,
removal and servicing of equipment. Flexible connections where required to isolate
movement of equipment from piping system or of piping system from equipment, shall be as
specified.
F. Before any part of the various piping systems is placed in operation, blow out piping with
compressed air and/or water to remove all chips and scale and flush and drain until all traces
of dirt, scale and other foreign matter have disappeared. Refer to other sections for
additional requirements.
G. Vent all high points and drain all low points throughout the system.
H. Connections and tie-ins to existing piping systems shall be coordinated with the Owner. The
HVAC Contractor is responsible for draining, flushing, re-filling (adding glycol if required) and
air removal of the existing system. System shall be fully restored and operational.
3.2 PIPING SYSTEM TESTS
A. All piping installed on the project, unless specifically shown otherwise, shall be hydraulically
go tested as specified herein. The HVAC Contractor shall provide all equipment required to
make the tests specified herein. Piping may be tested a section at a time in order to facilitate
the construction.
B. The HVAC Contractor shall fill the section of pipe to be tested with water and bring the
section up to pressure with a test pump. These tests shall be conducted before any
insulation is installed and any insulation installed prior to these tests shall be removed.
Gauges used in the tests shall have been recently calibrated with a dead weight tester.
C. Subject piping system to a hydrostatic test pressure which at every point in the system is not
me less than 1.5 times the design pressure. The test pressure shall not exceed the maximum
to HVAC 15600-21
Renovations to ISSUED FOR BIDDING 11/3/2008
Lamont/ALCAP Dining Room ..
Smith College
Northampton, Massachusetts
a. Entry Vestibule.
I. Adjustment and Calibration: ■"
1. On completion of the job, the ATC Contractor shall completely calibrate, test, and
adjust, ready for use, all electronic controls,thermostats,valves, damper motors, and
relays provided under his contract and be present for functional tests on systems.
The Building Management System shall be completely checked, test run, and
adjusted.
2. Before the Engineer is asked to witness the functional tests, the entire control and
management system must be complete, controls calibrated. The controlled devices
will be physically inspected and checked to assure that these terminal devices are, in
fact, under proper control and working smoothly over their entire range of operation. w
3. The adjustment procedure shall include the following steps:
a. Preliminary set up and calibration per Specifications and Shop Drawings.
b. Physical checkout of all components for completeness and accuracy,
simultaneously with mechanical system balancing.
C. Review of system with Engineer.
d. Functional test for Owner's benefit, instruction, and acceptance.
e. Not less than 30 or more than 60 days after systems have been in full
operation, review problems with Owner, recheck all adjustments, and
recalibrate as required.
4. The Control Manufacturer shall provide a complete instructional manual covering the
function and operation of all control and management system components on the
job, which shall include a trouble-shooting and operating procedure. This manual
shall be furnished to the Owner's operating personnel and shall show the total
integrated control system. Competent technicians shall be provided for instruction
purposes. The Control Manufacturer shall furnish schematic systems control
diagrams to be delivered to the Owner on AutoCAD disks.
5. Control and management systems shall neither be considered complete nor
acceptable until all conditions of the Sequence of Operation have been attained, all
temperatures are maintained within specified limits of all operating conditions, and all
systems damper leakage of controlled within specified limits.
J. Service and Guarantee: w.
1. The complete installation, including all equipment, shall be guaranteed free from
defects in workmanship and material for a period of 12 months from date of .�.
acceptance in writing by the Owner. Provide at no cost to the Owner, all necessary
service, adjusting, and checking during the 12 month guarantee period.
2. During warranty period, the ATC Contractor shall update and implement all latest
revisions of software offered by the Contractor that applies to this Project.
w
.s
HVAC 15600-20
Renovations to ISSUED FOR BIDDING 11/3/2008
Lamont/ALCAP Dining Room
Smith College
Northampton, Massachusetts
e. Configuration of all reports and point summaries indicated
G. Systems Software
1. The central site shall display graphically, in up to 256 different colors, the following
system information:
General area maps shall show locations of controlled buildings in relation to local
landmarks.
uw Floor plan maps shall show heating and cooling zones throughout the buildings in a
range of colors which provide a visual display of temperature relative to their
respective setpoints. The colors shall be updated dynamically as zones' comfort
condition change. Locations of space sensors shall also be shown for each zone.
Setpoint adjustment and color band displays shall be provided.
Mechanical system graphics shall show the type of mechanical system components
serving any zone through the use of a pictorial representation of components. It shall
also provide a current status of all 1/0 points being controlled and applicable to each
piece of equipment including analog readouts in appropriate engineering units at
appropriate locations on the graphic representation.
2. Each category of software shall consist of interactive software modules. Each
module shall have an associated priority level and shall execute as determined by
the program controller as defined in the real time operating system.
3. The central site shall allow receipt of alarms and messages while in a functional
mode other than energy management, i.e., incoming alarms shall be displayed while
the operator is in a word processing, spreadsheet, or other operating mode. The
system must automatically switch from a non-energy management mode,
respond to an alarm, and return to the exact position left in the previous functional
mode.
4. The building operator shall be able to communicate and direct all control functions
through the use of a 2-button "mouse" operator interface to monitor and control all
functions and sequences within the system.
H. Sequences of Operation.
1. TYPICAL RADIATOR CONTROL
a. The space DDC temperature sensor shall cycle the 2-position hot water
control valve to maintain space temperature setpoint (70 degrees F,
adjustable).
b. Space temperature shall be capable of being set-back during the
unoccupied period.
C. Typical Points List:
1. Space Temperature Al
2. Hot Water Valve Command DO
2. PROTECTIVE COVERS:
1. Furnish and install concealed sensors located in the following areas:
HVAC 15600-19
00
Renovations to ISSUED FOR BIDDING 11/3/2008
Lamont/ALCAP Dining Room ..
Smith College
Northampton, Massachusetts
e. Voltage-to-Digital Alarm Relays: Relays shall monitor status of boiler or ow
chiller safeties and overloads and shall be sized and connected so as not to
impede the function of the monitored contacts. Switch shall have self-
wiping, snap-acting Form C contacts rated for the application, equal to Veris
Industries, Inc. Hawkeye 735.
f. Humidity Sensors: Sensors shall have an accuracy of+5% over a range of
20%to 95% RH, Visala Mod. HMW-40U.
g. Current Sensing Relays: Relays shall monitor status of motor loads. Switch
shall have self-wiping, snap-acting Form C contacts rated for the application.
The setpoint of the contact operation shall be field adjustable.
h. Control Relays: Control relay contacts shall be rated for 150%of the loading
application, with self-wiping, snap-acting Form C contacts, enclosed in
dustproof enclosure. Relays shall have silver cadmium contacts with a
minimum life span rating of one million operations. Relays shall be
equipped with coil transient suppression devices.
i. Solid State Relays (SSR): Input/output isolation shall be greater than 10
billion ohms with a breakdown voltage of 15 V root mean square, or greater,
at 60 Hz. The contact operating life shall be 10 million operations or greater.
The ambient temperature range of SSRs shall be 20°F-140°F. Input
impedance shall be greater than 500 ohms. Relays shall be rated for the
application. Operating and release time shall be 10 milliseconds or less. *■
Transient suppression shall be provided as an integral part of the relays.
j. Freezestat shall be capillary type equal to Johnson Control, Model A70HA-
1 C.
k. Control valves shall be DDC modulating type. All two-way valves shall be
Spartan two position valves. All three-way valves shall be Barber Colman
with Belimo Actuators, Model AF24-S.
I. All control dampers shall be opposed blade type with edge and jam seals
and internal linkage. Damper operators shall be provided for all dampers
equal to Belimo AF24-S with AV10-18 or 2G-JSA shaft extensions where
required.
5. Local Site Communication Network
a. The modules shall communicate within their respective network with a token
passing technique. This network shall be consistent with the IEEE RS-485
standard, including a minimum baud rate of 9,600 BPS maintained at a
minimum of 10,000 feet. The Contractor shall provide all wiring required for .■
the local site network.
F. Software
1. The Contractor shall provide all software required for efficient operation of all the
functions required by this specification. Software shall be modular in design for
flexibility in expansion or revision of the system. The software shall, as a minimum, *�
include:
a. Complete database entry
b. Configuration of all application programs to provide the sequence of
operation indicated
C. Graphics of each system as shown on the 1/0 Summary Tables
d. Alarm limits and alarm messages for all critical and non-critical alarms
HVAC 15600-18
Renovations to ISSUED FOR BIDDING 11/3/2008
Lamont/ALCAP Dining Room
Smith College
Northampton, Massachusetts
b. Universal inputs: Thermistor, dry contacts or 0-5VDC with 0-100K Ohm
input impedance.
C. Enhanced Zone Sensor Input: The input shall provide one thermistor input,
one local setpoint adjustment, one timed local override switch and an
occupancy LED indicator.
4. Instrumentation and Control
a. Temperature Sensors: Sensors shall be of the type and have accuracy
ratings as indicated and/or required for the application and shall permit
accuracy rating of within 101/0 of the temperature range of their intended use.
1) Sensors used for mixed air application shall be the averaging type
and have an accuracy of+1'F. Kele Precon Model ST-FZ.
2) OA temperature sensors shall have a minimum range of -52°F to
152°F and an accuracy of within +1°F in this temperature range.
Kele Precon Model ST-O.
3) Room temperature sensors shall have an accuracy of + 0.25°F in
the range of 45°F to 96°F, ALC Model BA-10K-2-RSO-RLC Type 3
with network connector, warm/cool adjustment, override switch and
W, LED Occupied/Unoccupied indicator.
4) Chilled water sensors shall have an accuracy of +0.25°F in their
range of application.
5) Hot water temperature sensors shall have an accuracy of + 0.75°F
140 over the range of their application.
b. Pressure Instruments
1) Differential Pressure and Pressure Sensors. Sensors shall have a
4-20 MA output proportional signal with provisions for field checking.
Sensors shall withstand up to 150% of rated pressure, without
damaging the device. Accuracy shall be within +2% of full scale.
Sensors shall be manufactured by MAMAC No. PR-272-2-XX-B-1-
2-2.
r 2) Pressure Switches. Pressure switches shall have a repetitive
accuracy of + 20% of range and withstand up to 150% of rated
pressure. Sensors shall be diaphragm or bourdon tube design.
Switch operation shall be adjustable over the operating pressure
range. The switch shall have an application rated Form C, snap-
acting, self-wiping contact of platinum alloy, silver alloy, or gold
plating. Switches shall be manufactured by Johnson Controls,
Model P-74FA-5-C.
C. Flow Switches: Flow switches shall have a repetitive accuracy of + 1% of
their operating range. Switch actuation shall be adjustable over the
operating flow range. Switches shall have snap-acting Form C contacts
rated for the specific electrical application.
d. Waft-hour Transducers: Watt-hour transducers shall have an accuracy of
+0.25% for kW and kWh outputs from full lag to full lead power factor. Input
ranges for kW and kWh transducers shall be selectable without requiring the
changing of current or potential transformers, and shall have dry contact
pulse accumulation.
HVAC 15600-17
Renovations to ISSUED FOR BIDDING 11/3/2008
Lamont/ALCAP Dining Room .
Smith College
Northampton, Massachusetts
a. The LANgate shall be a microprocessor-based communications device .�
which acts as a gateway between the System Control Module Network
(CMnet)and the Global Network(Lgnet).
b. Both the Cmnet and the Lgnet shall be "peer-to-peer" networks which allow *�
all control modules to communicate with equal authority.
C. Each LANgate shall support a Cmnet on which may reside any combination
of up to 100 zone controllers, rooftop unit controllers, and/or Control
Modules.
d. The LANgate shall be responsible for routing global information from the
various Cmnets which may be installed throughout a building.
e. The Lgnet may configure as RS485 (38.4 Kbps), ARCnet (2.5 Mbps), or
Ethernet (10 Mbps), or Token Ring (16Mbps) all of which may be
implemented over fiber optic,twisted pair, or coaxial cable.
f. Each Cmnet shall support up to 100 controllers.
g. Multiple LANgates can be added to the Lgnet if the projects require more
than 100 controllers.
h. Up to a total of 60 LANgates can be added to the Lgnet, each supporting up
to 100 controllers (total capacity exceeds 500,000 points per Lgnet). '
i. The LANgate shall provide two RS232 ports which can be connected to
Central Site Workstations, portable computers, or modems.
j. LANgate shall provide full arbitration between multiple users, whether they + ±
are communicating through the same LANgate or different ones.
2. Terminal Control Modules- U-Line
a. In the event of a loss of communication with the TNI, each U-Line controller
shall store a default algorithm which maintains the space temperature until
communication with the TNI is restored.
b. Each TNI shall execute application programs, calculations, and commands
via a microcomputer resident in the TNI. The database and all application
programs for each U-Line shall be stored in read/writable non-volatile
memory within the TNI. All non-volatile memory shall have a battery backup
of at least five years.
C. The TNI shall contain both software and hardware to perform full DDC/PID
control loops. U-Line shall be able to provide normal binary type output.
f. Each U-Line shall be able to support various type of zone temperature
sensors, such as: temperature sensor only, temperature sensor with built-in
local override switch, with setpoint adjustment switch. ,.
g. Each U-Line for VAV application shall have a built-in air flow transducer for
accurate air flow measurement in order to provide the Pressure Independent
VAV operation.
h. Each U-Line and TNI shall have LED indication for visual status
of communication, power, and all outputs.
i. Each TNI shall be software programmable for communicating at 9600 baud
to 38.4 Kbps. Circuits shall be optically isolated.
3. Terminal Control Devices- U-Line
a. Digital outputs: These outputs shall be 24VAC or VDC maximum, 3 amp
maximum current. Each configurable as normally open or normally closed,
and either dry contact or bussed.
HVAC 15600-16
Renovations to ISSUED FOR BIDDING 11/3/2008
Lamont/ALCAP Dining Room
Smith College
Northampton, Massachusetts
5. Provide an accurate graphic flow diagram for each software program proposed to be
used on the project as part of the submittal process. Revisions made as a result of
the submittal process, during the installation, start-up or acceptance portion of the
project, shall be accurately reflected in the "as-built" graphic software flow diagrams
herein required by this specification. Graphic flow diagram to be approved by the
Owner.
6. The Contractor shall be able to simulate the operation of all software application
programs to ensure they are free from design errors and that they accurately
accomplish the application sequence of operations. The simulation must show each
output value and how it varies in relation to an artificial time clock. The time clock
#fir may run at normal time increments, increased increments(fast motion)or decreased
increments (slow motion). Simulated operations of application programs are subject
to review and approval by the Owner.
D. Wiring: All temperature control wiring will be installed and terminated by the ATC Contractor.
Control wiring shall be as follows:
+w* 1. All circuits which are activated or deactivated by temperature control system
components, such as, but not limited to, PE's and high and low limit protective
devices.
2. All circuits which activate or deactivate temperature control system components,
such as solenoid air valve.
3. All temperature control panel wiring to terminal strips and field wiring from terminal
strips to field mounted devices.
4. All wiring to the "Auto"side of hand-off auto switches on units being controlled by the
ATC Contractor.
5. Wiring of all electro-mechanical devices required to be located on or in temperature
control panels.
6. All wiring to the temperature control panels shall be by the ATC subcontractor from
sources provided by the Electrical Contractor specifically for that purpose.
7. All wiring shall comply with national, state, and local electrical codes. All power
wiring will be installed and terminated by the Electrical Contractor. Power wiring shall
be defined as follows:
a. Wiring of all devices and circuits carrying voltages greater than 120 volt
(except for power to the temperature control panels).
b. Wiring of power feeds to disconnects,starters, and electric motors.
C. Wiring of 120V AC power feeds to all temperature control panels where
required.
d. Installation of and wiring of line power to fused disconnects for each air
compressor.
e. Power wiring to 120V single phase motors.
f. Wiring from disconnects to compressor motor starters and from compressor
motor starters to compressor motor.
E. Field Hardware: Field hardware must be of a modular design to ensure reliability and system
performance.
1. Global Network Controller-LANgate
HVAC 15600-15
Renovations to ISSUED FOR BIDDING 11/3/2008
Lamont/ALCAP Dining Room .•'
Smith College
Northampton, Massachusetts
e. All modems and accessories.
7. Provide all software as required to sequence the controls provided. The database
required for implementation of these specifications shall be provided by the ' !
Contractor, including: point descriptor, alarm limits, calibration variables, graphics,
reports and point summaries.
8. The system as specified shall monitor, control, and calculate all of the points and
perform all the function as listed in 1/0 Summary Tables attached to the end of this
specification.
9. Codes and Regulations. All electrical equipment and material and its installation
shall conform to the current requirements of the following authorities:
a. Occupational Safety and Health Act(OSHA)
b. National Electric Code(NEC) ..
C. National Fire Code
d. Uniform Building Code
e. Uniform Mechanical Code
f. Uniform Plumbing Code "
g. UL916
h. Note: Where two or more codes conflict, the most restrictive shall apply.
Nothing in these plans and specifications shall be construed to permit work
not conforming to applicable codes.
C. Submittals, Documentation and Acceptance .s
1. Shop Drawings. A minimum of six (6) copies of Shop Drawings shall be submitted
and shall consist of a complete list of equipment and materials, including
manufacturer's descriptive and technical literature, catalog cuts, and installation
instructions. Shop Drawings shall also contain complete wiring, routing, schematic
diagrams, tag number of devices, software descriptions, calculations, and any other
details required to demonstrate that the system will function properly. Drawings shall
show proposed layout and installation of all equipment and the relationship to other
parts of the work.
2. Shop Drawings shall be approved by the Engineer and the College before any
equipment is installed. Therefore, Shop Drawings must be submitted in time for
review so that all installations can be completed per the project's completion
schedule.
3. All Drawings shall be reviewed after the final system checkout and updated or
corrected to provide "as-built" Drawings to show exact installation. The system will
not be considered complete until the "as-built" Drawings have received their final
approval. The Contractor shall deliver three (3) sets of"as-built" Drawings, and one
(1)CADD disk of these Drawings.
4. Before final configuration, the Contractor shall provide 1/0 Summary forms that
include:
.144
a. Description of all points.
b. Listing of binary and analog hardware required to interface to the equipment
for each function.
C. Listing of all application programs associated with each piece of equipment.
d. Failure modes for control functions to be performed in case of failure
.4
HVAC 15600-14 >
Renovations to ISSUED FOR BIDDING 11/3/2008
Lamont/ALCAP Dining Room
Smith College
Northampton, Massachusetts
2. The controls shall be a direct expansion of the Campus' existing Automated Logic
(ALC) WebCTRL BAS operating platform. All system points will be networked using
Lan Gate Routers (LGR) tied into the Camps Ethernet, sharing all new existing
points in real time date. It will be the Contactors responsibility to develop site specific
operating parameters, building name, general area maps, floor plans, mechanical
system graphics, and thermal graphs, all to be displayed graphically at the central
site(CS)via the existing software programs
no 3. All components of the direct digital controllers shall be manufactured by Automated
Logic, or equal, with peripheral electric/electronic devices manufactured by Barber
Colman.
4. All components of the system shall be furnished and installed by Automated Logic,
i.e. Yankee Technology, Inc., of Ludlow, MA. The system shall be a properly
integrated system installed by competent mechanics regularly employed in the
profession of temperature control. Unless specified to the contrary, all equipment
shall be fully proportioning. The control system shall be complete in all respects,
including room thermostats, immersion thermostats, switches, relays, valves,
cabinets and other accessory equipment, and a complete system of control wiring for
integration into existing remaining reused controls where specified, all connected and
properly integrated to the control system.
5. The temperature control system shall be DDC and shall utilize electric/electronic
power for the control dampers and valves. The control systems Lans connection
shall be extended from the existing system.
6. All wiring, conduit,junction boxes, fittings, etc., necessary for the temperature control
system shall be furnished and installed by the ATC Contractor and shall conform to
all standards and codes as described under Section 16000 - Electrical Work. Wiring
shall be in metal raceways where required by prevailing codes.
7. Provide nameplates for all control devices. Devices on panels to have "Lamicoid"
nameplates, isolated control valves, relays, etc. to be marked with stamped tape.
B. Scope of Work
1. All temperature control work shall be performed by Yankee Technology, Inc. of
Ludlow, MA. It is the responsibility of this Contractor to co-ordinate all HVAC work
with the Temperature Control Contractor prior to submitting a bid.
2. The Contractor shall furnish and install all necessary hardware, wiring, pneumatic
tubing, computing equipment and software as defined in this specification.
3. All material and equipment used shall be standard components, regularly
manufactured and available and not custom designed especially for this project. All
systems and components, except site specific software, shall have previously been
thoroughly tested and proven in actual use prior to installation on this project.
4. The system architecture shall be fully modular permitting expansion of application
software, system peripherals, and field hardware.
5. The system, upon completion of the installation and prior to acceptance of the
project, shall perform all operating functions as detailed in this Specification.
op 6. Provide the following system hardware:
a. Central Site(s)and Control Modules
b. All sensing devices and necessary transducers to perform the functions
listed in 1/0 Summary Tables.
C. All relays, switches, indicating devices, and transducers required to perform
the functions listed in 1/0 Summary Tables.
we d. All monitoring and control wiring and air tubing.
HVAC 15600-13
Renovations to ISSUED FOR BIDDING 11/3/2008
Lamont/ALCAP Dining Room .
Smith College
Northampton, Massachusetts
.w
C. Facings: Raised-face
5. Wrought-Steel Buttwelding Fittings: ANSI B16.9, except ANSI 816.28 for short-
radius elbows and returns; rated to match connected pipe.
6. Yoloy Steel Buttwelding Fittings: ASTM A714.
7. Forged Branch Connection Fittings: Except as otherwise indicated, provide type as
determined by Installer to comply with installation requirements, Bonney"Weldolets"
or"Threadolets", or equal.
8. Pipe Nipples: Fabricated from same pipe as used for connected pipe; except do not
use less than Schedule 80 pipe where length remaining unthreaded is less than 1-
1/2" and where pipe size is less than 1-1/2", and do not thread nipples full length (no
close-nipples).
9. Copper Tube: ASTM B88; Type as indicated for each service; hard-drawn temper
for water piping; soft temper for oil piping. ,
10. DWV Copper Tube: ASTM B306.
11. ACR Copper Tube: ASTM B280.
12. Wrought-Copper Solder-Joint Fittings: ANSI 1316.22.
13. Cast-Copper Solder-Joint Drainage Fittings: ANSI 1316.23. '
14. Wrought-Copper Solder-Joint Drainage Fittings: ANSI B16.29.
15. Red Brass Pipe: ASTM B43.
16. Cast-Bronze Threaded Fittings: ANSI 1316.15. *�
17. Welding Materials: Except as otherwise indicated, provide welding materials as
determined by Installer to comply with installation requirements. Comply with Section
Il, Part C,ASME Boiler and Pressure Vessel Code for welding materials.
18. Soldering Materials: Except as otherwise indicated, provide soldering materials as
determined by Installer to comply with installation requirements.
19. Brazing Materials: Except as otherwise indicated, provide brazing materials as
determined by Installer to comply with installation requirements. Comply with SFA-
5.8, Section II, ASME Boiler and Pressure Vessel Code for brazing filler metal
materials.
20. Gaskets for Flanged Joints: ANSI B16.21; full-faced for cast-iron flanges; raised-
face for steel flanges, unless otherwise indicated.
21. Note: Grooved piping will NOT be allowed.
2.7 STRAINERS
A. Pipeline strainers shall be full size, iron body, "Y" pattern and shall be installed on the inlet
side of each steam trap, and elsewhere as indicated on the Drawings. Strainers 2" and •R
smaller shall have screwed ends; 2-1/2"and larger shall have flanged ends.
B. Strainers for steam and condensate systems over 50 psig. shall be 250 lb. class. Strainers
for other systems shall be 125 lb. class. Strainers shall be Illinois, Barnes and Jones,
Armstrong, or equal, and shall be so installed as to permit ready removal of basket. Each
strainer 2-1/2"and larger shall be provided with hose end globe valve on blow-off.
2.8 AUTOMATIC TEMPERATURE CONTROL
A. General Requirements
1. All components of the system shall be furnished and installed by Yankee
Technology.
HVAC 15600-12
Renovations to ISSUED FOR BIDDING 11/3/2008
Lamont/ALCAP Dining Room
Smith College
Northampton, Massachusetts
dry pipe with all joints firmly together. Longitudinal jacket laps and the butt strips
shall be smoothly secured with Benjamin Foster 85-20 adhesive. Note: All
refrigerant piping run outdoors shall be covered with an aluminum jacket and
secured with stainless steel bands.
B. Insulation thickness shall be as follows:
Minimum Pipe Insulation Required:
1. Hot Water:
a. Up to 3 in.: 1"thickness
2.6 PIPE AND FITTINGS
A. General
1. Reference is made to specifications of recognized authorities to establish quality.
Latest editions of their publications at time of bidding shall be in force.
2. All piping shall have manufacturer's name or trademark rolled into each and every
length of pipe.
3. All threads for screwed joints shall be National Taper Pipe Thread conforming to
ANSI B2.1-1968.
4. Qualify welding procedures, welders and operators in accordance with ASME B31.1,
or ASME B31.9, as applicable,for shop and project site welding of piping work.
B. Application
1. Hot and Dual Temperature Water Supply and Return and Steam Supply and
Condensate Return: Black steel pipe, Schedule 40, size 2"and smaller threaded, 2-
1/2"and larger welded, or Type"L"copper for hot and dual temperature water.
2. Boiler Trim: Brass Pipe, Schedule 40,threaded, cast bronze fittings.
3. Refrigerant: Type ACR copper, wrought copper fittings, AWS class BAgI silver
solder.
4. Condensate Drain (from cooling coils): Type M or DWV copper tube with cast or
e wrought drainage fittings in lieu of copper PVC drains may be used in fan room
equipment and connection to existing lines.
5. Generator Exhaust Pipe: Black steel pipe, Schedule 40, size 2" and smaller
threaded, 2-1/2"and larger welded.
C. Materials
90 1. Black Steel Pipe : ASTM A53, A106 or A120; except comply with ASTM A53 or A106
where close coiling or bending is required.
2. Malleable-Iron Threaded Fittings: ANSI B16.3; plain or galvanized as indicated.
Class 150 for Schedule 40 piping, Class 300 for Schedule 80.
3. Yoloy Steel Pipe: ASTM A714; Class 4; Grade IV.
4. Steel Flanges/Fittings: ANSI B16.5, including bolting and gasketing of the following
material group, end connection and facing except as otherwise indicated, Class 150
for Schedule 40 piping, Class 300 for Schedule 80.
a. Material Group: Group 1.1
b. End Connections: Buttwelding
HVAC 15600-11
Renovations to ISSUED FOR BIDDING 11/3/2008
Lamont/ALCAP Dining Room
Smith College
Northampton, Massachusetts
2.4 HANGERS
A. Hangers shall be as manufactured by Grinnell Company, Carpenter & Paterson, Fee & w
Mason, or equal.
B. For all pipe 2-1/2"and larger-Grinnell Figure No. 20, at 10' intervals.
C. For all other suspended piping - Grinnell Figure 70 at 6' intervals for tubing 1-1/4"or less, 10'
intervals for piping at 1-1/2"and larger.
D. All hangers directly in contact with non-ferrous pipe or tubing shall be copper plated or plastic
coated.
E. Hangers or supports shall be placed within 1' of each horizontal elbow. Vertical runs of pipe
not over 5' in length shall be supported on hangers placed not over 12"from the elbow on the
connecting horizontal run.
F. Install Figure 167 insulation shield between hanger and insulation on all piping; hangers to be
installed outside pipe insulation.
G. Vertical risers shall be supported with Grinnell Figure CT-121 C plastic coated riser clamp; to
be installed immediately below a coupling.
2.5 PIPE INSULATION
A. Pipe Insulation
1. All insulation including covering shall be fire resistant and fire retardant and shall
have a flame spread rating not exceeding 25, smoke developed rating not exceeding
50, all complying with NFPA 225 and/or U.L. 723. Adhesives used for applying and
sealing jackets shall also conform to these same fire retardant and smoke ratings.
2. On exposed insulation, all longitudinal seams shall be kept at the top of the pipe and
circumferential joints shall be kept to a minimum. Raw ends of insulation shall be
concealed by neatly folding in the ends of the jackets. Fittings, valve bodies, and
flanges shall be furnished with the same jacket materials used on adjoining
insulation.
3. Covering shall not be applied until all parts of the work have been tested by the
Contractor and approved by the Engineer.
4. A vapor barrier shall be installed on all new hot water/chilled water piping. It shall be
applied in accordance with the manufacturer's instructions to maintain the integrity of
the vapor barrier.
5. Attention is called for to the fact that on all hot water/chilled water, refrigerant, and
condensate drain piping, oversized pipe hangers shall be furnished and pipe
insulation shall be applied continuous along the pipe passing inside the hanger.
6. Pipe insulation shall be closed cell Armaflex insulation as manufactured by Gustin-
Bacon, Manville, or other approved equal.
7. All hot water, condensate drains, refrigerant piping, and make up water piping shall
be insulated with Armaflex, closed cell pipe insulation, or approved equal. The
insulation shall have an average thermal conductivity not to exceed .25 BTU in. per
sq. ft. per F. per hour at a mean temperature of 75 degrees F. Thickness of the
insulation shall be as scheduled below. The insulation shall be applied over clean
HVAC 15600-10
I
Renovations to ISSUED FOR BIDDING 11/3/2008
Lamont/ALCAP Dining Room
Smith College
Northampton, Massachusetts
1. Gate Valves-Stockham Figure B-109.
2. Globe Valves-Stockham B-14T.
3. Check Valves-Stockham B-309.
4. Drain Valves-Watts No. B-6000 ball valve with hose adapter, cap and chain.
5. Ball Valves-Wafts Series B-6001-SS-XH.
D. Screw end and flanged valves shall be as follows:
1. Gate: 2-1/2 in. and smaller - Stockham Figure B-120; 3 in. and larger - Stockham
Figure G-620 or G-623.
2. Globe: 2-1/2 in. and smaller - Stockham Figure B-120 or 752; 3 in. and larger -
Stockham Figure G-609 or G-613.
3. Check: 2-1/2 in. and smaller- Stockham Figure B-319; 3 in. and larger- Stockham
Figure G-931.
4. Ball Valves: Watts Series 600-SS-SH.
E. Gate and/or globe valves shall not be used as substitutes for the following valves when used
as balance valves.
F. For 2 in. and smaller - Balancing valves shall be Tour & Anderson Figure STAD or STA-D,
semi-steel body, bronze plug with neoprene or Teflon resilient face, bronze top and bottom
bushings, complete with lever. Provide open position stop and plastic cap on all valves,
which are labeled 'Balance Valves" on the Drawings. All valves at fan coil unit shall be
furnished with drain kit.
2.2 UNIONS
A. Unions shall be of the same class and material as the pipe and fittings of the system in which
they are installed. In black steel piping systems, they shall be 200 lb. black malleable iron
with brass ground joint equal to Dart Figures 0832, 0834, 0835, 0836 or 0838. In copper and
brass piping, they shall be 125 lb. bronze or brass with ground joint.
B. Flanged unions for welded pipe shall be weld neck, 150 lb. raised face. Flanged joints shall
be packed with impregnated asbestos gaskets placed inside the bolt circle with graphite
r applied to both faces.
C. Dielectric unions shall be provided between ferrous and non-ferrous piping to prevent
galvanic corrosion. The dielectric unions shall meet the requirements for tensile strength of
pipe fittings in accordance with Federal Specification WW-U-531 and shall be suitable for
temperatures and pressures encountered. The ends shall be threaded, flanged, brazed, or
soldered to match adjacent piping. The metal parts of the union shall be separated so that
the electrical current is below I percent of the galvanic current, which would exist with metal to
metal contact.
2.3 PIPE SLEEVES
A. Standard IPS steel or wrought iron sleeves shall be provided wherever exposed pipes pass
through masonry walls or partitions. Pipe sleeves are to be two pipe sizes larger than line
!" size. Insulated piping sleeves shall be sized to allow insulation to pass through the sleeve
without gouging.
HVAC 15600-9
Renovations to ISSUED FOR BIDDING 11/3/2008
Lamont/ALCAP Dining Room .•
Smith College
Northampton, Massachusetts
1.18 CUTTING AND PATCHING
A. Cutting and/or drilling of all openings and holes 4" in diameter or smaller, required for the
installation of plumbing in the building, shall be performed by the Plumbing Contractor. All
work and materials shall be installed in such a manner and at such time to keep cutting and
patching to a minimum. Cutting and/or drilling of structural supports (ie. beams or joists) is
not allowed without written approval by the Engineer. Location for openings, etc. shall be
checked by the HVAC Contractor, and error due to failure to co-ordinate work with other
divisions shall be the responsibility of the HVAC Contractor failing to co-ordinate, who shall
make the corrections at his own expense.
B. All holes larger than 4"in diameter shall be provided by the General Contractor.
C. Work shall include furnishing and locating sleeves or inserts required before the new walls
are built, or be responsible for the cost of cutting and patching required for pipes where
sleeves were not installed or where incorrectly located. The HVAC Contractor shall do all
drilling required for the installation of hangers.
D. Patching of all holes, after installation of piping or equipment, shall be performed by the
General Contractor or appropriate tradesmen.
E. All pipe cutting or threading shall be done in a location approved by the Owner.
F. No pipe cutting or threading shall be done in areas where completed concrete floor slab is to
remain in finishes or be painted later. Should this area be necessary, the HVAC Contractor
shall cover the entire working area with canvas tarpaulins in an approved manner.
1.19 RECORD DRAWINGS
A. Submit Record Drawings as specified in Division 1.
B. Record Drawings shall reflect all changes from the Contract Drawings whether by change
order or by field conditions. Principal dimensions of concealed work, fire dampers, volume
dampers, control dampers and control valves, and for piping installation, valve numbers shall
be added to these Drawings prior to submittal to the Engineer. In addition to the above all ®'
revised areas shall be clearly marked with a revision bubble.
PART 2 -MATERIALS
2.1 VALVES
A. All valves shall be of the same make except as noted below for special valves and shall be
Crane, Watts, Walworth, or Tour&Anderson manufacture based on the following Stockham
valves. All ball valves shall be Watts, and all balancing valves shall be Tour and
Anderson. No substitutions will be allowed.
B. All water valves installed in copper tube piping shall be, in general, solder end pattern, all
bronze with iron hand wheel, rated for not less than 200 pounds non-shock water pressure.
In general, all line service valves are to be gate valves, manual vents are to be globe type.
C. Solder end valves are as follows:
HVAC 15600-8 ..
Renovations to ISSUED FOR BIDDING 11/3/2008
Lamont/ALCAP Dining Room
Smith College
Northampton, Massachusetts
+ 6. Wiring and control diagrams with data to explain detailed operation and control of
each item of equipment.
7. Valve chart.
8. List of recommended spare parts.
9. Copies of all service contracts.
10. Performance curves for pumps, fans, etc.
11. List of all names, addresses, and phone numbers of all Contractors as well as the
'•' local representative for each item of equipment.
D. See the "Automatic Temperature Control' paragraphs of this Section for additional
requirements.
1.16 PROTECTION
w. A. Work under each Section shall include protecting the work and material of all other Sections
from damage by work or workmen, and shall include making good all damage thus caused.
w B. The Contractor shall be responsible for work and equipment until finally inspected, tested,
and accepted; protect work against theft, injury, or damage; and carefully store material and
equipment received on site which is not immediately installed. Close open ends of work with
temporary covers or plugs during construction to prevent entry of obstructing or foreign
material.
C. Work under each Section includes receiving, unloading, uncrating, storing, protecting, setting
in place, and connecting-up completely any equipment supplied under each Section. Work
under each Section shall also include exercising special care in handling and protecting
equipment and fixtures, and shall include the cost of replacing any of the equipment and
fixtures which are missing or damaged by reason of mishandling or failure to protect on the
part of the HVAC Contractor.
D. Equipment and material stored on the job site shall be protected from the weather, vehicles,
4" dirt, and/or damage by workmen or machinery. Insure that all electrical or absorbent
equipment or material is protected from moisture during storage.
s 1.17 CLEANING
A. The Contractor shall thoroughly clean and flush all piping, ducts, and equipment of all foreign
substances inside and out before being placed in operation. Thoroughly flush all piping of
any oils, burrs, solder, and flux. Replace strainers and filters at completion of cleaning.
B. If any part of a system should be stopped or damaged by any foreign matter after being
placed in operation, the system shall be disconnected, cleaned, and reconnected at no
additional cost to the Owner.
C. During the course of construction, all ducts and pipes shall be capped to insure adequate
protection against the entrance of foreign matter.
D. Keep the job site free from the accumulation of waste material and rubbish. Upon completion
of all work under the Contract, the Contractor shall remove from the premises all rubbish,
debris, and excess materials left over from his work. Any oil or grease stains on floor areas
caused by the Contractor shall be removed and floor areas left clean.
HVAC 15600-7
Renovations to ISSUED FOR BIDDING 11/3/2008
Lamont/ALCAP Dining Room
Smith College
Northampton, Massachusetts
C. All broken or waste material, rags, packing, etc., resulting from his work shall be removed by
the HVAC Contractor.
1.13 WORK CONCEALED
A. All piping and ductwork shall be installed concealed in all areas except storage rooms,
closets, and mechanical or electrical equipment rooms, unless specifically noted otherwise on
the Drawings.
B. Piping containing water shall not be installed concealed in walls having an exterior exposure
above grade.
1.14 GUARANTEE
A. The HVAC Contractor shall guarantee the satisfactory operation of his work in all parts for a
period of one (1) year after date of substantial completion, and shall agree to promptly repair
or replace any items of his work which are found to be defective during this period.
B. The HVAC Contractor shall pay for repair of damage to the building caused by defects in his
work and for repair to plaster, wood, and other materials or equipment caused by
replacement or repairs to the entire satisfaction of the Engineer.
C. Any part of the work installed under this Contract requiring excessive maintenance shall be w
considered as being defective.
1.15 OPERATION AND MAINTENANCE MANUALS
..
A. After all final tests and adjustments have been completed, fully instruct the proper Owner's
representative in all details of operation for equipment installed. Supply qualified personnel to
operate equipment for sufficient length of time to assure that Owner's representative is 40
properly qualified to take over operation and maintenance procedures. This Contractor shall
video tape the instruction procedures and deliver three (3) copies of the tape with the
Operation and Maintenance Manuals.
B. Furnish the Engineer, for approval, three (3) copies of an Operation and Maintenance
Manual. Inscribe the following identification on the cover: the words OPERATION AND
MAINTENANCE MANUAL,the name and location of the equipment or the building, the name
of the Contractor, and the Contract number. The manual shall have a Table of Contents with
tab sheets placed before each section. The instructions shall be legible and easily read, with
large sheets of drawings folded in. The manuals shall be bound in hard binders or an
approved equivalent.
C. The manual shall include the following information:
1. Description of systems.
2. Description of start up, operation, and shutdown procedures for each item of
equipment.
3. Winter/summer changeover procedures.
4. Schedule of adjustment, care, and routine maintenance for each item of equipment.
5. Lubrication chart.
HVAC 15600-6
w
Renovations to ISSUED FOR BIDDING 11/3/2008
Lamont/ALCAP Dining Room
Smith College
Northampton, Massachusetts
1.9 TEMPORARY HOOK-UPS
A. The General Contractor will provide any temporary hook-ups required for the use of water or
sanitary for construction purposes and testing out apparatus as specified in Division 1.
1.10 PLANS AND SPECIFICATIONS
A. The HVAC Contractor shall refer to all the Drawings of interior details, plans, elevations, and
structural layout in preparing his estimate. These documents are intended to supplement the
4W Mechanical and Electrical Plans and Specifications and any applicable work indicated or
implied thereon is to be considered a part of the Subcontract requirements.
B. The Plans and Specifications are complementary and anything called for, or reasonably
ow implied, in the Plans and not in the Specifications, or vice versa, shall be considered as called
for or reasonably implied in both.
uw C. The HVAC Contractor shall assume all responsibility in scaling measurements from the
Drawings.
D. Because of the small scale of the Drawings, it is not possible to indicate all offsets, fittings
and accessories that may be required. The HVAC Contractor shall carefully investigate the
structural and finish conditions affecting all his work and shall arrange such work accordingly,
furnishing such fittings, traps, offsets, valves, and accessories as may be required to meet
such conditions, at no additional cost.
E. The HVAC Contractor shall consult the College's Temperature Control and Balancing
Contractor to co-ordinate work of these trades and to have a full comprehension of the work
to be done as well as to determine the conditions affecting the location and placement of all
equipment and materials.
1.11 PRODUCT HANDLING
A. Delivery: The HVAC Contractor shall provide for the delivery of all his materials and fixtures
to the building site when required so as to carry on his work efficiently and to avoid delaying
his work and that of other trades. Delivery and storage of materials and equipment must be
co-ordinated with the Smith College Physical Plant, and is limited to areas designated by the
College.
B. Storage and Handling: The HVAC Contractor shall, at all times, fully protect his work and
materials from injury or loss by others. Any injury or loss, which may occur, shall be made
good without expense to the Owner. The HVAC Contractor shall be responsible for the
proper protection of all his materials until the building is accepted by the Owner.
1.12 ENVIRONMENTAL CONDITIONS
A. All necessary tools machinery, scaffolding, and transportation for completion of his
Subcontract shall be provided by the HVAC Contractor.
B. The HVAC Contractor shall provide his own portable extension lines and obtain 120 volt, 60
cycle, single phase electric power from the General Contractor to drive his machines and light
his work. He shall provide his own light bulbs, plugs, sockets, etc.
tw HVAC 15600-5
Renovations to ISSUED FOR BIDDING 11/3/2008
Lamont/ALCAP Dining Room
Smith College
Northampton, Massachusetts
1.5 QUALITY ASSURANCE
A. Equality of materials or articles other than those named or described in this Section will be
determined in accordance with the provisions of the General Requirements. No substitution
will be allowed for the Trane, York, or McQuay air handling units and condensing unit, Trane,
McQuay or International fan coil units, Watts ball valves, Grundfos pumps, Tour and
Anderson balancing valves, Tunstall steam traps.
B. The HVAC Contractor shall agree to accept as final the results of tests secured by a qualified
testing laboratory engaged by the Owner. Tests will be conducted in accordance with the
General Requirements.
1.6 PRODUCTS .w
A. With the exception of items specifically noted otherwise, all materials shall be new, full
weight, and first class in every respect, without defects, and designed to function properly in
that portion of the work for which they are intended, and with the same brand of manufacturer
for each class or category of material or equipment. Electrical materials and equipment of
types for which there are Underwriters Laboratories standard requirements, listings, or labels
shall conform to their requirements and be so labeled.
1.7 SUBMITTALS
A. Before ordering materials shipped to the job, the HVAC Contractor shall submit to the
Engineer six (6)sets of catalogue cuts, manufacturers'data sheets, or Shop Drawings, giving
all details, dimensions, capacities, etc. of all materials to be furnished on the project. In
addition to the above, one (1)set of Shop Drawings shall be submitted to the College's HVAC
Department for review and approval.
B. The HVAC Contractor shall check the Shop Drawings thoroughly for compliance with the
Plans and Specifications before submitting them to the Engineer for review, making any and
all changes which may be required.
C. The review of Shop Drawings by the Engineer shall not relieve the Contractor from any
obligation to perform the work strictly in accordance with the Contract Drawings and
Specifications. The responsibility for errors in Shop Drawings shall remain with the HVAC
Contractor. ow
D. In the event that materials are being delivered to or installed on the job for which Shop
Drawings or samples have not been approved and/or which are not in accordance with the
Specifications, the Contractor will be required to remove such materials and substitute w
approved materials at his own expense and as directed by the Engineer.
1.8 PERMITS, FEES AND INSPECTIONS
A. The HVAC Contractor shall secure all permits and pay all fees required for his work. He shall
be required to secure all other permits and pay all other fees and charges incidental to the
proper carrying out of the Contract. He is to assume all responsibility regarding the
observance of the rules and regulations so far as they relate to his part of the work.
B. The HVAC Contractor shall arrange and pay for all required inspections of his work.
HVAC 15600-4
Renovations to ISSUED FOR BIDDING 11/3/2008
Lamont/ALCAP Dining Room
Smith College
Northampton, Massachusetts
B. The HVAC Contractor shall have a Foreman or Superintendent assigned to the Project who
shall be authorized to make decisions and receive instructions exactly as if the HVAC
Contractor himself were present. The Foreman or Superintendent shall not be removed or
replaced without the express approval of the Engineer after construction work begins.
C. The HVAC Contractor shall be held responsible for any injuries or damage done to the
'®" building premises or adjoining property or to other Contractors' work resulting from the
execution of his part of the work in any manner whatsoever; and in case of dispute arising as
to the extent or share of responsibility incurred by the HVAC Contractor, it is agreed between
the Owner and the HVAC Contractor that such liability and extent of damage shall be finally
determined by the Engineer whose decision shall be final and binding on both parties to the
Contract for the work in question.
on D. The HVAC Contractor shall co-operate to the fullest extent with all other trades in order to
expedite the progress of the work. He shall furnish all information pertaining to his materials
as to sizes, locations, and means of support, to all other trades requiring such information.
The HVAC Contractor shall also furnish all sleeves, frames, beams, supports, inserts, etc.,
hereinafter specified so that the General Contractor may build them in place. In case of
failure on the part of the HVAC Contractor to give proper information as above, he will be
required to bear the extra expense involved due to such failure.
E. The arrangement of all piping, ductwork, conduit, wire and cable indicated on the Drawings is
diagrammatic only, and indicates the minimum requirements of this work. Conditions at the
!* building shall determine the actual arrangement of runs, bends, offsets, etc. The HVAC
Contractor shall lay out all his work at the site and be responsible for the accuracy thereof.
Conditions at the building shall be the determining factor for all measurements.
F. All work shall be laid out and installed so as to require the least amount of cutting and
patching. Drilling of all holes required for the installation of pipes, conduit, and cable runs
shall be performed by the Contractor installing such items.
G. The HVAC Contractor shall be responsible for the proper protection of his work and materials
from injury or loss at the hands of others and shall make good such loss or injury at his own
expense. All pipes left open during the progress of the work shall be capped or plugged at all
times. All instruments and operating apparatus shall be protected by suitable means.
H. The HVAC Contractor shall be responsible for all equipment and materials installed under
this Section until the final acceptance of the project by the Owner.
I. The HVAC Contractor shall check the Plans and Specifications before ordering any materials
and the installation of work. Any discrepancies shall be called to the attention of the Engineer
before proceeding with the work.
PM J. Before submitting his bid, the HVAC Contractor shall visit the site with the Drawings and
Specifications and shall become thoroughly familiar with all conditions affecting his work
since the HVAC Contractor will be held responsible for any assumption he may make in
regard thereto.
at
40
ON HVAC 15600-3
am
Renovations to ISSUED FOR BIDDING 11/3/2008
Lamont/ALCAP Dining Room
Smith College
Northampton, Massachusetts
SECTION 15600 -HEATING, VENTILATING AND AIR CONDITIONING (HVAC)
PART 1 -GENERAL s®
1.1 RELATED DOCUMENTS
A. Include General Conditions, Supplementary General Conditions, applicable parts of Division
1, and conditions of the Contract as part of this Section.
B. Examine all other Sections of the Specifications for requirements, which affect work under
this, Section whether or not, such work is specifically mentioned in this Section.
C. Co-ordinate work with that of all other trades affecting, or affected by the work of this Section. ..,
Co-operate with such trades to assure steady progress of all work under the Contract.
1.2 SCOPE OF WORK
A. Furnish all labor, materials, plant, equipment and services necessary for and reasonably
incidental to the complete installation of all HVAC work specified herein and/or indicated on
the Drawings, including, but not limited to, the following; +.
1. Relocation of existing radiators.
2. Piping systems for hot water supply and return. .w
3. Insulation for piping.
4. Alterations and additions to energy management (building automation) system. All
temperature control work shall be by Yankee Technology, Inc.
5. Instructions and guarantee.
6. Record Drawings.
7. Demolition, removal from site and legal disposal of all existing refrigeration, heating
and ventilating systems and equipment made obsolete by new construction. Or, at
the Owner's option, all piping and equipment shall be the property of the College and
shall be delivered to such places designated by the College. Dispose of piping and
equipment not designated for salvage by the Owner.
1.3 CODES, ORDINANCES,AND INSPECTIONS
A. All materials and the installation thereof shall conform to the requirements of the + .
Massachusetts State Building Code, Electrical Code, Fuel Gas and Plumbing Code and local
laws, rules, regulations, and codes pertaining thereto. Where provisions of the Contract
Documents conflict with any codes, rules or regulations, the latter shall govern. Where the
Contract requirements are in excess of applicable codes, rules or regulations, the Contract
provisions shall govern unless the Engineer rules otherwise.
B. The HVAC Contractor shall comply with the Local Code Enforcement Officials' instructions at
no additional cost to the Owner.
1.4 INSTALLATION REQUIREMENTS
op
A. The HVAC Contractor shall employ only competent and experienced workmen at a regular
schedule in harmony with the other tradesmen on the job. He shall also exercise care and
supervision of his employees in regard to proper and expeditious laying out of his work. "®
HVAC 15600-2 ..
Renovations to ISSUED FOR BIDDING 11/3/2008
Lamont/ALCAP Dining Room
Smith College
Northampton, Massachusetts
INDEX
SECTION 15600-HVAC
PART 1 -GENERAL PART 3- INSTALLATION
1. 1 RELATED DOCUMENTS 3. 1 PIPE INSTALLATION
1. 2 SCOPE OF WORK 3.2 PIPING SYSTEM TESTS
OR 1. 3 CODES, ORDINANCES AND INSPECTIONS 3. 3 CLEANING AND FLUSHING
1.4 INSTALLATION REQUIREMENTS 3.4 INSULATION
1. 5 QUALITY ASSURANCE 3.5 EQUIPMENT INSTALLATION
1. 6 PRODUCTS 3.6 SYSTEM TESTS AND CLEAN-UP
1. 7 SUBMITTALS 3. 7 FIRE SAFING
1. 8 PERMITS, FEES AND INSPECTIONS
1. 9 TEMPORARY HOOK-UPS
1.10 PLANS AND SPECIFICATIONS
1.11 PRODUCT HANDLING
1.12 ENVIRONMENTAL CONDITIONS
1.13 WORK CONCEALED
1.14 GUARANTEE
1.15 OPERATION AND MAINTENANCE MANUALS
1.16 PROTECTION
1.17 CLEANING
1.18 CUTTING AND PATCHING
1.19 RECORD DRAWINGS
PART 2-MATERIALS
2. 1 VALVES
2. 2 UNIONS
2. 3 PIPE SLEEVES
2.4 HANGERS
2. 5 PIPE INSULATION
2. 6 PIPE AND FITTINGS
2. 7 STRAINERS
2. 8 AUTOMATIC TEMPERATURE CONTROL
HVAC 15600-1
,w
Renovations to
Lamont/ALCAP Dining Room ISSUED FOR BIDDING 11/3/2008
Smith College
Northampton, Massachusetts
sating. '
D. Preparation
1. At all fire rated assemblies, prepare all penetrations for pipes.
E. Application
1. Install approved fire safing insulation of proper size leaving no voids.
Compress and friction fit fire safing and use attachment clips where
necessary.
2. Seal completely around all openings and over the fire safing insulation
with sealing compound.
END OF SECTION
■
r.
w.
PLUMBING 15400-16 R.
Renovations to
Lamont/ALCAP Dining Room ISSUED FOR BIDDING 11/3/2008
Smith College
Northampton, Massachusetts
3.8 EQUIPMENT INSTALLATION
A. All equipment furnished under this Section shall be installed in accordance with its
manufacturer's printed installation instructions, whether so shown on the Drawings
or not, and all labor and materials required to accomplish this shall be furnished by
the Plumbing Contractor and be included in his Bid.
3.9 DISINFECTION
A. Flush out entire system.
B. Introduce chlorine or solution of calcium hypochlorite or sodium hypochlorite. Fill
lines slowly and apply agent at rate which will produce 50 parts per million of
chloride as determined by residual chlorine tests at end of lines. Open and close
valves and hydrants while system is being chlorinated.
C. After twenty-four (24) hours, test for residual chlorine. If more than 5 ppm are
present,flush out system until all traces are removed.
D. After disinfection, flush treated water from system through its extremities. Continue
flushing until samples of water are satisfactory to local authorities having
jurisdiction. Repeat flushing if samples taken daily over next three (3)days indicate
that quality of water is not being maintained. Do not draw samples from hydrants
and undisinfected hose.
E. Submit test results to Owner.
3.10 FIRE SAFING
A. Work Included: Provide labor, materials, and equipment necessary to complete
the work including, but not limited to the following:
1. Fire safing at all penetrations through fire barriers.
2. Fire safing at all penetrations through smoke barriers.
3. Extent of fire and smoke barriers as indicated on the Architectural
Drawings.
4. Fire safing at all penetrations through floors, shafts, corridor walls,
stairway walls, mechanical rooms, electrical rooms, vaults, storage
rooms, kitchen, machine rooms, outdoor storage rooms, and receiving
rooms.
B. Safing Insulation
on 1. Fire safing insulation shall be Thermafiber as manufactured by USG
Interiors, Inc. or Architect-Engineer approved equal, 4" minimum
thickness by the required full length and width, or as indicated on the
Drawings.
2. Provide incidental galvanized steel clip anchors.
C. Seal Compound: At "poke-through" openings, apply "Firecode" seal compound
as manufactured by USG Interiors, Inc., or approved equal, over Thermafiber fire
!!�► PLUMBING 15400-15
Renovations to
Lamont/ALCAP Dining Room ISSUED FOR BIDDING 11/3/2008
Smith College
Northampton, Massachusetts
in
3.3 CUTTING AND PATCHING
A. Drilling of all holes required for the installation of plumbing shall be performed by the *�
Plumbing Contractor. All work and materials shall be installed in such a manner
and at such time to keep cutting and patching to a minimum.
B. Cutting of openings larger than those that can be drilled will be performed by the
General Contractor.
C. Patching of all holes, after installation of piping or equipment, will be performed by
the General Contractor.
3.4 INSULATION
A. Insulation shall be applied by an independent Insulation Contractor regularly
engaged in that business.
B. Insulation shall not be omitted on piping in walls. Covering shall be applied before
masonry proceeds.
C. Insulation shall be applied over clean pipe with all joints butted firmly together and
sealed.
3.5 SLEEVES AND ESCUTCHEONS
A. The Plumbing Contractor shall furnish and set all sleeves required. All water piping
passing through masonry walls shall be provided with standard weight steel pipe, or
Schedule 40 PVC pipe sleeves, inside diameter to be slightly larger than pipe
passing through same. Center pipe in sleeve.
B. Provide chromium plated escutcheons where pipes pass through walls.
3.6 INSPECTION AND TESTS
A. Tests for Plumbing Systems: Soil, waste, vent and water piping shall be tested by
the Plumbing Contractor and approved before acceptance. Underground piping
shall be tested prior to backfilling. Equipment required for tests shall be furnished ..
by the Plumbing Contractor at no additional cost to the Owner. All tests shall be
witnessed and approved by the Local Plumbing Inspector, and shall be performed
as required by the Plumbing Code.
.N
3.7 CLEANING UP
A. After all the fixtures have been set and ready for use, and before leaving the job, *`
thoroughly clean all fixtures installed under this Contract, removing all plaster,
stickers, rust stains, and any foreign matter or discoloration of fixtures, leaving every
part in perfect condition and ready for use.
PLUMBING 15400-14
Renovations to
Lamont/ALCAP Dining Room ISSUED FOR BIDDING 11/3/2008
Smith College
Northampton, Massachusetts
E. The Plumbing Subcontractor shall file and prepare all applications for backflow
preventer approval with the Department of Environmental Protection, and pay all fees
and charges.
F. All certificates of approval and test results shall be sent to the Architect.
PART 3 -EXECUTION
3.1 SOIL,WASTE, DRAIN AND VENT PIPING
A. Installation:
1. Drainage and Vent Pipes: Horizontal soil, rain leaders and waste pipes
shall have a minimum grade of 1/4" per foot for piping 3" and less and 1/8"
per foot for piping larger than 3". Horizontal waste lines receiving the
discharge from two or more fixtures shall be provided with end vents unless
r separate venting of fixtures is noted.
2. Fittings: Changes in pipe size on soil, waste, and drain lines shall be made
with reducing fittings. Changes in direction shall be made by the appropri-
ate use of 45°wyes, long or short sweep 1/4 bends, 1/6, 1/8, or 1/16 bends,
or by a combination of those or equivalent fittings. Single and double
sanitary tees and 1/4 bends may be used in drainage lines only where the
direction of flow is from horizontal to vertical.
! " 3. Union Connections: Slip joints will be permitted only in trap seals or on the
inlet side of the traps. Use of bushings will not be permitted.
B. Joints: Installation of pipe and fittings shall be made in accordance with the
manufacturer's recommendations. Mitering of joints for elbows and notching of
straight runs of pipe for tees will not be permitted. Threaded joints shall have
American National taper pipe threads conforming to National Bureau of Standards
on Handbook H28, with graphite or inert filler and oil, with an approved graphite
compound, or with polytetrafluorethylene tape applied to the male threads.
3.2 WATER PIPE FITTINGS AND CONNECTIONS
A. Mains, Branches and Runoffs: Piping shall be installed as indicated. Pipe shall be
cut accurately to measurements established at the building by the Plumbing
Contractor and shall be worked into place without springing or forcing. Care shall
be taken not to weaken structural portions of the building. Above ground piping
shall be run parallel with the lines of the building unless otherwise indicated. Branch
pipes from service lines may be taken from top, bottom or side of main, using such
crossover fittings as may be required by structural or installation conditions. Supply
pipes, valves and fittings shall be kept a sufficient distance from other work and
other services to permit not less than 1)2"between finished covering on the different
services.
B. Expansion and Contraction of Pipe: Allowance shall be made throughout for
expansion and contraction of pipe.
PLUMBING 15400-13
Renovations to
Lamont/ALCAP Dining Room ISSUED FOR BIDDING 11/3/2008
Smith College
Northampton, Massachusetts
D. Floor Drain (FD-1)
1. Wade Model 1103STD6 with type VD strainer with hinged cover. •.
2. With Precision Plumbing Trap Primer.
E. Wall Hydrant(floor-mounted)(WH-1)
1. Wade Model 8600MT, 175 with mounting box, cover, and integral backflow
preventor.
2.9 DEMOLITION
A. Removal of all obsolete fixtures, drains, piping, etc., not to be re-used shall be
removed by this Contractor and shall become the property of the Owner. The
Plumbing Contractor shall be responsible for delivering and/or properly disposing of
all obsolete equipment to such places as designated by the Owner.
2.10 TRAP PRIMER
A. Furnish and install all brass automatic trap primers for all floor drains and floor sinks. .�•
Primer shall include automatic pressure activated brass valve with vacuum breaker,
and copper duplex manifold distribution reservoir. Valve shall conform with A.S.S.E.
Standard 1018.
B. Valve shall be Precision Plumbing Products, Inc., or equal.
2.11 VACUUM BREAKERS •
A. Furnish and install vacuum breakers as manufactured by Watts or approved equal.
B. Type"A"-pressure type to be Watts Model 800 QT with test cocks and ball valves.
C. Type "B" - atmospheric type, Model 288A chrome plated, when supply is not under
constant pressure.
2.12 BACKFLOW PREVENTERS
A. Furnish and install the backflow preventers, as scheduled on the Drawings and as
manufactured by Watts Regulator:
B. This Subcontractor shall provide a spare parts repair kit for each 909 reduced
pressure backflow preventer, to consist of a repair kit for the first check, second
check, and relief valve.
C. All backflow preventers shall be approved by the Massachusetts State Plumbing
Examiners and shall be installed in strict accordance with manufacturer's
recommendations and instructions, and in accordance with Regulation 310CMR
22.22.
D. Units shall be Watts Regulator Co., Febco, Division of CMB, Ind., Hersey Products,
Inc., or equal. �*
PLUMBING 15400-12 ..
Renovations to
Lamont/ALCAP Dining Room ISSUED FOR BIDDING 11/3/2008
Smith College
Northampton, Massachusetts
B. Fittings shall be insulated with mitered cut insulation applied over fittings with joints
taped. Cold water piping shall also have mastic applied to all overlapping surfaces
w to form a vapor barrier.
C. Insulation and fitting jackets shall be installed according to the manufacturer's
recommendations. Any gaps or fishmouths shall be remade.
D. Install a twelve (12") inch length of wood blocking at each hanger; insulation shall
run continuous through the hanger. Jacket shall match adjacent insulation jacket.
2.6 WATER HAMMER ARRESTERS
A. Where indicated on the Drawings and as needed for shock-free operation, furnish
and install Precision Plumbing Products, Inc. SC-Series type shock absorbers, sizes
as shown on Drawings, or as required. No substitutions will be allowed.
wee 2.7 ACCESS PANELS
A. Access panel doors for all concealed inaccessible valves, balancing fittings, or
cleanouts in masonry walls, plastered or gypsum wallboard walls or ceilings, shall
be furnished by the Plumbing Contractor and installed by tradesmen of wall or
ceiling finish. Access panels in plastered ceilings shall be Karp Type DSC-214 PL
(12" x 12" min.); in walls, shall be Karp type DSC-214M "Universal" (12"x 12"); for
g" drywall ceilings, shall be Karp Sesame Slim Trim Access Hatches, Type
KSTDW/CAD (12"x 12"min.)with screw driver type lock.
B. Access panels shall be Karp Associates, Inc., Inryco, Inc., Milcor Division,
Birmingham Ornamental Iron, or equal.
2.8 PLUMBING FIXTURES AND FIXTURE TRIMMINGS
A. General Requirements: Reference made herein to numbers of plumbing fixtures to
establish type and quality of materials. Angle stops, straight stops, stops integral
with the faucets, or concealed type of lock shield, loose key pattern stops for
supplies shall be furnished and installed with fixtures. Exposed traps and supply
pipes for all fixtures and equipment shall be chrome plated and connected to the
rough piping systems at the wall. Wall escutcheons shall be chromium plated or
nickel plated brass with polished, bright surfaces.
B. The Plumbing Contractor shall furnish all supports, brackets, bolts, etc. for proper
installation of all fixtures requiring support. They shall be in accordance with the
manufacturer's recommendations, and, if necessary, shall be built into place as the
building progresses. This Contractor shall be held responsible for the stability and
proper support of all plumbing fixtures.
C. Floor Sink(FS-1)
* 1. Wade Model No. 9012 with sediment bucket.
2. With Precision Plumbing Trap Primer.
PLUMBING 15400-11
ws
Renovations to
Lamont/ALCAP Dining Room ISSUED FOR BIDDING 11/3/2008 ..
Smith College
Northampton, Massachusetts
D. Check Valves
1. Check valves shall be furnished and installed where indicated on the
Drawings. Checks up to 2" shall be Class 125. Solder ends, body and
caps shall be ASTM B62 cast bronze composition, swing type disc,
Stockham Figure B-309.
2. Check valves 2-1/2" and larger shall be iron body, bronze mounted with
body and cap conforming to ASTM A126, Class B cast iron, flanged, swing
type disc, Stockham Figure G-931.
3. Check valves shall be as manufactured by Stockham, Jenkins,
Lunkenheimer, or equal.
E. Vacuum relief valves shall be Watts Model 36A-3/4".
F. Globe valves shall be as manufactured by Hammond IB-418 or IB-440.
G. Furnish and install, where indicated on the Drawings, Ametek/U.S. Gauge Co.'s
Figure P500, 2"diameter, 0 lb. to 100 lbs.
2.3 HANGERS
A. Hangers shall be as manufactured by Grinnell Company, Carpenter & Paterson,
Fee& Mason, or equal.
B. For cast iron pipe - Grinnell Fig. 260, one to each length of cast iron pipe; at twelve
foot(12')intervals for threaded piping.
w.
C. For hot, cold, and return water piping - Grinnell Fig. 70 at six foot (6) intervals for
copper tubing 1-1/4" or less; ten foot (10') intervals for piping at 1-1/2" and larger.
Install Fig. 167 insulation shield between hanger and insulation; hangers to be in-
stalled outside the insulation. Hangers for gas piping shall be installed at eight foot
(8') intervals.
D. Hangers or supports shall be placed within one foot (1') of each horizontal elbow.
Vertical runs of pipe not over five feet (5) in length shall be supported on hangers
placed not over 1/2"from the elbow on the connecting horizontal run.
2.4 CLEANOUTS
A. Where cleanouts occur in finished floors throughout the building, they shall be Zurn
ZN-1405-2, nickel-bronze for concrete finish floor; Zurn ZN-1405-7 nickel-bronze
recessed for resilient floors; Zurn ZN-1405-7 for ceramic tile floors; ZN-1405-14 for
carpeted floors; or equal by J. R. Smith or Wade.
2.5 INSULATION
A. All water piping shall be insulated with Armaflex closed cell pipe insulation with
vapor tight seal, 1"thick for hot water and return hot water, 1/2"thick for cold water.
Insulation shall be one piece snap-on type. All exposed piping within 10'-0" of
finished floor in finished areas shall be insulated as noted above and shall be fully
jacketed with a PVC cover.
PLUMBING 15400-10
PX
Renovations to
Lamont/ALCAP Dining Room ISSUED FOR BIDDING 11/3/2008
Smith College
Northampton, Massachusetts
PART2 -PRODUCTS
2.1 PIPING MATERIALS
A. All soil, waste, and vent piping in accessible areas 2-1/2" and larger, shall be cast
iron "no hub", ASA Group 022 pipe and fittings, joined with cast iron clamps as
manufactured by"Clamp-All". No substitutions will be allowed. All soil, waste, and
vent below slab shall be service weight, cast iron pipe with oakum and lead, sealed
gas and watertight. In lieu of lead and oakum joint piping, below slab may be
service weight with push-on rubber rings.
B. In lieu of cast iron piping, pipe sizes 3" and smaller shall be Type "L" copper pipe
with solder fittings.
C. All waste lines 2"and smaller shall be Type"L"copper. All vent lines 2"and smaller
shall be type"M"copper.
D. All hot, cold and re-circulating hot water piping within the building shall be hard
copper Type "L" seamless drawn tubing, assembled with sweat fittings. All solders
used shall be lead free, cadmium free, "Silverbrite-100", or equal, complying with
the latest issue of ANSI A-5.8 publications. All exposed runs to all toilet fixtures and
sinks shall be chrome plated. All below slab trap primer feed piping shall be Type
"K"soft rolled with silver solder joints.
2.2 BALL VALVES
A. On water lines inside the building, ball valves shall be as manufactured by Watts
Series B6001 with stainless steel balls and handle extensions. No substitutions will
be allowed. Valves shall be provided with stainless steel ball, reinforced teflon seats
and seals, bronze body, 400 psi wog, positive 100% shut-off. All valves to be
furnished with valve handle extension sized to match pipe insulation thickness.
B. Drain valves at all low points shall be 1/2" or 3/4" solder by 3/4" hose end with
attached cap and chain.
C. Gate Valves:
1. Where indicated on the Drawings, all gate valves 4" and larger, shall be
Class 125 iron body bronze mounted with body and bonnet conforming to
200 psi wog non-shock cast iron, flanged ends, with Teflon packing, two-
piece packing gland assembly, Hammond Figure 1R1138, Stockman, or
equal.
2. Valves 3" and smaller where indicated on the Drawings shall be Class 125.
Body and bonnets shall be of ASTM B62 cast bronze composition, solid
disc, copper silicone alloy stem, brass packing gland, Teflon packing, and
malleable handwheel, solder end, Stockham Figure B-104, Hammond
1 R1138, or equal.
3. Valves shall be as manufactured by Stockham, Hammond, American
Valve, or equal.
PLUMBING 15400-9
am
Renovations to
Lamont/ALCAP Dining Room ISSUED FOR BIDDING 11/3/2008 OR
Smith College
Northampton, Massachusetts
on
1.17 RECORD DRAWINGS
A. Submit Record Drawings as specified in Project Closeout, Section 01700.
1.18 CO-ORDINATION OF TRADES
A. The Plumbing Subcontractor shall give full cooperation to the Subcontractors of
other trades, and shall furnish any information necessary to permit the work of all
trades to be installed satisfactorily and with least possible interference or delay.
The Plumbing Subcontractor shall cooperate with the other sub trades in preparing
a complete set of co-ordination drawings. All co-ordination drawings for the
plumbing work shall be prepared by this Subcontractor on backgrounds prepared
by the HVAC Contractor.
B. In areas where conflicts may occur, if so directed by the Architect, this
Subcontractor shall prepare composite sketches, at a suitable scale, not less than
'/4"=1', clearly showing how his work is to be installed in relation to the work of other
trades. '
C. Piping and other equipment shall not be installed in congested and possible problem
areas by this Subcontractor without first coordinating the installation of same with ■*
other trades and the Architect. This Subcontractor, at his own expense, shall relocate
all uncoordinated piping and other equipment installed should they interfere with the
proper installation and mounting of electrical equipment, ductwork, piping, hung
ceilings, and other structural finishes by the other trades.
D. This Subcontractor shall co-ordinate the elevations of all piping and equipment in
hung ceilings for the installation of recessed lighting fixtures, duct boxes, etc.
Conflicts shall be brought to the attention of the Architect for a decision before piping
and/or equipment of other trades is installed.
E. In areas where, due to construction conditions, more than one trade is required to use
common openings in chases, shafts and sleeves for the passage of conduits,
raceways, piping, ductwork and other materials, this Subcontractor must plan and
locate the positions of equipment to be furnished under this Section so that all items �.
including piping and/or equipment of other trades may be accommodated within the
space available. Location and positioning shall be done prior to installation of same
and to the satisfaction of the Architect. +•�
F. This Subcontractor, before installing his work, shall see that it does not interfere with
the clearances required for finished columns, pilasters, partitions or walls, as shown ..
on the Contract, Architectural, or Structural Drawings showing foundations, floor
plans, roof plans, and details.
G. Piping work that is installed under this Contract which interferes with the architectural
design or building structure, shall be changed as directed by the Architect, and all
costs incidental to such changes shall be paid by this Subcontractor at no additional
cost to the Owner.
PLUMBING 15400-8
Renovations to
Lamont/ALCAP Dining Room ISSUED FOR BIDDING 11/3/2008
Smith College
Northampton, Massachusetts
exposure above grade, unless specifically so shown on the Drawings. When pipes
are indicated to be installed in exterior walls, the Plumbing Contractor shall be
responsible for ensuring that wall and pipe insulation is properly installed to protect
„ them from freezing.
1.15 OPERATING INSTRUCTIONS
A. After all final tests and adjustments have been completed, fully instruct the proper
Owner's representative in all details of operation of equipment installed. Supply
qualified personnel to operate equipment for sufficient length of time to assure that
Owner's representative is properly qualified to take over operation and maintenance
procedures. This Subcontractor shall video tape the instruction procedures an
deliver two(2)copies of the tape with the Operation and Maintenance Manuals.
B. Furnish the Architect, for his approval, three (3) copies of an Operation and
Maintenance Manual. Inscribe the following identification on the cover: the words,
"Operation and Maintenance Manual", the name and location of the equipment or
the building, the name of the Subcontractor, and the Contract number. The manual
shall have a Table of Contents with tab sheets placed before each section. The
instructions shall be legible and easily read, with large sheets of drawings folded in.
The manuals shall be bound in hard binders or an approved equivalent.
C. The Manual shall include the following information:
1. Description of systems.
2. Description of start-up, operation, and shutdown.
3. Schedule of adjustment, care, and routine maintenance for each item of
equipment.
4. Lubrication chart.
5. Wiring and control diagrams with data to explain detailed operation and
control of each item of equipment.
6. Valve chart.
7. List of recommended spare parts.
8. Copies of all service contracts.
9. Performance curves for pumps, etc.
10. List of all names, addresses, and phone numbers of all Subcontractors as
well as the local representative for each item of equipment.
1.16 GUARANTEE
A. The Plumbing Contractor shall guarantee the satisfactory operation of his work in all
parts for a period of one (1)year after the date of final acceptance, and shall agree
to promptly repair or replace any items of his work which are found to be defective
during this period.
4s
B. The Plumbing Contractor shall pay for repair of damage to the building caused by
defects in his work and for repair to plaster,wood, and other materials or equipment
caused by replacement or repairs to the entire satisfaction of the Architect.
C. Any part of the work installed under this Contract requiring excessive maintenance
shall be considered as being defective.
" PLUMBING 15400-7
an
Renovations to
Lamont/ALCAP Dining Room ISSUED FOR BIDDING 11/3/2008
Smith College
Northampton, Massachusetts
B. The Plumbing Contractor shall provide his own portable extension lines and obtain
120 volt, 60 cycle, single phase electric energy from the General Contractor to drive
his machines and light his work. He shall provide his own light bulbs, plugs, ■"
sockets, etc.
C. All broken or waste material, rags, packing, etc., resulting from his work shall be
removed by the Plumbing Contractor.
1.12 PROTECTION
A. The Plumbing Contractor shall, at all times, fully protect his work and materials from
injury or loss by others. Any injury or loss which may occur shall be made good
without expense to the Owner. The Plumbing Contractor shall be responsible for w
the proper protection of all his materials until the building is accepted by the Owner.
1.13 CUTTING AND PATCHING
w.e
A. Cutting and/or drilling of all openings and holes 4" in diameter or smaller, required
for the installation of plumbing in the building, shall be performed by the Plumbing
Contractor. All work and materials shall be installed in such a manner and at such
time to keep cutting and patching to a minimum. Cutting and/or drilling of structural
supports (i.e. beams or joists) is not allowed without written approval by the
Architect. Location for openings, etc. shall be checked by the Plumbing Contractor, w.
and error due to failure to co-ordinate work with other divisions shall be the
responsibility of the Plumbing Contractor failing to co-ordinate, who shall make the
corrections at his own expense.
B. All holes larger than 4" in diameter shall be provided by the General Contractor.
C. Work shall include furnishing and locating sleeves or inserts required before the
new walls and cabinets are built, or be responsible for the cost of cutting and
patching required for pipes where sleeves were not installed or where incorrectly
located. The Plumbing Contractor shall do all drilling required for the installation of
hangers.
D. Patching of all holes, after installation of piping or equipment, shall be performed by
the General Contractor or appropriate tradesmen. .w
E. All pipe cutting or threading shall be done in a location approved by the Owner.
F. No pipe cutting or threading shall be done in areas where completed concrete floor
slab is to remain in finishes or be painted later. Should this area be necessary, the
Plumbing Contractor shall cover the entire working area with canvas tarpaulins in an
approved manner.
1.14 WORK CONCEALED
A. All piping, hangers and supports shall be installed concealed in all areas except
storage rooms, closets, and mechanical or electrical equipment rooms.
B. Piping containing water shall not be installed concealed in walls having an exterior
PLUMBING 15400-6
a
Renovations to
Lamont/ALCAP Dining Room ISSUED FOR BIDDING 11/3/2008
Smith College
Northampton, Massachusetts
1.8 PERMITS, FEES AND INSPECTIONS
A. The Plumbing Contractor shall secure all permits and pay all fees required for his
work. He shall be required to secure all other permits and pay all other fees and
charges incidental to the proper carrying out of the Contract. He is to assume all
responsibility regarding the observance of the rules and regulations so far as they
relate to his part of the work.
B. The Plumbing Contractor shall arrange and pay for all required inspections of his
work.
1.9 PLANS AND SPECIFICATIONS
A. The Plumbing Contractor shall refer to the Architectural Drawings of interior details,
plans, elevations, and structural layout in preparing his estimate. These documents
are intended to supplement the Mechanical and Electrical Plans and Specifications
and any applicable work indicated or implied thereon is to be considered a part of
!!* the Contract requirements.
B. The Specifications complementary and anything called for, or reasonably implied, in
the Plans and not in the Specifications, or vice versa, shall be considered as called
for or reasonably implied in both.
C. The Plumbing Contractor shall not scale the Drawings.
D. Because of the small scale of the Drawings, it is not possible to indicate all offsets,
fittings and accessories that may be required. The Plumbing Contractor shall
carefully investigate the structural and finish conditions affecting all his work and
shall arrange such work accordingly, furnishing such fittings, traps, offsets, valves,
and accessories as may be required to meet such conditions, at no additional cost.
1.10 DELIVERY, STORAGE,AND HANDLING
A. Delivery: The Plumbing subcontractor shall provide for the delivery of all his
materials and fixtures to the building site when required so as to carry on his work
efficiently and to avoid delaying his work and that of other trades. All delivery and
storage must be co-ordinated with the Smith College Physical Plant Department.
The Plumbing Contractor shall take delivery of all pre-purchased plumbing fixtures
and equipment, and shall be responsible for the proper handling, storage, and
protection of these materials from that point on. Any damage or loss of these
materials after delivery shall be the responsibility of this Contractor.
B. Storage and Handling: The Plumbing Contractor shall, at all times, fully protect his
work and materials from injury or loss by others. Any injury or loss which may occur
shall be made good without expense to the Owner. The Plumbing Contractor shall
be responsible for the proper protection of all his materials until the building is
accepted by the Owner.
W 1.11 ENVIRONMENTAL CONDITIONS
A. All necessary tools machinery, scaffolding, and transportation for completion of his
,,. Contract shall be provided by the Plumbing Contractor.
PLUMBING 15400-5
Renovations to
Lamont/ALCAP Dining Room ISSUED FOR BIDDING 11/3/2008 ■.
Smith College
Northampton, Massachusetts
OR
H. The Plumbing Contractor shall be responsible for all equipment and materials
installed under this Section until the final acceptance of the project by the Owner.
I. The Plumbing Contractor shall check all of the Architectural Plans and
Specifications before ordering any materials and the installation of work. Any
discrepancies shall be called to the attention of the Architect before proceeding with
the work.
1.5 QUALITY ASSURANCE
A. Equality of materials or articles other than those named or described in this Section
will be determined in accordance with the provisions of the General Requirements,
except that substitutions will only be considered for items where the words, "or
equal" appear in the product specification, and as approved by the Architect and
Owner.
B. The Plumbing Contractor shall agree to accept as final the results of tests secured
by a qualified testing laboratory engaged by the Owner. Tests will be conducted in
accordance with the General Requirements.
1.6 PRODUCTS
A. With the exception of items specifically noted otherwise, all materials used shall be
U.S. made, new, full weight, and first class in every respect, without defects, and
designed to function properly in that portion of the work for which they are intended,
and with the same brand of manufacturer for each class of material or equipment.
Electrical materials and equipment of types for which there are Underwriters
Laboratories standard requirements, listings, or labels shall conform to their
requirements and be so labeled.
1.7 SUBMITTALS
A. Before ordering materials shipped to the job, the Plumbing Contractor shall submit
to the Architect six (6) sets of catalogue cuts, manufacturers' data sheets, or Shop
Drawings, giving all details, dimensions, capacities, etc. of all materials to be
furnished.
B. The Plumbing Contractor shall check the Shop Drawings thoroughly for compliance
with the Plans and Specifications before submitting them to the Architect for review,
making any and all changes which may be required.
C. The review of Shop Drawings by the Architect shall not relieve the Plumbing ..
Contractor from any obligation to perform the work strictly in accordance with the
Contract Drawings and Specifications. The responsibility for errors in Shop
Drawings shall remain with the Plumbing Contractor.
D. In the event that materials are being delivered to or installed on the job for which
Shop Drawings or samples have not been approved and/or which are not in
accordance with the Specifications, the Plumbing Contractor will be required to
remove such materials and substitute approved materials at his own expense and
as directed by the Architect.
PLUMBING 15400-4
Renovations to
Lamont/ALCAP Dining Room ISSUED FOR BIDDING 11/3/2008
Smith College
Northampton, Massachusetts
B. The Plumbing Contractor shall comply with the Local Code Enforcement Officials'
instructions at no additional cost to the Owner.
1.4 INSTALLATION REQUIREMENTS
A. The Plumbing Contractor shall employ only competent and experienced workmen
at a regular schedule in harmony with the other tradesmen on the job. He shall also
exercise care and supervision of his employees in regard to proper and expeditious
laying out of his work.
�w
B. The Plumbing Contractor shall have a Foreman or Superintendent assigned to the
Project who shall be authorized to make decisions and receive instructions exactly
as if the Plumbing Contractor himself were present. The Foreman or Superinten-
dent shall not be removed or replaced without the express approval of the Architect
after construction work begins.
C. The Plumbing Contractor shall be held responsible for any injuries or damage done
to the building premises or adjoining property or to other Subcontractors' work
resulting from the execution of his part of the work in any manner whatsoever; and
in case of dispute arising as to the extent or share of responsibility incurred by the
Plumbing Contractor, it is agreed between the Owner and the Plumbing Contractor
that such liability and extent of damage shall be finally determined by the Architect
whose decision shall be final and binding on both parties to the Contract for the
work in question.
D. The Plumbing Contractor shall co-ordinate to the fullest extent with all other trades
in order to expedite the progress of the work. He shall furnish all information
pertaining to his materials as to sizes, locations, and means of support, to all other
trades requiring such information. The Plumbing Contractor shall also furnish all
sleeves, frames, beams, supports, inserts, etc., hereinafter specified so that the
General Contractor may build them in place. In case of failure on the part of the
Plumbing Contractor to give proper information as above, he will be required to bear
the extra expense involved due to such failure.
E. The arrangement of all piping, duct work, conduit, wire and cable indicated on the
Drawings is diagrammatic only, and indicates the minimum requirements of this
work. Conditions at the building shall determine the actual arrangement of runs,
bends, offsets, etc. The Plumbing Contractor shall lay out all his work and be
responsible for the accuracy thereof. Conditions at the building shall be the
determining factor for all measurements.
F. All work shall be laid out and installed so as to require the least amount of cutting
and patching. Drilling of all holes required for the installation of pipes, conduit, and
cable runs shall be performed by the Subcontractor installing such items.
G. The Plumbing Contractor shall be responsible for the proper protection of his work
and materials from injury or loss at the hands of others and shall make good such
loss or injury at his own expense. All pipes left open during the progress of the work
shall be capped or plugged at all times. All instruments and operating apparatus
shall be protected by suitable means.
PLUMBING 15400-3
w
Renovations to
Lamont/ALCAP Dining Room ISSUED FOR BIDDING 11/3/2008
Smith College
Northampton, Massachusetts
w
SECTION 15400 -PLUMBING
PART 1 -GENERAL *+
1.1 RELATED DOCUMENTS
A. Include General Conditions, Supplementary General Conditions, and applicable
parts of Division 1, as part of this Section.
B. Examine all other Sections of the Specifications for requirements, which affect work
under this Section whether or not such work is specifically mentioned in this
Section.
C. Co-ordinate work with that of all other trades affecting, or affected by the work of
this Section. Co-operate with such trades to assure steady progress of all work
under the Contract.
1.2 SCOPE OF WORK
A. Furnish all labor, materials, equipment and services necessary for and reasonably *�!
incidental to the complete installation of all plumbing work specified herein and/or
indicated on the Drawings, including, but not limited to,the following:
1. Sanitary waste and venting systems inside the building, connecting to
drainage systems within the building. Furnish piping, traps, flanges, seals,
cleanouts, fixtures, drains, and supports.
2. Cold water distribution systems. Furnish piping, fittings, insulation, sup-
ports and valves.
3. Plumbing fixtures and supports.
4. Arrange for inspections and perform cleaning and testing.
5. Disconnecting and reconnecting cold water and waste piping for existing
dining room equipment as required.
6. All final connections to all items of equipment furnished by others requiring
water, drain, and waste connections.
7. The disconnecting and removal of all existing piping systems, fixtures, and
equipment interfering with, or made obsolete by, new construction. All
piping, fixtures, and equipment (i.e. copper and brass piping, fittings and •�
valves, and controls)to be removed are the property of the Owner and shall
be delivered to such places designated by the Owner. Removal from the
site of all obsolete material after the Owner's review shall be by this ..
Contractor.
1.3 CODES, ORDINANCES AND INSPECTIONS
A. All materials and the installation thereof shall conform to the requirements of the
Massachusetts State Building Code, Electrical Code, Fuel Gas and Plumbing Code
and local laws, rules, regulations, and codes pertaining thereto. Where provisions
of the Contract Documents conflict with any codes, rules or regulations, the latter
shall govern. Where the Contract requirements are in excess of applicable codes,
rules or regulations, the Contract provisions shall govern unless the Architect rules
otherwise.
PLUMBING 15400-2 .w
Renovations to
Lamont/ALCAP Dining Room ISSUED FOR BIDDING 11/3/2008
Smith College
Northampton, Massachusetts
INDEX
SECTION 15400 -PLUMBING
PART 1 -GENERAL PART 3- INSTALLATION
1.1 RELATED DOCUMENTS 3.1 SOIL, WASTE, DRAIN AND VENT PIPING
1.2 SCOPE OF WORK 3.2 WATER PIPE, FITTINGS AND CONNECTIONS
1.3 CODES, ORDINANCES AND INSPECTIONS 3.3 CUTTING AND PATCHING
1.4 INSTALLATION REQUIREMENTS 3.4 INSULATION
1.5 QUALITY ASSURANCE 3.5 SLEEVES AND ESCUTCHEONS
1.6 PRODUCTS 3.6 INSPECTION AND TESTS
1.7 SUBMITTALS 3.7 CLEANING UP
1.8 PERMITS, FEES AND INSPECTIONS 3.8 EQUIPMENT INSTALLATION
1.9 PLANS AND SPECIFICATIONS 3.9 DISINFECTION
1.10 DELIVERY, STORAGE,AND HANDLING 3.10 FIRE SAFING
1.11 ENVIRONMENTAL CONDITIONS
1.12 PROTECTION
1.13 CUTTING AND PATCHING
1.14 WORK CONCEALED
1.15 OPERATING INSTRUCTIONS
1.16 GUARANTEE
1.17 RECORD DRAWINGS
1.18 COORDINATION OF TRADES
PART 2-MATERIALS
2.1 PIPING MATERIALS
2.2 BALL VALVES
2.3 HANGERS
2.4 CLEANOUTS
2.5 INSULATION
2.6 WATER HAMMER ARRESTERS
2.7 ACCESS PANELS
2.8 PLUMBING FIXTURES AND FIXTURE TRIMMINGS
2.9 DEMOLITION
2.10 TRAP PRIMER
2.11 VACUUM BREAKERS
2.12 BACKFLOW PREVENTERS
PLUMBING 15400-1
00
Renovations to ISSUED FOR BIDDING 11/3/2008
Lamont/ALCAP Dining Room 40
Smith College
Northampton, Massachusetts
D. Wilson House—Wilson Dining Room 100D ow
1. Location & Quantity: Quantity of seven (7)windows
2. Fabric: Carnegie, Samos Plus, color to be determined. Fabric passes NFPA 701. Drapes
to be labeled as such.
3. Fabrication: Unlined draperies with 3 times fullness. Heading has 1 1/8" black grommets
at 6" spacing. Drapes have 4" hems that are straight-stitched. The three windows with
heaters will have drapes ending approximately three inches above the heaters. The four
longer windows will have drapes to the floor.
4. Hardware: Robert Allen Country Iron: '/" round tube steel poles, black finish. Window
treatments mounted inside angled windows with brackets attached to window trim. Poles
terminate in end caps.
5. Remove existing cornices.
E. Morrow House— Morrow Dining Room 100D "'
1. Location & Quantity: Quantity of five (5) windows. No drapery to be installed at doors.
2. Fabric: Carnegie, Samos Plus, color to be determined. Fabric passes NFPA 701. Drapes go
to be labeled as such.
3. Fabrication: Unlined draperies with 3X times fullness. Heading has '/" black grommets at
3.25" Spacing. Drapes fall to floor with 4" hems that are straight-stitched.
4. Hardware: reuse existing transverse rods. ..
5. Note: Existing cornices to remain.
w
PART 3 - EXECUTION
.o
3.1 INSTALLATION
A. Isolate metal parts of window treatment hardware from concrete or mortar to prevent galvanic
action. Use tape or another method recommended by manufacturer.
END OF SECTION 12495
WINDOW TREATMENT 12495 - 2 ..
Renovations to ISSUED FOR BIDDING 11/3/2008
Lamont/ALCAP Dining Room
Smith College
Northampton, Massachusetts
SECTION 12495-WINDOW TREATMENT
PART 1 - GENERAL
1.1 SECTION REQUIREMENTS
A. Submittals: Product Data.
PART 2 - PRODUCTS
2.1 DRAPERY
A. Lamont House— Old Lamont Dining Room 100D1
1. Location & Quantity: Drapes for two (2) windows and two (2) drapery panels on either
side of door.
2. Fabric: Carnegie, Samos Plus, color 63
3. Fabrication: Unlined draperies with 1 1/8" grommets (matte nickel to coordinate with
pewter drapery rods) at 6" spacing, 3 times fullness, 4" hems, finished length to 1 V
above floor. Hems to have a hard stitch.
4. Hardware: Robert Allen Cufflinks Drapery Hardware: '/" round tube steel pole, color:
Pewter. Inside mount installation with end sockets. A screw will be drilled into the rod as
a stopper to prevent door panels from sliding in front of exit door.
B. Comstock House—Comstock Dining Room C-112
g„ 1. Location &Quantity: Quantity of seven (7)windows
2. Fabric: Carnegie, Samos Plus, color to be determined. Fabric passes NFPA 701. Drapes
to be labeled as such.
3. Fabrication: Unlined draperies with 3 times fullness. Heading has 1 1/8" antique copper
grommets at 6" spacing. Drapes fall to sill with 4" hems that are straight-stitched.
4. Hardware: Robert Allen Country Iron: '/" round tube steel poles, "Desert" finish. Window
treatments mounted inside angled windows with brackets attached to window trim. Poles
terminate in end caps.
5. Remove existing cornices.
C. Wilder House—Wilder Dining Room W-112
1. Location & Quantity: Quantity of seven (7)windows
2. Fabric: Carnegie, Samos Plus, color to be determined. Fabric passes NFPA 701. Drapes
to be labeled as such.
3. Fabrication: Unlined draperies with 3 times fullness. Heading has 1 1/8" antique copper
grommets at 6° spacing. Drapes fall to sill with 4" hems that are straight-stitched.
4. Hardware: Robert Allen Country Iron: '/" round tube steel poles, "Desert' finish. Window
treatments mounted inside angled windows with brackets attached to window trim. Poles
terminate in end caps.
5. Remove existing cornices.
WINDOW TREATMENT 12495 - 1
Renovations to ISSUED FOR BIDDING 11/3/2008
Lamont/ALCAP Dining Room
Smith College
Northampton, Massachusetts
SECTION 10520 - FIRE- PROTECTION SPECIALTIES
PART 1 -GENERAL
1.1 SECTION REQUIREMENTS
so A. Submittals: Product Data.
B. Fire Extinguishers: NFPA 10, listed and labeled for the type, rating, and classification of
extinguisher.
00
C. Installation as required per City of Northampton Fire Department Fire Prevention Checklist
and Installation Guide.
PART 2 - PRODUCTS
2.1 FIRE EXTINGUISHERS AND CABINETS
A. Portable Fire Extinguishers: 5 lb. ABC extinguisher under each double action pull station.
PART 3 - EXECUTION
3.1 INSTALLATION
A. Install brackets at heights indicated or, if not indicated, at heights to comply with applicable
regulations of authorities having jurisdiction.
END OF SECTION
00
!�► FIRE- PROTECTION SPECIALTIES 10520 - 1
am
Renovations to ISSUED FOR BIDDING 11/3/2008
Lamont/ALCAP Dining Room go
Smith College
Northampton, Massachusetts
END OF SECTION 10100
w�
VISUAL DISPLAY BOARDS 10100- 2 ,�
Renovations to ISSUED FOR BIDDING 11/3/2008
Lamont/ALCAP Dining Room
Smith College
Northampton, Massachusetts
o•
SECTION 10100 -VISUAL DISPLAY BOARDS
PART 1- GENERAL:
A. Submittals: Submit the following:
1. Shop Drawings: Include sections of trim members and dimensioned elevations. Show
anchors, grounds, reinforcement, accessories, layout, and installation details.
2. Samples: For selection of colors, patterns, and textures and verification of compliance
with requirements.
a. Tackboards: Color charts showing full range of colors, textures, and patterns
available.
PART 2- PRODUCTS:
A. Chalkboards: re-use & modify existing slate stock provided by Smith College. Cut slate to
size specified on drawings. Provide 1x3 field primed and painted wood frame.
"„ B. Tackboards: material to be Forbo Marmoleum Bulletin Board.
1. Width: 48" (122)or 72" (183)
2. Length: 901in. ft. (27 meters) approximate
3. Gauge: 1/4" (6.0 mm)
4. Backing: Jute
5. Fire Resistance: A.S.T.M. E-84 (Fuel Contribution)- Class B, N.F.P.A. 253(Critical
Radiant Flux)- Class 11
6. Self-Healing: Ability to self-heal from thumbtack and pin punctures. Does not dry out,
crack or crumble. Tacks can be inserted easily and are gripped firmly.
7. Resistance to Bacteria: Provides a self-sanitizing quality in the form of a bactericidal
effect. Recent tests suggest the Bulletin Board Cork has a sterile zone around the
material inhibiting contaminants such as staphylococcus aureas.
8. Backing: 1/4-inch-thick hardboard.
9. Frame: 5/4x4, primed & painted. Rabbit back to accept edge of tackboard.
C. Assembly: Make joints only where total length exceeds maximum manufactured length.
Fabricate with minimum number of joints, balanced around center of the board. Provide
vertical joint system between abutting sections of chalkboard. Provide mullion trim at joints
between chalkboard and tackboard, where applicable.
D. Finishes: Field primed & painted frames. Color to be selected by Architect. Refer to finish
schedule and specification section 09900 for painted trim color.
PART 3- EXECUTION:
A. Install units in locations and mounting heights indicated in accordance with drawings. Keep
perimeter lines straight, plumb, and level. Provide grounds, clips, backing materials,
adhesives, brackets, anchors, trim, and accessories necessary for a complete installation.
B. Coordinate job-site-assembled units with grounds, trim, and accessories. Join parts with a
neat, precision fit.
C. Clean in accordance with manufacturer's instructions.
VISUAL DISPLAY BOARDS 10100- 1
Renovations to ISSUED FOR BIDDING 11/3/2008
Lamont/ALCAP Dining Room
Smith College
.. Northampton, Massachusetts
1. Brushes: Use brushes best suited for the material applied.
2. Rollers: Use rollers of carpet, velvet back, or high-pile sheep's wool as recommended by
the manufacturer for the material and texture required.
3. Spray Equipment: Use airless spray equipment with orifice size as recommended for the
material and texture required.
a
J. Minimum Coating Thickness: Apply materials at the manufacturer's recommended spreading
rate. Provide the total dry film thickness of the entire system as recommended by the
manufacturer.
K. Prime Coats: Before applying finish coats, apply a prime coat to material to be painted or
finished that has not been prime-coated by others. Recoat primed and sealed surfaces
where evidence of suction spots or unsealed areas in first coat appears, to ensure a finish
coat with no burn-through or other defects due to insufficient sealing.
L. Completed Work: Match approved samples for color, texture, and coverage. Remove,
refinish, or repaint work not complying with specified requirements.
M. Cleanup: At the end of each work day, remove empty cans, rags, rubbish, and other
discarded paint materials from the site.
1. After completing painting, clean glass and paint-spattered surfaces. Remove spattered
paint by washing and scraping. Be careful not to scratch or damage adjacent finished
surfaces.
N. Protection: Protect work of other trades, whether being painted or not, against damage by
painting. Correct damage by cleaning, repairing or replacing, and repainting, as acceptable
to Architect.
O. Provide "Wet Paint" signs to protect newly painted finishes. Remove temporary protective
wrappings provided by others to protect their work after completing painting operations.
1. At completion of construction activities of other trades, touch up and restore damaged or
defaced painted surfaces.
END OF SECTION
w
PAINTING 09900 - 5
Renovations to ISSUED FOR BIDDING 11/3/2008
Lamont/ALCAP Dining Room
Smith College
Northampton, Massachusetts
a) Scrape and clean small, dry, seasoned knots and apply a thin coat of white shellac or
other recommended knot sealer before applying primer.
b) Prime, stain, or seal wood to be painted immediately upon delivery. Prime edges,
ends, faces, undersides, and backsides of wood, including cabinets, counters, cases,
and paneling.
c) Seal tops, bottoms, and cutouts of unprimed wood doors with a heavy coat of varnish
or sealer immediately upon delivery.
4. Ferrous Metals: Clean ungalvanized ferrous-metal surfaces that have not been shop-
coated; remove oil, grease, dirt, loose mill scale, and other foreign substances. Use
solvent or mechanical cleaning methods that comply with recommendations of the Steel
Structures Painting Council.
a) Touch up bare areas and shop-applied prime coats that have been damaged. Wire- *�!
brush, clean with solvents and touch up with the same primer as the shop coat.
F. Materials Preparation: Carefully mix and prepare paint materials according to manufacturer's
directions.
1. Stir material before application to produce a mixture of uniform density; stir as required
during application. Do not stir surface film into material. Remove film and, if necessary,
strain material before using.
2. Use only thinners approved by the paint manufacturer and only within recommended
limits.
G. Application: Apply paint according to manufacturer's directions. Use applicators and
techniques best suited for substrate and type of material being applied. Do not paint over
dirt, rust, scale, grease, moisture, scuffed surfaces, or conditions detrimental to formation of a
durable paint film.
1. Paint colors, surface treatments, and finishes are indicated in the schedules.
2. Provide finish coats that are compatible with primers used.
3. The number of coats and the film thickness required are the same regardless of the
application method. Do not apply succeeding coats until previous coat has cured. Sand
between applications where sanding is required to produce an even smooth surface.
4. Apply additional coats if undercoats, stains, or other conditions show through final coat of
paint until paint film is of uniform finish, color, and appearance.
5. The term exposed surfaces includes areas visible when permanent or built-in fixtures are
in place. Extend coatings in these areas to maintain system integrity and provide desired
protection.
6. Paint surfaces behind movable equipment and furniture the same as similar exposed
surfaces. Paint surfaces behind permanently fixed equipment or furniture with prime coat
only.
7. Paint back sides of access panels and removable or hinged covers to match exposed
surfaces.
H. Scheduling Painting: Apply first coat to surfaces that have been cleaned, pretreated, or
otherwise prepared for painting as soon as practicable and before subsequent surface
deterioration. Allow sufficient time between successive coats to permit proper drying. Do not
recoat until paint has dried.
I. Application Procedures: Apply paints and coatings by brush, roller, spray or other applicators
according to manufacturer's directions. OR
PAINTING 09900 -4 W
Renovations to ISSUED FOR BIDDING 11/3/2008
Lamont/ALCAP Dining Room
Smith College
Northampton, Massachusetts
exclusion of equivalent products of other manufacturers. Furnish the manufacturer's
material data and certificates of performance for proposed substitutions.
D. Colors: Provide color selections as scheduled by the Architect on the finish plans and interior
elevations.
E. Color matching: color matching is not acceptable. Colors must come from manufacturer's
standard line of colors for ease of maintenance by end user.
F. Colors and manufacturer scheduled for Lamont/ALCAP Dining Room shall be provided AS
LISTED in the finish schedule. NO SUBSTITUTIONS OR COLOR MATCHING WILL BE
ACCEPTED.
PART III— EXECUTION
3.1 EXECUTION
A. Examination: Examine substrates and conditions under which painting will be performed for
compliance with requirements. Do not begin application until unsatisfactory conditions have
been corrected.
B. Coordination: Review other Sections in which primers are provided to ensure compatibility of
the total systems for various substrates. On request, furnish information on characteristics of
finish materials to ensure use of compatible primers.
1. Notify the Architect about anticipated problems using the materials specified over
substrates primed by others.
C. Preparation: Remove hardware and hardware accessories, plates, machined surfaces,
lighting fixtures, and similar items already installed that are not to be painted, or provide
surface-applied protection prior to surface preparation and painting. Remove these items, if
necessary, to completely paint the items and adjacent surfaces. Following completion of
painting operations in each space or area, have items reinstalled by workers skilled in the
trades involved.
D. Cleaning: Clean substrates of substances that could impair the bond of the various coatings.
Remove oil and grease prior to cleaning. Schedule cleaning and painting so dust and other
contaminants from the cleaning process will not fall on wet, newly painted surfaces.
E. Surface Preparation: Clean and prepare surfaces to be painted according to the
manufacturer's instructions for each particular.substrate condition and as specified.
1. Provide barrier coats over incompatible primers or remove and reprime.
2. Cementitious Materials: Prepare cementitious surfaces to be painted. Remove
efflorescence, chalk, dust, dirt, grease, oils, and release agents. Roughen to remove
glaze. If hardeners or sealers have been used to improve curing, use mechanical
r methods of surface preparation.
a) Use abrasive blast-cleaning methods if recommended by the paint manufacturer.
b) Determine alkalinity and moisture content of surfaces. Do not paint surfaces where
' moisture content exceeds that permitted in manufacturer's printed directions.
3. Wood: Clean surfaces of dirt, oil, and other foreign substances with scrapers, mineral
spirits, and sandpaper, as required. Sand surfaces exposed to view smooth and dust off.
PAINTING 09900 - 3
ww
Renovations to ISSUED FOR BIDDING 11/3/2008
Lamont/ALCAP Dining Room
Smith College
Northampton, Massachusetts
G. Applicator Qualifications: Engage an experienced applicator who has completed painting
system applications similar in material and extent to those indicated for the Project that have
resulted in a construction record of successful in-service performance.
H. Single-Source Responsibility: Provide primers and undercoat paint produced by the same
manufacturer as the finish coats.
I. Field Samples: Provide full-coat finish samples in place in locations as directed by Architect. *"
1. Final acceptance of colors will be from job-applied samples.
2. The Architect will select one room or surface to represent surfaces and conditions for
each type of coating and substrate to be painted. Apply coatings in this room or surface
according to the schedule or as specified.
J. Deliver materials to the job site in the manufacturer's original, unopened packages and .w
containers bearing manufacturer's name and label with the product trade name
manufacturer's instructions.
K. Store materials not in use in tightly covered containers in a well-ventilated area at a minimum .w
ambient temperature of 45 deg F (7 deg C). Protect from freezing. Keep storage area neat
and orderly. Remove oily rags and waste daily.
L. Project Conditions: Do not apply paint in snow, rain, fog, or mist, or when the relative
humidity exceeds 85 percent, or at temperatures less than 5 deg F (3 deg C) above the dew
point, or to damp or wet surfaces.
M. Apply water-based paints only when the temperature of surfaces to be painted and
surrounding air temperatures are between 50 deg F (10 deg C) and 90 deg F (32 deg C).
N. Apply solvent-thinned paints only when the temperature of surfaces to be painted and
surrounding air temperatures are between 45 deg F (7 deg C) and 95 deg F (35 deg C).
PART II - PRODUCTS
A. Manufacturer: Subject to compliance with requirements, provide products of one of the
following:
1. Benjamin Moore
2. Pratt & Lambert
3. Sherwin Williams
B. Paint Materials, General: Provide block fillers, primers, finish coat materials, and related
materials that are compatible with one another and the substrates indicated under conditions
of service and application, as demonstrated by the manufacturer, based on testing and field
experience.
C. Material Quality: Provide the manufacturer's best-quality trade sale paint material of the
various coating types specified. Paint material containers not displaying manufacturer's
product identification will not be acceptable.
1. Proprietary Names: Use of manufacturer's proprietary product names to designate colors
or materials is not intended to imply that products named are required to be used to the
PAINTING 09900- 2 .d
Renovations to ISSUED FOR BIDDING 11/3/2008
Lamont/ALCAP Dining Room
Smith College
Northampton, Massachusetts
SECTION 09900 - PAINTING
PART I—GENERAL
1.1 GENERAL
A. This Section includes surface preparation, painting, and finishing of exposed interior and
exterior items and surfaces.
1. Surface preparation, priming, and finish coats specified are in addition to shop-priming
and surface treatments.
B. Paint exposed surfaces whether or not colors are designated in the schedules, except where
a surface or material is specifically indicated not to be painted or is to remain natural. Where
an item or surface is not specifically mentioned, paint the same as similar adjacent materials
or surfaces. If color or finish is not designated, the Architect will select from standard colors
or finishes available.
C. Painting is not required on prefinished items, finished metal surfaces, concealed surfaces,
operating parts, and labels.
1. Labels: Do not paint over Underwriters Laboratories, Factory Mutual, or other code-
required labels or equipment name, identification, performance rating, or nomenclature
plates.
D. Submittals: Submit the following:
on 1. Product data for each paint system specified, including block fillers and primers.
a) Provide the manufacturer's technical information including label analysis and
instructions for handling, storage, and application of each material proposed for use.
b) List each material and cross-reference the specific coating, finish system, and
application. Identify each material by the manufacturer's catalog number and general
classification.
c) Certification by the manufacturer that products supplied comply with local regulations
controlling use of volatile organic compounds (VOCs).
E. Samples for initial color selection in the form of manufacturer's color charts. After color
selection, the Architect will furnish color chips for surfaces to be coated.
F. Samples for Verification Purposes: Provide samples of each color and material to be applied,
with texture to simulate actual conditions, on representative samples of the actual substrate.
Provide stepped samples, defining each separate coat, including block fillers and primers.
Use representative colors when preparing samples for review. Resubmit until required
sheen, color, and texture are achieved.
1. Submit samples on the following substrates for the Architect's review of color and texture
only:
a) Painted Wood: One (1) 24-inch-square sample of each color and material on
hardboard.
b) Ferrous Metal: Two 4-inch-square samples of flat metal and two 8-inch-long samples
of solid metal for each color and finish.
PAINTING 09900- 1
Renovations to ISSUED FOR BIDDING 11/3/2008
Lamont/ALCAP Dining Room
" Smith College
Northampton, Massachusetts
cleaner as per manufacturer's instructions. Use this solution for either option A or option
B below.
a. If normal maintenance incorporates the use of a scrubber/dryer, then the machine
should be fitted with blue or green 3M nylon scrubbing pad. If a scrubber/dryer is not
used, please skip to (B) below. Rotary washing machines may be considered for
smaller areas. Macine scrub entire floor.
b. Spray buffing may also be used to maintain the surface appearance.
i. Pour neutral cleaning solution in to a suitable spray container.
ii. Apply a fine mist of liquid on to an area of approximately 2 square Metres at a
time. Use a rotary buffing machine(approx. 450 rpm)fitted with a blue or green
3M nylon scrubbing pad.
iii. Work in parallel overlapping passes until the floor is clean and barely dry.
iv. Do not continue passes after the floor has dried.
v. Remove "Caution" signs.
END OF SECTION
air
RESILIENT TILE FLOORING 09658- 5
Renovations to ISSUED FOR BIDDING 11/3/2008
Lamont/ALCAP Dining Room
Smith College
Northampton, Massachusetts
w
with respect to very low VOC emissions.
B. Follow the instructions on the packaging paying particular attention to pot life and working
times. Spread adhesive evenly, immediately after mixing, using a trowel with notch size 1.5 x
5.0 mm (UK), a Euro A2 (1.8 x 1.2 x 1.65 mm) or V notch 1/1 6th" x 1/1 6th"x 1/1 6th" (USA).
Do not use worn trowels. Tiles can be placed into the adhesive straight away. Only spread
sufficient adhesive that can be covered within 40-60 minutes.
C. Do not spring Stratica tiles into position -tiles requiring hand cutting must not be cut oversize
and then sprung (forced) into position. They must be cut so that they fit neatly into position
without requiring bending or the application of force.
D. The Stratica tiles should be rolled with a 45kg (100lbs) roller as soon as possible after laying
and before the adhesive cures-timing will depend on site conditions but is generally 1-2
hours after spreading the adhesive. Always clean away excess adhesive before it is allowed
to dry- use a soft cloth moistened with methylated spirits or denatured alcohol. Dried
adhesive can be removed by carefully scraping it off the tile, or by using a 3M blue pad
moistened with methylated spirits or denatured alcohol. Do not use mineral spirits (white
spirits, turpentine etc) under any circumstances, as in common with all polyolefin flooring
materials this will cause tile swelling and a tendency to curl.
3.04 PROTECTION
A. Protect installed products until completion of project. '
B. Repair or replace damaged products prior to Substantial Completion.
C. Keep all foot traffic off the floor for 12 hours.
D. Keep furniture, fixtures, and rolling traffic off the floor for 48 hours w.
E. Use plywood or other board when moving heavy objects across the floor.
F. Remove any adhesive residue before it dries using a clean white cloth dampened with
methylated spirits or denatured alcohol. DO NOT USE MINERAL SPIRITS.
G. During first 6 days, lightly damp mop the floor as needed. Do not heavy clean the floor for 7 '"
days.
3.05 INITIAL MAINTENANCE
A. After the floor has been installed it should be cleaned as per Stratica maintenance
instructions.
B. Option 1 - Manual Maintenance
1. Note: In conditions of heavy soiling, perform a pre-wash by preparing a solution of a
neutral detergent diluted in accordance with the manufacturer's instructions and pre-wash
heavily soiled areas)
a. Prepare a solution of neutral detergent diluted in accordance with manufacturer's
instructions.
b. Using a two-bucket mopping system, apply a solution using a well-wrung mop to
remove soil.
c. Mop using overlapping strokes.
d. Rinse the mop frequently and change the solution as necessary.
e. Allow entire floor area to dry thoroughly.
f. Remove `caution' signs.
g. Ensure all equipment is cleaned thoroughly after use and stored safely
C. Option 2 - Machine Maintenance
1. Follow "Option 1 - Manual Maintenance" instructions, then prepare solution of neutral
RESILIENT TILE FLOORING 09658 -4
Renovations to ISSUED FOR BIDDING 11/3/2008
Lamont/ALCAP Dining Room
Smith College
Northampton, Massachusetts
3.01 MANUFACTURER'S INSTRUCTIONS
A. Compliance: Comply with manufacturer's product data, including product technical bulletins,
product catalog installation instructions and product carton instructions for installation.
r 3.02 EXAMINATION
A. Site Verification of Conditions: Verify that substrate conditions, which have been previously
installed under other sections, are acceptable for product installation in accordance with
manufacturer's instructions.
B. Pre-Installation Meetings: Conduct pre-installation meeting to verify project requirements,
substrate conditions, manufacturer's installation instructions, and manufacturer's warranty
requirements. Comply with Division 1 Project Management and Coordination (Project Meetings)
Section.
C. Pre-Installation Inspection: Conduct pre-installation inspection of onsite conditions as pertains
to the installation of flooring materials.
3.03 PREPARATION
A. For satisfactory performance, the surface must be cleaned of all foreign material that may be
detrimental to the adhesion of the flooring. If patching or levelling is required a cementitious
patch must be used.
B. The floor must be free from dust and debris prior to installation.
C. Concrete floors should be properly cured, cleaned and thoroughly dry before installation can
be started.
1. Concrete sub-floors must be thoroughly cleaned of all foreign matter, which is preferably
- carried out using a suitable mechanical method. Solvents must not be used to remove
oils, greases, etc as the contaminants may be absorbed into the concrete; at a later date
they may migrate back to the surface, producing an adhesive failure.
2. Stratica must only be installed on a very smooth sub-floor. If necessary, use a suitable
under-layment to make the concrete sub-floor smooth and even to receive the tiles.
D. Moisture in sub-floors
1. Moisture testing of both new and old concrete sub-floors is recommended before
installation.
E. Old concrete
1. Old concrete sub-floors must be thoroughly cleaned of all paint, grease,wax and other
foreign matter. The floor must be hard, smooth and level. Use suitable under-layment to
fill grooves, cracks, holes and depressions.
2. The floor must be thoroughly dry before proceeding with the installation of the flooring.
3.04 RECOMMENDED ADHESIVE
A. Universal 2-Part Adhesive is the recommended adhesive for all Stratica installations,
including those subject to some heat and moisture variations as may be found adjacent to
sunny windows and shower rooms. Universal is entirely solvent-free and classified as EC1
RESILIENT TILE FLOORING 09658 - 3
Renovations to ISSUED FOR BIDDING 11/3/2008
Lamont/ALCAP Dining Room ..
Smith College
Northampton, Massachusetts
�e
1901; E-mail: us.customer.service @stratica.com; website:www.stratica.com.
2.02 MATERIALS
A. Product: Stratica Non-Vinyl Resilient Tile Flooring
B. Product Description, Applications:
1. Straticaa is a non-vinyl, chlorine-free flooring. Stratica's wearlayer of Dupont Surlyna is
plasticizer-free, extremely stain resistant and will not yellow with age or heat. Stratica
resilient tile has virtually undetectable VOC emissions, exhibits low smoke toxicity and
density and is recyclable. Because it is easy to maintain and requires no waxing,
stripping or finish application, Stratica has low life cycle costs. Stratica is ideal for any
public space, including airports, schools, healthcare facilities, shopping malls and offices,
and even areas with cart or caster traffic.
C. Construction, Materials, Finishes:
1. Stratica is available in 12 Feature Plains, 19 distinctive Woods and 36 realistic Stones,
Granites, Terrazzos and Marbles, all with a matte finish and texture to impart a natural
look. Large standard sizes meet the design demands of larger public flooring areas.
D. Properties, Performance:
1. VOLATILE ORGANIC EMISSIONS .■
a. SP Method 1598 (FLEC) -4 weeks; 26 weeks, < 10 micrograms/m2/h
b. State of CA Section 01350 - Pass
2. FIRE PERFORMANCE
a. Flammability (ASTM E648 and NFPA 253)- > 0.45 Critical Radiant Flux, Class 1
b. Smoke density (ASTM E662 and NFPA 258) (DM Corrected)- < 450
c. Smoke density and toxicity (IMO/MSC
d. Resolution 61 (67) Part 2) - Pass
3. PHYSICAL PROPERTIES
a. Chemical resistance (ASTM F1700) - Excellent .�
b. Residual indentation (ASTM F1700) - <8%
c. Static load limit(ASTM F970) (Armstrong Modified at 750 psi) - Pass
d. Electrostatic propensity(AATCC 134) - <2.0 kV
e. Underfloor heating - Suitable
f. Abrasion resistance- Taber Test(H22 wheels, 1 kg load, 1000 cycles)-0.09 g
g. Slip resistance (static coefficient, dry)—ASTM D2047 - 0.6, ADA compliant
h. ISO 9001 (Quality System)compliant
i. ISO 14001 (Environmental System) compliant
j. Stratica passes all commonly accepted international tests for resilient floor coverings
E. Warranty „"
1. Stratica carries a 10 year limited wear warranty.
PART III - EXECUTION ap
RESILIENT TILE FLOORING 09658- 2 40
Renovations to ISSUED FOR BIDDING 11/3/2008
Lamont/ALCAP Dining Room
Smith College
Northampton, Massachusetts
go
SECTION 09658 - RESILIENT TILE FLOORING (add alternate#3)
PART I - GENERAL
1.01 SUMMARY
A. Section Includes: tile vinyl floor coverings.
B. Related Sections:
1. Division 1 Section 01300: Submittals.
2. Division 1 Section 01631: Substitutions.
3. Division 1 Section 01400: Quality Control.
1.02 SCOPE
A. Furnish materials, labour, and other equipment necessary to complete the Stratica tile
flooring and related works as required on architectural drawings and/or The Amtico Company
Limited installation instructions.
1.03 SYSTEM DESCRIPTION
A. Performance Requirements:
1. Fire Resistance: The product must meet the requirements of DIN 4102 Class B1 and
ASTM E648 Class 1.
2. Residual Indentation: The product will have a residual indentation of 0.04mm or less
when tested in accordance with EN433.
3. Slip Resistance: The product, when tested to DIN 51130,will meet or exceed the R9
classification.
1.04 SUBMITTALS
A. General: Submit listed submittals in accordance with Conditions of the Contract and Division
on 1 Submittal Section 01300.
B. Product Data: Submit product data, including manufacturer's SPEC-DATA®sheet, for
specified products.
C. Samples: Submit selection and verification samples of finishes, colors and textures.
1.05 DELIVERY, STORAGE & HANDLING
A. General: Comply with Division 1 Product Requirements Section.
B. Delivery: Deliver materials in manufacturer's original, unopened, undamaged containers with
identification labels intact.
C. Storage and Protection: Store materials protected from exposure to harmful environmental
conditions and at temperature and humidity conditions recommended by the manufacturer.
PART II - PRODUCTS
2.01 VINYL FLOOR COVERING
A. Manufacturer:Amtico International, Atlanta, GA. Telephone: (800)404-0102; Fax: (404) 267-
RESILIENT TILE FLOORING 09658 - 1
Renovations to ISSUED FOR BIDDING 11/3/2008
Lamont/ALCAP Dining Room
Smith College
Northampton, Massachusetts
C. Pre-Installation Inspection: Conduct pre-installation inspection of onsite conditions as pertains
to the installation of flooring materials.
3.03 PREPARATION
A. Prepare surfaces using the methods recommended by the manufacturer for achieving the
best result for the substrate under the project conditions.
3.04 PROTECTION
A. Protect installed products until completion of project.
B. Repair or replace damaged products prior to Substantial Completion.
C. Keep all foot traffic off the floor for 12 hours.
D. Keep furniture, fixtures, and rolling traffic off the floor for 48 hours
E. Use plywood or other board when moving heavy objects across the floor.
F. Remove any adhesive residue with a clean white cloth dampened with mineral spirits.
G. During first 6 days, lightly damp mop the floor as needed. Do not heavy clean the floor for 7
days.
3.04 FLOOR FINISH SET UP FOR NEWLY INSTALLED FLOORS
A. Sweep or dust mop the floor to remove dirt and grit.
B. Apply TOLI Heavy Duty Cleaner#3A at 5 oz per gallon of cool water. Wait 5-10 minutes.
Scrub with a 175-rpm machine or auto scrubber. Use a Grit Scrub Brush or a Green pad. Use
scrubbing pads for edges and corners. Never use a BLACK or a Build up removal pad on
unfinished floors. Always wet the pad before use.
C. Pick up solution with a wet-dry vacuum or auto scrubber making sure floor is dry and free of
residue.
D. Rinse floor with clean water. Add TOLI Neutralizer#3B at 1 to 2 ounces per gallon of rinse
water. Repeat the rinse process as necessary to remove all haze and residue from the floor.
E. Inspect scrubbed area. All areas should be uniformly dull. Repeat above steps for any areas
that are not dull.
F. All areas must be completely dry before applying any surface coatings.
G. Apply one to two medium coats of TOLI Sealer#4. Allow each coat to fully dry before
applying the next coat.
H. Apply two medium coats of TOLI #5M Matte Finish. Finish drying time will vary greatly based
on humidity.
END OF SECTION
RESILIENT SHEET FLOORING 09657 - 3
Renovations to ISSUED FOR BIDDING 11/3/2008
Lamont/ALCAP Dining Room
Smith College
Northampton, Massachusetts
�s
1.05 DELIVERY, STORAGE & HANDLING
A. General: Comply with Division 1 Product Requirements Section.
B. Delivery: Deliver materials in manufacturer's original, unopened, undamaged containers with
identification labels intact.
C. Storage and Protection: Store materials protected from exposure to harmful environmental
conditions and at temperature and humidity conditions recommended by the manufacturer.
PART II - PRODUCTS
2.01 SHEET VINYL FLOOR COVERING
A. Manufacturer: TOLI International, a Division of CBC (America) Corp., 55 Mall Drive,
Commack, NY 11725; Telephone: (800)446-5476; Technical Support: (888)TRY-TOLI; Fax:
(631) 864-8151; E-mail: support@toli.com; website: www.toli.com.
2.02 MATERIALS
A. Mature Collection:
1. Classification: ASTM F1303, Type I, Grade 1, embossed, clear, semi-rigid PVC
commercial grade wearlayer over photographic print film design.
2. Size: 6 foot °—66 foot(1.8 °—20 m) rolls. .�
3. Gauge: 0.080 inch (2.03 mm).
4. Backing: ASTM F1303, Class B, 3-ply fused backing system consisting of fiberglass inner
layer, PVC backing layer,with 45% recycled material, and polyester scrim backing.
5. Recovery from Long-Term Indentation (ASTM F970): 2500 psi (17,225 kPa).
6. Pass when tested in accordance with ASTM F1914.
7. Pattern and Color:As selected by the Architect from the manufacturer's standard
patterns and colors in the Mature Woods line.
B. Latex Patching Compound: ASTM F710.
C. Adhesive: TOLI 5050 or TOLI 900 as recommended by the manufacturer.
D. Heat welded seam with matching welding thread.
PART III - EXECUTION
3.01 MANUFACTURER'S INSTRUCTIONS
A. Compliance: Comply with manufacturer's product data, including product technical bulletins, ?�•
product catalog installation instructions and product carton instructions for installation.
3.02 EXAMINATION
A. Site Verification of Conditions: Verify that substrate conditions, which have been previously
installed under other sections, are acceptable for product installation in accordance with
manufacturer's instructions.
B. Pre-Installation Meetings: Conduct pre-installation meeting to verify project requirements,
substrate conditions, manufacturer's installation instructions, and manufacturer's warranty
requirements. Comply with Division 1 Project Management and Coordination (Project Meetings)
w
Section.
RESILIENT SHEET FLOORING 09657- 2 w
Renovations to ISSUED FOR BIDDING 11/3/2008
Lamont/ALCAP Dining Room
Smith College
Northampton, Massachusetts
SECTION 09657 - RESILIENT SHEET FLOORING
PART I -GENERAL
1.01 SUMMARY
A. Section Includes: Sheet vinyl floor coverings.
B. Related Sections:
1. Division 1 Section 01300: Submittals.
2. Division 1 Section 01400: Quality Control.
3. Division 1 Section 01631: Substitutions.
1.02 REFERENCES
A. ASTM International:
1. ASTM E648 Standard Test Method for Critical Radiant Flux of Floor-Covering Systems
Using a Radiant Heat Energy Source.
2. ASTM E662 Standard Test Method for Specific Optical Density of Smoke Generated by
Solid Materials.
3. ASTM F710 Standard Practice for Preparing Concrete Floors to Receive Resilient
Flooring.
4. ASTM F970 Standard Test Method for Static Load Limit.
5. ASTM F1303 Standard Specification for Sheet Vinyl Floor Covering with Backing.
6. ASTM F1914 Standard Test Method for Short-Term Indentation and Residual Indentation
of Resilient Floor Covering.
B. National Fire Protection Association (NFPA):
1. NFPA 253 Standard Method of Test for Critical Radiant Flux for Floor Covering Systems
Using a Radiant Energy Source.
2. NFPA 258 Research Test Method for Determining Smoke Generation of Solid Materials.
1.03 SYSTEM DESCRIPTION
A. Performance Requirements:
1. Fire Performance:
a. Critical Radiant Flux (NFPA 253 or ASTM E648): Class 1 (0.45 watts per square
centimeter or greater).
b. Smoke Density (NFPA 258 or ASTM E662): 450 or less.
1.04 SUBMITTALS
A. General: Submit listed submittals in accordance with Conditions of the Contract and Division
1 Submittal Section 01300.
B. Product Data: Submit product data, including manufacturer's SPEC-DATA®sheet, for
specified products.
C. Samples: Submit selection and verification samples of finishes, colors and textures.
g! RESILIENT SHEET FLOORING 09657- 1
am
Renovations to ISSUED FOR BIDDING 11/3/2008
Lamont/ALCAP Dining Room
Smith College
Northampton, Massachusetts
installation.
a. Use adhesive applied to substrate in compliance with flooring manufacturer's
recommendations, including those for trowel notching, adhesive mixing, and adhesive open ,
and working times.
7. Roll resilient flooring as required by resilient flooring manufacturer.
C. Finish Flooring Patterns:As selected by Architect.
3.05 FIELD QUALITY REQUIREMENTS
.w
A. Manufacturer's Field Services: Upon Owner's request and with at least 72 hours notice, provide
manufacturer's field service consisting of product use recommendations and periodic site visit for
inspection of product installation in accordance with manufacturer's instructions. op
3.06 CLEANING
A. Cleaning: Remove temporary coverings and protection of adjacent work areas. Repair or replace
damaged installed products. Clean installed products in accordance with manufacturer's instructions
prior to owner's acceptance. Remove construction debris from project site and legally dispose of
debris. .�
1. Remove visible adhesive and other surface blemishes using cleaning methods recommended by
tile floor manufacturer.
2. Sweep and vacuum floor after installation.
3. Do not wash floor until after time period recommended by flooring manufacturer.
4. Damp-mop flooring to remove black marks and soil.
3.07 PROTECTION *"'+
A. Protection: Protect installed product and finish surfaces from damage during construction. Remove
and legally dispose of protective covering at time of Substantial Completion.
3.08 INITIAL MAINTENANCE PROCEDURES
A. General: Include in Contract Sum Amount cost for initial maintenance procedures, and execute
procedures after flooring installation as recommended by flooring manufacturer.
B. Initial maintenance "Starter Kit" supplied by manufacturer. Initial maintenance to be conducted by
flooring contractor.
C. Drying Room Yellowing: Expose installed linoleum to either natural or artificial light to allow "drying
room yellowing" (the film is a natural occurrence of the oxidation of the linseed oil in linoleum
products) on installed linoleum flooring to disappear prior to initiating temporary protection
procedures.
END OF SECTION am
00
RESILIENT FLOORING 09650 - 6
no
Renovations to ISSUED FOR BIDDING 11/3/2008
Fw Lamont/ALCAP Dining Room
Smith College
Northampton, Massachusetts
materials prior to installation. Material with visual defects shall not be installed and shall not be
considered as a legitimate claim.
3.03 PREPARATION
A. Adjacent Surfaces Protection: Protect adjacent work areas and finish surfaces from damage during
product installation.
B. Surface Preparation:
1. General: Prepare floor substrate in accordance with manufacturer's instructions.
2. Floor Substrate: Prepare floor substrate to be smooth, rigid, flat, level, permanently dry, clean
and free of foreign materials such as dust, paint, grease, oils, solvent, curing and hardening
compounds, sealers, asphalt and old adhesive residue.
C. Wood Subfloor Substrate: Prepare wood subfloor substrate to be rigid, double construction with a one
inch (25.4 mm) minimum thickness, free from harmful movement and have at least 18 inches of well
ventilated air space below. Do not install flooring over wooden subfloors built on sleepers over, on or
below grade concrete floors.
a. Refer to Division 6 Carpentry sections for wood subfloor construction.
t
3.04 INSTALLATION
A. Adhesive Flooring Installation: Cut required length of linoleum flooring from roll, allowing enough
material to extend up the wall 4 to 6 inches at either end. Layout and position sheet flooring so that
any seams will fall at least 6 inches from underlayment joints or saw cuts in concrete substrate.
Scribe and cut flooring material to shape of vertical surfaces, including walls and partitions. Apply
adhesive and lay sheet flooring into wet adhesive and roll with a 100 pound roller. Install sheet
flooring square with room axis.
1. Adhesive, Seamless Flooring Installation: Rout out seams and heat weld together with
complementary colored heat welding rod of complimentary composition in accordance with
resilient flooring manufacturer's recommendations.
2. Adhesive Flooring and Flash Coved Base Installation: Extend flooring up the wall in a flash-coved
method to a height of 4 inches or 6 inches (102 or 152 mm), as indicated.
3. Adhesive Material Installation: Use trowel as recommended by flooring manufacturer for specific
adhesive. Spread at a rate of approximately 150 sq. ft./gal. (3.7 m2) as recommended by flooring
manufacturer.
B. Installation Techniques:
1. Where demountable partitions and other items are indicated for installation on top of finished
flooring, install flooring before these items are installed.
2. Scribe, cut, fit flooring to butt tightly to vertical surfaces, permanent fixtures and built-in furniture,
including pipes, outlets, edgings, thresholds, nosings, and cabinets.
3. Extend flooring into toe spaces, door reveals, closets, and similar openings.
4. Install flooring on covers for telephone and electrical ducts, and similar items occurring within
finish floor areas. Maintain overall continuity of color and pattern with pieces of flooring installed
on these covers.
5. Do not install resilient flooring over expansion joints. Use expansion joint covers manufactured for
use with resilient flooring. Refer to other specification sections for expansion joint covers.
6. Adhere resilient flooring to substrate without producing open cracks, voids, raising and puckering
at joints, telegraphing of adhesive spreader marks, or other surface imperfections in completed
RESILIENT FLOORING 09650- 5
Renovations to ISSUED FOR BIDDING 11/3/2008
Lamont/ALCAP Dining Room
Smith College
Northampton, Massachusetts
no
1. Quantity: Furnish quantity of flooring units equal to 5%of amount installed.
2. Delivery, Storage and Protection: Comply with Owner's requirements for delivery, storage and
protection of extra materials.
PART 2 PRODUCTS
2.01 RESILIENT LINOLEUM SHEET FLOORING
A. Manufacturer: Forbo Linoleum, Inc.
1. Contact: Humboldt Industrial Park, P.O. Box 667, Hazleton, PA 18201; Telephone: 800 842
7839,
570 459 0771; Fax: 570 450 0258.
B. Proprietary Product(s): Marmoleum Fresco Linoleum Sheet and Linoleum Adhesive.
1. Description: Homogeneous sheet linoleum of primarily natural materials consisting of linseed oil,
wood flour, and rosin binders, mixed and calendered onto natural jute backing. Pattern and color
shall extend throughout total thickness of material. ..
2. Width: 79" (2 Meters).
3. Length: 105 Linear Feet(32 Meters).
4. Gauge: 1/10" (2.5 MM).
5. Backing: Jute.
6. Pattern and Color:As selected by Architect from manufacturer's standard patterns and colors.
7. Adhesive: Forbo Linoleum, Inc., L910 Adhesive (US)or Forbo Linotack 414 (Canada).
8. Heat Welding Rod: Forbo Linoleum, Inc., Marmoweld color-matched welding rod.
9. Topshield'" finish
2.02 PRODUCT SUBSTITUTIONS ,
A. Substitutions: No substitutions permitted.
2.03 SOURCE QUALITY
A. Source Quality: Obtain flooring product materials from a single manufacturer.
PART 3 EXECUTION
3.01 MANUFACTURER'S INSTRUCTIONS
A. Compliance: Comply with manufacturer's product data, including product technical bulletins, product
catalog installation instructions, and product carton instructions for installation.
3.02 EXAMINATION
A. Site Verification of Conditions:Verify substrate conditions (which have been previously installed under
other sections) are acceptable for product installation in accordance with manufacturer's instructions.
B. Material Inspection: In accordance with manufacturer's installation requirements, visually inspect .�
RESILIENT FLOORING 09650 -4
Renovations to ISSUED FOR BIDDING 11/3/2008
Lamont/ALCAP Dining Room
Smith College
Northampton, Massachusetts
C. Delivery: Deliver materials in manufacturer's original, unopened, undamaged containers with
identification labels intact.
D. Storage and Protection: Store materials protected from exposure to harmful weather conditions and
at temperature and humidity conditions recommended by manufacturer.
1. Material should be stored in areas that are fully enclosed, weather tight with the permanent
HVAC system set at a uniform temperature of at least 68 degrees F (20 degrees C) for 72 hrs.
prior to, during and after installation.
1.07 PROJECT CONDITIONS
A. Environmental Requirements/Conditions: In accordance with manufacturer's recommendations,
Areas to receive flooring shall be clean, fully enclosed, weather tight with the permanent HVAC set at
a uniform temperature of at least 68 degrees F (20 degrees C). The flooring material should be
conditioned in the same manner. Maximum temperature should not exceed 100 degrees F after
installation.
P0 B. Temperature Requirements: Maintain air temperature in spaces where products will be installed for
time period before, during, and after installation as recommended by manufacturer.
1. Temperature Conditions: 68 degrees F (20 degrees C) for 72 hours prior to, during and after
installation.
C. Field Measurements: Verify actual measurements/openings by field measurements before
fabrication; show recorded measurements on shop drawings. Coordinate field measurements and
fabrication schedule with construction progress to avoid construction delays.
1.08 SEQUENCING AND SCHEDULING
A. Finishing Operations: Install flooring after finishing operations, including painting and ceiling
operations, have been completed.
1.09 WARRANTY
A. Project Warranty: Refer to"Conditions of the Contract"for project warranty provisions.
B. Manufacturer's Warranty: Submit, for Owner's acceptance, manufacturer's standard warranty
document executed by authorized company official. Manufacturer's warranty is in addition to, and not
a limitation of, other rights Owner may have under Contract Documents.
1. Warranty Period: Five (5)year limited warranty commencing on Date of Substantial Completion.
1.10 MAINTENANCE
A. Extra Materials: Deliver to Owner extra materials from same production run as products installed.
Package products with protective covering and identify with descriptive labels. Comply with Division 1
Closeout Submittals (Maintenance Materials)Section.
RESILIENT FLOORING 09650 - 3
Renovations to ISSUED FOR BIDDING 11/3/2008
Lamont/ALCAP Dining Room
Smith College
Northampton, Massachusetts
Submittal Procedures Section.
B. Product Data: Submit product data, including manufacturer's SPEC-DATA and MSDS product .�
sheets, for specified products.
C. Shop Drawings: Submit shop drawings showing layout, profiles, and product components, including
anchorage, accessories, finish colors, patterns and textures.
D. Samples: Submit selection and verification samples for finishes, colors, and textures.
E. Quality Assurance Submittals: Submit the following:
1. Test Reports: Certified test reports showing compliance with specified performance
characteristics and physical properties.
2. Certificates: Product certificates signed by manufacturer certifying materials comply with
specified performance characteristics and criteria, and physical requirements.
3. Manufacturer's Instructions: Manufacturer's installation instructions.
wu
F. Closeout Submittals: Submit the following:
1. Operation and Maintenance Data: Operation and maintenance data for installed products in
accordance with Division 1 Closeout Submittals (Maintenance Data and Operation Data) Section. �*
Include methods for maintaining installed products, and precautions against cleaning materials
and methods detrimental to finishes and performance.
2. Warranty: Warranty documents specified herein.
1.05 QUALITY ASSURANCE
A. Installer Qualifications: Installer experienced in performing work of this section who has specialized in
installation of work similar to that required for this project.
1. Engage installer certified as a Forbo "Master Mechanic."
B. Regulatory Requirements:
1. Fire Performance Characteristics: Provide resilient linoleum sheet flooring with the following fire
performance characteristics as determined by testing products in accordance with ASTM method
indicated below by a certified testing laboratory or another testing and inspecting agency .s
acceptable to authorities having jurisdiction:
a. Critical Radiant Flux: Class 1 Rating per NFPA 253 (ASTM 648) (0.45 watts/cm'or greater).
b. Smoke Density: Less than 450 per NFPA 258 (ASTM E 662). ■*
C. Pre-Installation Meetings: Conduct pre-installation meeting to verify project requirements, substrate
conditions, manufacturer's installation instructions, and manufacturer's warranty requirements.
Comply with Division 1 Project Management and Coordination (Project Meetings) Section.
D. Pre-Installation Inspection: Conduct pre-installation inspection of onsite conditions as pertains to the
installation of flooring materials.
1.06 DELIVERY, STORAGE, AND HANDLING
A. General: Comply with Division 1 Product Requirements Sections.
B. Ordering: Comply with manufacturer's ordering instructions and lead-time requirements to avoid
construction delays.
RESILIENT FLOORING 09650-2
Renovations to ISSUED FOR BIDDING 11/3/2008
Lamont/ALCAP Dining Room
Smith College
Northampton, Massachusetts
SECTION 09650 -RESILIENT FLOORING (Resilient Linoleum Sheet Flooring)
PART 1 GENERAL
1.01 SUMMARY
A. Section Includes: Resilient linoleum sheet flooring.
1. Homogeneous linoleum sheet flooring, adhesive installation, TopshieldT" finish.
2. Homogeneous linoleum sheet flooring, adhesive and heat welded seams installation. (For
Artoleum, Marmoleum Real, Dual, Fresco, Vivace, Piano, Walton and Cork Carpet), TopshieldT"
finish.
3. Homogeneous sheet linoleum flooring, adhesive and flash coved base installation. (For Artoleum,
Marmoleum Real, Dual, Fresco,Vivace, Piano and Walton), TopshieldT" finish.
B. Related Sections: Section(s) related to this section include:
1. Resilient Flooring Accessories: Refer to Division 9 Finishes Sections and drawings for resilient
wall bases, reducer strips, metal edge strips and other resilient flooring accessories.
1.02 REFERENCES
A. American Society for Testing and Materials (ASTM):
1. ASTM F 2034 for Linoleum Sheet Flooring
2. ASTM E 648-88 Test Method for Critical Radiant Flux of Floor Covering Systems Using a
Radiant Energy Source.
3. ASTM E 662-83 Test Method for Specific Density of Smoke Generated by Solid Materials.
4. ASTM F 710-86 Practice for Preparing Concrete Floors and Other Monolithic Floors to Receive
Resilient Flooring.
5. ASTM F 970-87 Test Method for Static Load Limit.
6. ASTM 492 for Impact Insulation
"" B. Federal Specification (Fed Spec):
1. Fed Spec L-F-475A Floor Covering, Vinyl, Surface(Tile and Roll), with Backing, February 1971.
C. National Fire Protection Association (NFPA):
1. NFPA 253-1984 Test Method for Critical Radiant Flux of Floor Covering Systems Using a
Radiant Energy Source.
2. NFPA 258-1989 Test Method for Specific Density of Smoke Generated by Solid Materials.
1.03 SYSTEM DESCRIPTION
A. Performance Requirements: Provide flooring which has been manufactured, fabricated and installed
to performance criteria certified by manufacturer without defects, damage, or failure.
1.04 SUBMITTALS
A. General: Submit listed submittals in accordance with "Conditions of the Contract" and Division 1
RESILIENT FLOORING 09650 - 1
Renovations to ISSUED FOR BIDDING 11/3/2008
Lamont/ALCAP Dining Room
Smith College
Northampton, Massachusetts
carrier is an independent contractor utilized by Armstrong and required to
demonstrate general liability insurance coverage that meets or exceeds industry
standards.
10
END OF SECTION 09515
w
SELECTIVE ACOUSTICAL CEILING DEMOLITION 09515-3
Renovations to ISSUED FOR BIDDING 11/3/2008
Lamont/ALCAP Dining Room
Smith College
Northampton, Massachusetts
PART 2 - PRODUCTS
Not used.
PART 3 - EXECUTION
3.1 RECLAMATION PROCEDURE
A. Contractor will remove ceiling tiles to be recycled from grid.
B. Approved ceiling materials must be packaged in a manner allowing both secure
shipment by trailer and the ability of Armstrong employees to safely inspect and
unload the trailers' contents. For this reason, all approved ceiling materials sent to **
Armstrong must be neatly stacked in one of the following ways:
1. 4 by 4 pallets stacked with ceiling materials to 6 feet tall
2. 4 by 4 pallets stacked with ceiling materials to 4 feet tall each and then stacked
on top of each other in the trailer
3. 2 by 4 pallets stacked with ceiling materials to 6 feet tall
4. 2 by 4 pallets stacked with ceiling materials to 4 feet tall each and then stacked
on top of each other in the trailer ..�
C. Contractor will neatly stack ceiling panels on 2 by 4 or 4 by 4 wooden pallets and
secure them with metal bands or stretch wrap for stable shipment. Pallets must be
secured within trailers to prevent shifting in transit. Carriers will provide load
stabilizers.
D. Armstrong will pay for the return freight of full trailers, all of which are defined as a +
minimum of 30,000 square feet of approved material as follows:
1. Twenty-two 4 by 4 pallets stacked with ceiling material to 6 feet tall.
2. Forty-four 4 by 4 pallets stacked with ceiling material to 4 feet tall each and then
stacked on top of each other in the trailer.
3. Forty-four 2 by 4 pallets stacked with ceiling materials to 6 feet tall.
4. Eighty-eight 2 by 4 pallets stacked with ceiling materials to 4 feet tall each and
then stacked on top of each other in the trailer.
5. Some combination of 2 by 4 and 4 by 4 pallets that contains no fewer ceiling
materials than would be contained in option #1.
E. It is recycler's responsibility to ensure that only full trailer loads of approved ceiling
materials are shipped. Where the amount of approved ceiling materials from a site
is insufficient for a full trailer load, a local distributor or consolidator may elect to
consolidate approved ceiling materials in a secure and dry location, until a full ..
trailer load is ready for shipment. The consolidator will ensure that all such
aggregate shipments are and remain clearly labeled as to their origin and date of
approval by an Armstrong employee.
F. The recycler retains ownership of approved ceiling materials until it is received and
accepted at the destination, the Armstrong Plant, as defined by the terms of
shipment, F.O.B. (Free on board) destination, despite Armstrong's payment of the .�
freight costs for full trailer loads. While the Armstrong approved common carrier is
not a party to this agreement, the following describes their responsibilities. The
common carrier that Armstrong has selected is responsible for the transport of the
approved ceiling materials from the pick up location to Armstrong's plant. This 1 o
SELECTIVE ACOUSTICAL CEILING DEMOLITION 09515-2
Renovations to ISSUED FOR BIDDING 11/3/2008
Lamont/ALCAP Dining Room
Smith College
Northampton, Massachusetts
SECTION 09515 -SELECTIVE ACOUSTICAL CEILING DEMOLITION
PART 1 -GENERAL
1.1 RELATED DOCUMENTS
Drawings and general conditions of Contract, including General and Supplementary
Conditions and Divisions-1 Specification sections apply to work of this section.
1.2 SUMMARY
A. Section Includes:
1. Reclamation Plan for acoustical ceiling panels.
B. Related Sections:
1. Section 01505—Construction and Demolition Waste Management
2. Section 09510 -Acoustical Ceilings
�r
1.3 SUBMITTALS
A. Recycling agreement signed by Owner of ceiling panels to be reclaimed and the
local Armstrong representative.
1.4 QUALITY ASSURANCE
A. An Armstrong representative must approve the ceiling material for reclamation.
MR B. Approved ceiling materials shall include:
1. All brands of pulpable mineral fiber ceiling materials
2. Armstrong Optima
3. Ceiling materials with paint not applied by a manufacturer(after testing in
Armstrong laboratory to confirm acceptability.
C. Ceiling materials that are not acceptable include:
1. Vinyl or fabric-faced ceiling materials
1. Foil-backed ceiling materials
2. Ceiling materials with visible wood pulp
3. Armstrong Artran
4. Moldy ceiling materials
5. Asbestos containing ceiling materials
6. Ceiling materials installed below friable asbestos or that are contaminated with
any other hazardous material.
D. Coordination of Work: Coordinate acoustical ceiling demolition work with contractors
doing related work in the building including, but not limited to building insulation,
gypsum board, light fixtures, mechanical systems, electrical systems, and sprinklers.
1.5 DELIVERY, STORAGE, AND HANDLING
A. Ceiling material being reclaimed may not have come into contact or in any way
contain hazardous materials or special waste.
B. Ceiling material being reclaimed must be dry and free from debris.
SELECTIVE ACOUSTICAL CEILING DEMOLITION 09515-1
Renovations to ISSUED FOR BIDDING 11/3/2008
Lamont/ALCAP Dining Room
Smith College
Northampton, Massachusetts
advance of time needed for coordination of other work.
3.3 INSTALLATION
A. Install acoustical panels in coordination with suspended system, with edges resting on
flanges of main runner and cross tees. Cut and fit panels neatly against abutting surfaces.
Support edges by wall moldings.
3.4 ADJUSTING AND CLEANING
A. Replace damaged and broken panels.
B. Clean exposed surfaces of acoustical ceilings, including trim, edge moldings, and suspension
members. Comply with manufacturer's instructions for cleaning and touch up of minor finish
damage. Remove and replace work that cannot be successfully cleaned and repaired to
permanently eliminate evidence of damage.
END OF SECTION
ACOUSTICAL TILE CEILINGS 09510- 5
Renovations to ISSUED FOR BIDDING 1113/2008
Lamont/ALCAP Dining Room wo
Smith College
Northampton, Massachusetts
MR
PART II - PRODUCTS
2.1 MANUFACTURERS
Ceiling Panels: Armstrong World Industries, Inc.
2.2 ACOUSTICAL CEILING UNITS "^
A. Acoustical Panels Type ACT-1:
1. Surface Texture: Fine
2. Composition: Mineral Fiber
3. Color: White. Ceiling tiles to be primed & painted in field. See finish schedule and
specification section 09900.
4. Size: 24in X 24in X 5/8in
5. Edge Profile: Beveled Tegular.
6. Noise Reduction Coefficient (NRC): ASTM C 423; Classified with UL label on product
carton, 0.70.
7. Ceiling Attenuation Class (CAC): ASTM C 1414; Classified with UL label on product
carton, 35
8. Articulation Class (AC): ASTM E 1111; Classified with UL label on product carton N/A.
9. Flame Spread: ASTM E 1264; Class A(UL)
10. Light Reflectance (LR): ASTM E 1477; White Panel: Light Reflectance: 0.86.
11. Mold/mildew inhibitor: the front and back of the product have been treated with BioBlock,
a paint that contains a special biocide that inhibits or retards the growth of mold or
mildew, ASTM D 3273.
12. Acceptable Product: Dune lay-in tile as manufactured by Armstrong World Industries.
2.3 SUSPENSION SYSTEMS
A. Install new ceiling tiles in existing 2x2 grid suspension sytem. Grid to be primed &painted in
place. See finish schedule on drawings.
PART III - EXECUTION
3.1 EXAMINATION
A. Do not proceed with installation until all wet work such as concrete, terrazzo, plastering and
painting has been completed and thoroughly dried out, unless expressly permitted by
manufacturer's printed recommendations.
3.2 PREPARATION
A. Observe existing conditions and establish layout of acoustical units. Coordinate panel layout
with mechanical and electrical fixtures.
B. Coordination: Furnish layouts for preset inserts, clips, and other ceiling anchors whose
installation is specified in other sections.
1. Furnish concrete inserts and similar devices to other trades for installation well in .w
ACOUSTICAL TILE CEILINGS 09510 -4 ,w
PII
Renovations to ISSUED FOR BIDDING 11/3/2008
Lamont/ALCAP Dining Room
Smith College
Northampton, Massachusetts
1.6 DELIVERY, STORAGE, AND HANDLING
A. Deliver acoustical ceiling units to project site in original, unopened packages and store them
in a fully enclosed space where they will be protected against damage from moisture, direct
sunlight, surface contamination, and other causes.
B. Before installing acoustical ceiling units, permit them to reach room temperature and a
stabilized moisture content.
C. Handle acoustical ceiling units carefully to avoid chipping edges or damaged units in any
on way.
Mr 1.7 PROJECT CONDITIONS
A. Standard Ceilings: Do not install interior ceilings until space is enclosed and weatherproof;
wet work in place is completed and nominally dry; work above ceilings is complete; and
ambient conditions of temperature and humidity are continuously maintained at values near
those intended for final occupancy. Building areas to receive ceilings shall be free of
construction dust and debris.
1.8 WARRANTY
A. Acoustical Panel: Submit a written warranty executed by the manufacturer, agreeing to repair
or replace acoustical panels that fail within the warranty period. Failures include, but are not
limited to:
1. Acoustical Panels: Sagging and warping
B. Warranty Period Standard:
1. Acoustical panels: One (1)year from date of substantial completion.
C. Warranty Period HumiGuard:
1. Acoustical panels: Ten (10)years from date of substantial completion.
D. The Warranty shall not deprive the Owner of other rights the Owner may have under other
provisions of the Contract Documents and will be in addition to and run concurrent with other
warranties made by the Contractor under the requirements of the Contract Documents.
1.9 MAINTENANCE
A. Extra Materials: Deliver extra materials to Owner. Furnish extra materials described below
that match products installed. Packaged with protective covering for storage and identified
with appropriate labels.
Im 1. Acoustical Ceiling Units: Furnish quality of full-size units equal to 5.0 percent of amount
installed.
go
ACOUSTICAL TILE CEILINGS 09510 - 3
4W
Renovations to ISSUED FOR BIDDING 11/3/2008
Lamont/ALCAP Dining Room
Smith College
Northampton, Massachusetts
5. ASTM C 635 Standard Specification for Metal Suspension Systems for Acoustical Tile
and Lay-in Panel Ceilings.
6. ASTM C 636 Recommended Practice for Installation of Metal Ceiling Suspension
Systems for Acoustical Tile and Lay-in Panels.
7. ASTM E 84 Standard Test Method for Surface Burning Characteristics of Building
Materials.
8. ASTM E 1414 Standard Test Method for Airborne Sound Attenuation Between Rooms
Sharing a Common Ceiling Plenum.
9. ASTM E 1111 Standard Test Method for Measuring the Interzone Attenuation of Ceilings
Systems.
10. ASTM E 1264 Classification for Acoustical Ceiling Products.
11. ASTM E 1477 Standard Test Method for Luminous Reflectance Factor of Acoustical
Materials by Use of Integrating-Sphere Reflectometers.
12. ASTM D 3273 Standard Test Method for Resistance to Growth of Mold on the Surface of
Interior Coatings in an Environmental Chamber.
13. ASTM E 119 Standard Test Methods for Fire Tests of Building Construction and Material.
1.4 SUBMITTALS
A. Product Data: Submit manufacturer's technical data for each type of acoustical ceiling unit
and suspension system required.
B. Samples: Minimum 6 inch x 6 inch samples of specified acoustical panel.
C. Certifications: Manufacturer's certifications that products comply with specified requirements,
including laboratory reports showing compliance with specified tests and standards. For
acoustical performance, each carton of material must carry an approved independent
laboratory classification of NRC, CAC, and AC.
D. If the material supplied by the acoustical subcontractor does not have an Underwriter's M„
Laboratory classification of acoustical performance on every carton, subcontractor shall be
required to send material from every production run appearing on the job to an independent
or NVLAP approved laboratory for testing, at the architect's or owner's discretion. All products
not conforming to manufacturer's current published values must be removed, disposed of and
replaced with complying product at the expense of the Contractor performing the work.
1.5 QUALITY ASSURANCE
A. Fire Performance Characteristics: Identify acoustical ceiling components with appropriate
markings of applicable testing and inspecting organization.
1. Surface Burning Characteristics: As follows, tested per ASTM E 84 and complying with
ASTM E 1264 for Class A products.
a) Flame Spread: 25 or less
b) Smoke Developed: 50 or less
B. Coordination of Work: Coordinate acoustical ceiling work with installers of related work
including, but not limited to building insulation, gypsum board, light fixtures, mechanical
systems, electrical systems, and sprinklers.
ACOUSTICAL TILE CEILINGS 09510-2
Renovations to ISSUED FOR BIDDING 11/3/2008
Lamont/ALCAP Dining Room
Smith College
Northampton, Massachusetts
SECTION 09510 ACOUSTICAL CEILINGS
PART 1 -GENERAL
1.1 RELATED DOCUMENTS
+fie Drawings and general conditions of Contract, including General and Supplementary Conditions
and Divisions-1 Specification sections apply to work of this section.
1.2 SUMMARY
A. Section Includes:
,s 1. Acoustical ceiling panels.
2. Exposed grid suspension system.
3. Wire hangers, fasteners, main runners, cross tees, and wall angle moldings.
B. Related Sections:
1. Division 1 - Submittals
2. Section 09255 - Gypsum Wall Board Assemblies
3. Section 09515—Selective Acoustical Ceiling Demolition
4. Division 15 Sections- Mechanical Work
5. Division 16 Sections- Electrical Work
C. Alternates
1. Prior Approval: Unless otherwise provided for in the Contract documents, proposed
product substitutions may be submitted no later than TEN (10)working days prior to the
date established for receipt of bids. Acceptability of a proposed substitution is contingent
upon the Architect's review of the proposal for acceptability and approved products will
be set forth by the Addenda. If included in a Bid are substitute products which have not
been approved by Addenda, the specified products shall be provided without additional
compensation.
2. Submittals which do not provide adequate data for the product evaluation will not be
considered. The proposed substitution must meet all requirements of this section,
including but not necessarily limited to, the following: Single source materials suppliers (if
specified in Section 1.5); Underwriters' Laboratories Classified Acoustical performance;
Panel design, size, composition, color, and finish; Suspension system component profiles
and sizes; Compliance with the referenced standards.
1.3 REFERENCES
A. American Society for Testing and Materials (ASTM):
1. ASTM A 1008 Standard Specification for Steel, Sheet, Cold Rolled, Carbon, Structural,
High-Strength Low-Alloy and High-Strength Low-Alloy with Improved Formability.
2. ASTM A 641 Standard Specification for Zinc-Coated (Galvanized) Carbon Steel Wire.
3. ASTM A 653 Standard Specification for Steel Sheet, Zinc-Coated (Galvanized) by the
Hot-Dip Process.
4. ASTM C 423 Sound Absorption and Sound Absorption Coefficients by the Reverberation
Room Method.
ACOUSTICAL TILE CEILINGS 09510 - 1
Renovations to ISSUED FOR BIDDING 11/3/2008
Lamont/ALCAP Dining Room
Smith College
Northampton, Massachusetts
END OF SECTION
PIP
w•
0
40
GYPSUM BOARD ASSEMBLIES 09255- 7
Renovations to ISSUED FOR BIDDING 11/3/2008
Lamont/ALCAP Dining Room
Smith College
Northampton, Massachusetts
a. Install LC-bead where gypsum panels are tightly abutted to other construction and
back flange can be attached to framing or supporting substrate.
b. Install L-bead where edge trim can only be installed after gypsum panels are
installed.
c. Install U-bead where indicated.
d. Install aluminum trim and other accessories where indicated.
e. Install control joints according to ASTM C 840 and manufacturer's recommendations
and in specific locations approved by Architect for visual effect.
G. Finishing Gypsum Board Assemblies: Treat gypsum board joints, interior angles, flanges of
cornerbead, edge trim, control joints, penetrations, fastener heads, surface defects, and
elsewhere as required to prepare gypsum board surfaces for decoration.
1. Prefill open joints, rounded or beveled edges, and damaged areas using setting-type joint
compound.
2. Apply joint tape over gypsum board joints and to flanges of trim accessories as „,a
recommended by trim accessory manufacturer.
3. Levels of Gypsum Board Finish: Provide the following levels of gypsum board finish per
GA-214.
ow
a. Level 1 for ceiling plenum areas, concealed areas, and where indicated, unless a
higher level of finish is required for fire-resistance-rated assemblies and sound-rated
assemblies.
b. Level 2 where panels form substrates for tile and where indicated. am
c. Level 3 for gypsum board where indicated.
d. Level 4 for gypsum board surfaces, unless otherwise indicated.
e. Level 5 for gypsum board surfaces where indicated.
4. Where Level 5 gypsum board finish is indicated, embed tape in joint compound and apply
first, fill (second), and finish (third) coats of joint compound over joints, angles, fastener wr
heads, and accessories; and apply a thin, uniform skim coat of joint compound over
entire surface. Touch up and sand between coats and after last coat as needed to
produce a surface free of visual defects, tool marks, and ridges and ready for decoration.
5. For Level gypsum board finish, embed tape in joint compound and apply first, fill
(second), and finish (third) coats of joint compound over joints, angles, fastener heads,
and accessories. Touch up and sand between coats and after last coat as needed to
produce a surface free of visual defects and ready for decoration.
6. Where Level 3 gypsum board finish is indicated, embed tape in joint compound and apply
first and fill (second)coats of joint compound.
7. Where Level 2 gypsum board finish is indicated, embed tape in joint compound and apply
first coat of joint compound.
8. Where Level 1 gypsum board finish is indicated, embed tape in joint compound.
9. Finish exterior gypsum soffit board using setting-type joint compounds to prefill joints and
embed tape, and for first, fill (second), and finish (third) coats, with the last coat being a
sandable product. Smooth each coat before joint compound hardens to minimize need
for sanding. Sand between coats and after finish coat.
a. Painting exterior gypsum soffit board after finish coat has dried is specified in another
Division 9 Section.
10. Finish moisture-resistant gypsum backing board to comply with ASTM C 840 and gypsum
board manufacturer's directions.
GYPSUM BOARD ASSEMBLIES 09255 - 6
Renovations to ISSUED FOR BIDDING 11/3/2008
Lamont/ALCAP Dining Room
Smith College
Northampton, Massachusetts
1. Install sound-attenuation blankets, where indicated, prior to installing gypsum panels
unless blankets are readily installed after panels have been installed on one side.
2. Install ceiling board panels across framing to minimize the number of abutting end joints
and to avoid abutting end joints in the central area of each ceiling. Stagger abutting end
joints of adjacent panels not less than one framing member.
3. Spot grout hollow metal door frames for solid-core wood doors, hollow metal doors, and
doors over 32 inches (813 mm) wide. Apply spot grout at each jamb anchor clip and
immediately insert gypsum panels into frames.
4. Form control and expansion joints at locations indicated and as detailed, with space
between edges of adjoining gypsum panels, as well as supporting framing behind
gypsum panels.
5. Isolate perimeter of nonload-bearing gypsum board partitions at structural abutments,
except floors, as detailed. Provide 1/4- to 1/2-inch- (6.4- to 12.7-mm-) wide spaces at
these locations and trim edges with U-bead edge trim where edges of gypsum panels are
exposed. Seal joints between edges and abutting structural surfaces with acoustical
sealant.
6. Floating Construction: Where feasible, including where recommended by manufacturer,
install gypsum panels over wood framing, with floating internal corner construction.
_ 7. Where STC-rated gypsum board assemblies are indicated, seal construction at
perimeters, behind control and expansion joints, openings, and penetrations with a
continuous bead of acoustical sealant including a bead at both faces of the partitions.
Comply with ASTM C 919 and manufacturer's recommendations for location of edge trim
and closing off sound-flanking paths around or through gypsum board assemblies.
8. Space fasteners in gypsum panels according to referenced gypsum board application
and finishing standard and manufacturer's recommendations.
a. Space screws a maximum of 12 inches o.c. for vertical applications.
b. Space screws a maximum of 8 inches o.c. at edges.
9. Install glass-mat, water-resistant gypsum backing board panels to comply with
manufacturer's installation instructions.
+ 10. Install moisture-resistant gypsum backing board panels at showers, tubs, and where
indicated. Install with 1/4-inch (6.4-rrim) open space where panels abut other
construction or penetrations.
11. Single-Layer Fastening Methods: Apply gypsum panels to supports as follows:
a. Fasten with screws.
12. Multilayer Fastening Methods: Apply base layers of gypsum panels and face layer to
base layers as follows:
a. Fasten both base layers and face layers separately to supports with screws.
b. Fasten base layers with screws and face layer with adhesive and supplementary
fasteners.
c. Fasten base layers to wood supports with nails and face layer with adhesive and
supplementary fasteners.
ear E. Installing Trim Accessories: For trim accessories with back flanges, fasten to framing with
the same fasteners used to fasten gypsum board. Otherwise, fasten trim accessories
according to accessory manufacturer's directions for type, length, and spacing of fasteners.
1. Install cornerbead at external corners.
2. Install edge trim where edge of gypsum panels would otherwise be exposed. Provide
edge trim type with face flange formed to receive joint compound, except where other
types are indicated.
GYPSUM BOARD ASSEMBLIES 09255 - 5
Renovations to ISSUED FOR BIDDING 11/3/2008
Lamont/ALCAP Dining Room go
Smith College
Northampton, Massachusetts
on
A. Install framing to comply with requirements that apply to framing installation.
1. Install supplementary framing, blocking, and bracing at terminations in gypsum board
assemblies to support fixtures, equipment services, heavy trim, grab bars, toilet
accessories, furnishings, or similar construction.
2. Isolate framing from building structure at locations indicated to prevent transfer of loading
imposed by structural movement.
a. Where building structure abuts ceiling perimeter or penetrates ceiling.
b. Where partition framing and wall furring abut structure, except at floor.
3. Do not bridge building control and expansion joints with framing or furring members.
Independently frame both sides of joints with framing or furring members as indicated.
B. Installing Framing for Suspended and Furred Ceilings: As follows:
1. Sway-brace suspended framing with hangers used for support.
2. Install suspended framing components in sizes and at spacings indicated, but not less
than that required by installation standards.
C. Installing Framing for Walls and Partitions: Install studs and furring at spacings indicated.
1. Extend partition framing full height to structural supports or substrates above suspended
ceilings. Continue framing over frames for doors and openings and frame around ducts
penetrating partitions above ceiling to provide support for gypsum board.
3. For STC-rated and fire-resistance-rated partitions that extend to the underside of
floor/roof slabs and decks or other continuous solid structural surfaces to obtain ratings,
install framing around structural and other members extending below floor/roof slabs and
decks, as needed, to support gypsum board closures needed to make partitions �*
continuous from floor to underside of solid structure.
5. Frame door openings to comply with applicable published recommendations of gypsum
board manufacturer, unless otherwise indicated.
6. Frame openings other than door openings to comply with details indicated or, if none
indicated, as required for door openings. Install framing below sills of openings to match
framing required above door heads.
7. Install polyethylene vapor retarder where indicated to comply with the following
requirements:
a. Extend vapor retarder to extremities of areas to be protected from vapor
transmission. Secure in place with mechanical fasteners or adhesives. Extend vapor
retarder to cover miscellaneous voids in insulated substrates, including those filled
with loose mineral-fiber insulation.
b. Seal vertical joints in vapor retarders over framing by lapping not less than 2 wall .+
studs. Fasten vapor retarders to framing at top, end, and bottom edges, at perimeter
of wall openings, and at lap joints; space fasteners 16 inches (400 mm) o.c.
c. Seal joints in vapor retarders caused by pipes, conduits, electrical boxes, and similar
items penetrating vapor retarders with vapor retarder tape. *"
d. Repair any tears or punctures in vapor retarder immediately before concealing it with
the installation of gypsum board or other construction.
D. Gypsum Board Application and Finishing Standards: Install and finish gypsum panels to
comply with ASTM C 840 and GA-216.
GYPSUM BOARD ASSEMBLIES 09255-4
>
Renovations to ISSUED FOR BIDDING 11/3/2008
Lamont/ALCAP Dining Room
Smith College
Northampton, Massachusetts
1) Taping compound formulated for embedding tape and for first coat over fasteners
and face flanges of trim accessories.
2) Topping compound formulated for fill (second) and finish (third)coats.
3) All-purpose compound formulated for both taping and topping compounds.
G. Acoustical Sealant for Exposed and Concealed Joints: Manufacturer's standard nonsag,
paintable, nonstaining latex sealant complying with ASTM C 834 that is effective in reducing
airborne sound transmission through perimeter joints and openings in building construction
as demonstrated by testing representative assemblies according to ASTM E 90.
on H. Acoustical Sealant for Concealed Joints: Manufacturer's standard nondrying, nonhardening,
nonskinning, nonstaining, gunnable, synthetic-rubber sealant recommended for sealing
interior concealed joints to reduce transmission of airborne sound.
I. Miscellaneous Materials: Provide auxiliary materials for gypsum board construction that
comply with referenced standards and recommendations of gypsum board manufacturer.
1. Laminating Adhesive: Special adhesive or joint compound recommended for laminating
gypsum panels.
2. Fastening Adhesive for Wood: ASTM C 557.
3. Steel drill screws complying with ASTM C 1002 for the following applications:
a. Fastening gypsum board to wood members.
b. Fastening gypsum board to gypsum board.
4. Gypsum Board Nails: ASTM C 514.
5. Foam Gaskets: Closed-cell vinyl foam adhesive-backed strips that allow fastener
penetration without foam displacement, 1/8 inch (3.2 mm)thick, in width to suit metal stud
size indicated.
6. Sound-Attenuation Blankets: Unfaced mineral-fiber blanket insulation to comply with
ASTM C 665 for Type I.
7. Thermal Insulation: Material indicated below and as indicated on drawings, of thickness
and width to fill voids formed by Z-furring members:
a. Unfaced mineral-fiber blanket insulation to comply with ASTM C 665 for Type I.
b. Extruded-polystyrene board insulation to comply with ASTM C 578 for Type IV, and
with flame-spread and smoke-developed ratings of 75 and 450, respectively,
according to ASTM E 84.
t c. Blow in cellulose.
8. Polyethylene Vapor Retarder: ASTM D 4397, thickness and maximum permeance rating
as follows:
a. 6 mils (0.15 mm), 0.13 perms (7.5 ng/Pa x s x sq. m).
w• 9. Vapor Retarder Tape: Pressure-sensitive tape of type recommended by vapor retarder
manufacturer for sealing joints and penetrations in vapor retarder.
go PART III— EXECUTION
3.1 EXECUTION
GYPSUM BOARD ASSEMBLIES 09255 - 3
Renovations to ISSUED FOR BIDDING 11/3/2008
Lamont/ALCAP Dining Room
Smith College
Northampton, Massachusetts
e. Edges: Tapered.
2. Gypsum Board Base Layer(s) for Multilayer Applications: ASTM C 36, in thickness
indicated.
a. Type: Regular for vertical surfaces, unless otherwise indicated.
b. Type: Foil backed where indicated.
c. Type: Type X where indicated or required for fire-resistance-rated assemblies.
d. Type: Sag-resistant type for ceiling surfaces, unless otherwise indicated.
3. Moisture-Resistant Gypsum Backing Board: ASTM C 630, in thickness indicated.
a. Type: Regular, unless otherwise indicated.
b. Type: Type X where required for fire-resistance-rated assemblies and where
indicated.
D. Accessories for Interior Installation: Cornerbead, edge trim, and control joints complying with
ASTM C 1047, formed metal or plastic, with metal complying with the following requirement:
1. Steel sheet zinc coated by hot-dip or electrolytic process, or steel sheet coated with
aluminum, or rolled zinc.
E. Aluminum Accessories: Where indicated, provide manufacturer's standard extruded-
aluminum accessories of profile indicated.
1. Primed Finish: Manufacturer's standard corrosion-resistant primer compatible with joint
compound and finish materials specified.
F. Joint Treatment Materials: Provide joint treatment materials complying with ASTM C 475 and
the recommendations of both the manufacturers of sheet products and of joint treatment
materials for each application indicated.
1. Joint Tape for Gypsum Board: Paper reinforcing tape, unless otherwise indicated.
a. Use pressure-sensitive or staple-attached, open-weave, glass-fiber reinforcing tape
with compatible joint compound where recommended by manufacturer of gypsum
board and joint treatment materials for application indicated. ■
2. Joint Tape for Cementitious Backer Units: As recommended by cementitious backer unit
manufacturer.
3. Setting-Type Joint Compounds for Gypsum Board: Factory-packaged, job-mixed,
chemical-hardening powder products formulated for uses indicated.
a. For prefilling gypsum board joints, use formulation recommended by gypsum board
manufacturer.
b. For filling joints and treating fasteners of moisture-resistant gypsum backing board,
use formulation recommended by gypsum board manufacturer.
c. For topping compound, use sandable formulation.
4. Drying-Type Joint Compounds for Gypsum Board: Factory-packaged vinyl-based
products complying with the following requirements for formulation and intended use. aw
a. Ready-Mixed Formulation: Factory-mixed product.
b. Job-Mixed Formulation: Powder product for mixing with water at Project site.
GYPSUM BOARD ASSEMBLIES 09255- 2 .�
Renovations to ISSUED FOR BIDDING 11/3/2008
Lamont/ALCAP Dining Room
Smith College
Northampton, Massachusetts
SECTION 09255 -GYPSUM BOARD ASSEMBLIES
on PART I— GENERAL
1.1 GENERAL
A. Sound Transmission Characteristics: For gypsum board assemblies with STC ratings,
provide materials and construction identical to those of assemblies whose STC ratings were
determined according to ASTM E 90 and classified according to ASTM E 413 by a qualified
independent testing agency.
B. Fire-Test-Response Characteristics: Where fire-resistance-rated gypsum board assemblies
4. are indicated, provide gypsum board assemblies that are identical to assemblies tested for
fire resistance according to ASTM E 119 by an independent testing and inspecting agency
acceptable to authorities having jurisdiction.
PART II - PRODUCTS
2.1 PRODUCTS
A. Manufacturers: Subject to compliance with requirements, provide products by one of the
following:
1. Gypsum Board and Related Products:
a. Georgia-Pacific Corp.
b. National Gypsum Co.; Gold Bond Building Products Division.
c. United States Gypsum Co.
B. Steel Framing Components for Suspended and Furred Ceilings: Provide components
complying with ASTM C 754 for conditions indicated.
1. Steel Resilient Furring Channels: Standard product fabricated from steel sheet
complying with ASTM A 653 (ASTM A 653M) or ASTM A 568 (ASTM A 568M) to form
1/2-inch- (12.7-mm-) deep channel of the following configuration:
a. Single-Leg Configuration: Asymmetric-shaped channel with face connected to a
single flange by a single-slotted leg (web).
b. Double-Leg Configuration: Hat-shaped channel with 1-1/2-inch- (38.1-mm-) wide
face connected to flanges by double-slotted or expanded-metal legs (webs).
c. Single- or Double-Leg Configuration: Asymmetric-shaped channel with face
connected to a single flange by a single-slotted leg (web) or hat-shaped channel, with
1-1/2-inch- (38.1-mm-) wide face connected to flanges by double-slotted or
expanded-metal legs (webs).
op C. Gypsum Board Products: Types indicated in maximum lengths available that will minimize
end-to-end butt joints in each area indicated to receive gypsum board application.
1. Gypsum Wallboard: ASTM C 36, 5/8" unless otherwise noted.
a. Type: Regular for vertical surfaces, unless otherwise indicated.
b. Type: Foil backed where indicated.
c. Type: Type X where required for fire-resistance-rated assemblies.
r d. Type: Sag-resistant type for ceiling surfaces.
GYPSUM BOARD ASSEMBLIES 09255 - 1
!
Renovations to ISSUED FOR BIDDING 11/3/2008
Lamont/ALCAP Dining Room
Smith College
Northampton, Massachusetts
A. Comply with combined recommendations of manufacturers of glass, sealants, gaskets, and
other glazing materials, except where more stringent requirements are indicated, including
those in "FGMA Glazing Manual."
B. Protect glass from edge damage during handling and installation.
C. Do not exceed edge pressures stipulated by glass manufacturers for installing glass lites.
4
D. Set glass lites in each series with uniform pattern, draw, bow, and similar characteristics.
E. Lock Strip Gasket Glazing: Comply with ASTM C 716 and gasket manufacturer's printed
on recommendations. Provide supplementary wet seal and weep system unless otherwise
indicated.
No F. Protect glass from contact with contaminating substances resulting from construction
operations including weld splatter.
G. Remove and replace glass that is broken, chipped, cracked, abraded, or damaged in any
" way, including natural causes, accidents and vandalism, during construction period.
H. Wash glass on both faces in each area of Project not more than 4 days prior to date
scheduled for inspections that establish date of Substantial Completion. Wash glass as
recommended by glass manufacturer.
END OF SECTION
GLAZING 08800- 3
Renovations to ISSUED FOR BIDDING 11/3/2008
Lamont/ALCAP Dining Room e®
Smith College
Northampton, Massachusetts
1. All glazing in doors
2. Glazed panels whose nearest vertical edge occurs within 48" of door and whose bottom
edge is below level of top of door, except where an interior wall intersects a solid panel
between glass and door.
3. Other glazed panels in which lowest edge is less than 18" above floor; glazing area
exceeds 9 sq. ft; and walking surfaces occur on both sides within 36 " of panel, with
horizontal walking surface planes within 12" of each other.
4. Both leaves of insulating glass covered above shall be safety glazed.
5. Safety glass 9 sq. ft. or less in area shall meet Category I (safe breakage at 150 ft. lb.
impact) requirements; larger lights shall meet Category II (safe breakage a 400 ft. lb.
impact) requirements.
6. Safety glass shall be either 1/4" heat-tempered glass, or laminated glass with a clear
plastic interlayer between two 1/8"thick glass lights, minimum 0.015 in. thick interlayer for
Category I, minimum 0.030 in. thick interlayer for Category Il. Wired glass may not be
used as a safety glass except where specifically called for on drawings as part of a fire-
rated assembly.
E. Insulating glass:
1. Units shall be certified by Insulated Glass certification Council or by an independent
testing laboratory as complying with ASTM E 774, Class A. Insulated glass fabricator
shall be a member of Sealed Insulating Glass Manufacturers'Association (SIGMA). **
2. Units shall consist of two glass lights enclosing a hermetically sealed dry air space.
Separate lights with a non-ferrous spacer containing a dessicant, with welded or soldered
corners. Double-seal joints between spacer and glass with a primary butyl seal and a
secondary polysulfide or silicone sealant. `
3. If not shown otherwise on drawings, units shall have outer and inner lights 1/4 in. clear,
inner light 1/4 in. clear, 1/2 in air space, overall thickness of 1 in. Provide tempered lights
where shown on drawings or required by paragraph 1.2 C above.
4. Glass shall have low-E coating.
5. Air space shall be Argon filled.
2.2 SETTING MATERIALS
A. Glass setting materials shall be in accordance with recommendations of glass manufacturer
and FGMA Glazing and sealant manuals.
B. Setting and edge blocks and spacers: neoprene with 80-90 durometer hardness for setting
blocks, 60-70 durometer hardness for edge blocks, 40-50 durometer hardness for spacers.
C. Tape: pre-shimmed polymerized butyl rubber, Tremco Poly-Shim or Pre-Shimmed 440, or
equal.
D. Glazing sealants and caulking compounds: as specfied in Division 7 sealant section for
exterior and interior use. Sealant used in conjunction with insulating glass must be
compatible with insulating glass seal.
PART III— EXECUTION
3.1 EXECUTION
GLAZING 08800-2 �"
Renovations to ISSUED FOR BIDDING 11/3/2008
Lamont/ALCAP Dining Room
Smith College
Northampton, Massachusetts
SECTION 08800 -GLAZING
PART I—GENERAL
1.1 GENERAL
A. System Performance Requirements: Provide glazing systems capable of withstanding
normal thermal movement, wind loading, and impact loading, without failure including loss or
glass breakage attributable to: defective manufacture, fabrication, and installation;
deterioration of glazing materials; and other defects in construction.
B. Submittals: product data.
w C. Product certificates signed by glazing materials manufacturers certifying that their products
comply with specified requirements.
D. Compatibility and adhesion test reports from sealant manufacturer indicating that glazing
materials were tested for compatibility and adhesion with glazing sealants.
E. Compatibility test report from insulating glass edge sealant manufacturer indicating glass
edge sealants were tested for compatibility with other glazing materials.
F. Glazing Publications: Comply with published recommendations of glass product
manufacturers, "FGMA Glazing Manual," and publications of AAMA, LSGA, and SIGMA as
applicable to products indicated, except where more stringent requirements are indicated.
G. Safety Glass: Products complying with ANSI Z97.1 and testing requirements of 16 CFR
Part 1201 for Category II materials.
H. Insulating Glass Certification Program: Provide insulating glass units permanently marked
with appropriate certification label of inspecting and testing agency indicated below:
po 1. Insulating Glass Certification Council (IGCC).
2. Associated Laboratories, Inc. (ALI).
3. National Certified Testing Laboratories (NCTL).
PART II — PRODUCTS
2.1 PRODUCTS
A. Glass shall be free from distortion, chips, crack, waves, scratches, and bubbles; and shall
comply with ASTM C 1036 and C 1048. Provide quality label on each light.
B. Acceptable manufacturers: Cardinal, Falconer, Ford, Globe/Amerada, Guardian, Hordis,
LOF, PPG, Saint-Gobain, Solar-Seal, Spectrum, Viracon.
C. Glass not otherwise specified or noted on drawings shall be 1/4" clear annealed float. 3/16"
thickness may be used at interior openings less than 60 sq. ft.
on D. Installation shall comply fully with Massachusetts State Building Code and Product Safety
Commission Safety Standard for Architectural glazing Materials (16 CFR 1201). Whether or
not shown on drawings, use safety glass in following:
e
GLAZING 08800 - 1
Renovations to ISSUED FOR BIDDING 11/3/2008
Lamont/ALCAP Dining Room
Smith College
Northampton, Massachusetts
SECTION 08711 - HARDWARE SETS
Note: All hardware US26 (satin chrome)finish unless otherwise noted.
Hardware Set#1: Vestibule Door#101
• Door pull: Ives 8311 with 3-1/2"x15" plate
• Door push: Ives 8200 with 3-1/2"x15' plate
• Closer: LCN 4111 CUSH
• Hinges: Stanley FBB223, 5x4-1/2
• Door Kick: 8"x34"
• Door stop: Ives 446
fin
on
HARDWARE SETS 08711 - 1
on
Renovations to ISSUED FOR BIDDING 11/3/2008
Lamont/ALCAP Dining Room
Smith College
Northampton, Massachusetts
„ 5. Brush pile insert of polypropylene or nylon woven pile and aluminum strip backing,
complying with AAMA 701.2.
Q. Thresholds: Extruded aluminum of type, design, and profile indicated, complete with
replaceable resilient vinyl wiper-type insert and noncorrosive fasteners.
PART III— EXECUTION
3.1 EXECUTION
A. Hardware Mounting Locations: As recommended by the Door and Hardware Institute, unless
indicated otherwise.
B. Install each hardware item to comply with manufacturer's instructions and recommendations.
C. Set thresholds for exterior doors in full bed of butyl-rubber or polyisobutylene mastic sealant.
Remove excess sealant and clean adjacent surfaces. Barrier free where indicated.
D. Hardware Adjustment: Return to Project one month after Owner's occupancy, and adjust
hardware to proper operation and function. Instruct Owner's personnel in proper
maintenance and adjustment.
E. Hardware Schedule: Provide hardware for each door as in list of hardware sets.
END OF SECTION
DOOR HARDWARE 08710 - 3
Renovations to ISSUED FOR BIDDING 11/3/2008
Lamont/ALCAP Dining Room go
Smith College
Northampton, Massachusetts
4. Provide top mount hinges where indicated. am
E. Locks, Latches, and Bolts: Lock system to be tied into Smith College masterkey system.
go
1. Strikes: Wrought box strikes with extended lip for latch bolts, except open strike plates
may be used in wood frames. Provide dust-proof strikes for foot bolts.
F. Equip exit devices with dogging devices where door has closer, except when door is fire-
rated.
G. Locks: Equip locks with 6-pin tumbler cylinders.
1. Bored: Extra heavy duty cylindrical with removable cores.
2. Mortise: Heavy duty locksets with latch bolt, lever handles, and UL listed and labeled.
H. Push/Pull Units: Manufacturer's standard type scheduled, through-bolted for matched pairs.
I. Overhead Closers: Where parallel-arm closers are indicated, provide units one size larger
than recommended for standard-arm units.
K. Holders, Stops, and Bumpers: Provide grey rubber exposed resilient parts.
1. Finish exposed as indicated in hardware schedule.
2. Size and mount units indicated or, if not indicated, to comply with manufacturer's
recommendations for the exposure condition. Reinforce the substrate as recommended.
L. Silencers: Provide silencers in metal door frames, unless not permitted for fire rating, or
weatherstripping is provided; 3 per single-door frame, 6 per double-door frame.
M. Miscellaneous Door Hardware: Provide plates, trim, letter box, viewers, knockers, bells, and
similar units as indicated.
N. Edge Trim: Fabricate units 1/16 inch to 1/2 inch smaller than actual door dimension. Install
with self-tapping screws.
1. Provide .050-inch-thick (18 gage with beveled edges, US4 finish for kick plates, armor ®
plates, and edge protection stripping.
O. Armor, Kick, and Mop Plates: Fabricate protection plates not more than 1-1/2 inches less
than door width on stop side and not more than 1/2 inch less than door width on pull side, x .�
the height indicated.
1. Material: US4, 0.050 inch (U.S. 18 gage).
P. Weatherstripping: Provide type, size, and profile indicated, continuous at head and jamb
edges of each exterior door opening. Provide noncorrosive fasteners.
1. Sponge Neoprene conforming to MIL R 6130, Class 11 (closed cell).
2. Expanded Neoprene: Cellular rubber conforming to ASTM D 1056, Type 2 (closed cell),
Class B (low swell, oil resistant), Grade 2 (compression-deflection of 3 - 9 psi), and self- w
extinguishing.
3. Solid Neoprene conforming to MIL R 6855, Class 11, Grade 40.
4. Flexible vinyl hollow bulb or loop insert.
DOOR HARDWARE 08710-2
Renovations to ISSUED FOR BIDDING 11/3/2008
Lamont/ALCAP Dining Room
Smith College
Northampton, Massachusetts
SECTION 08710 - DOOR HARDWARE
PART I—GENERAL
1.1 GENERAL
A. Submit samples of hardware items, showing each required finish from each manufacturer(for
acceptance of color and texture only).
B. Submit final hardware schedule organized by "hardware sets," to indicate specifically the
product to be furnished for each item required on each door.
1. Furnish templates to each fabricator of doors and frames as required for hardware
ps preparation.
C. For fire-rated openings provide hardware tested and listed by UL or FM (NFPA Standard 80).
On panic exit devices provide UL or FM label indicating "Fire Exit Hardware."
PART II— PRODUCTS
2.1 PRODUCTS
A. Manufacturers: Subject to compliance with requirements, provide products by manufacturers
for various products listed below. An asterisk (*) following manufacturer's name designates
manufacturer whose products are indicated in Hardware Schedule. Such products are listed
in the schedule by specific reference to manufacturer's catalog numbers. Except as
otherwise indicated, products of equivalent quality, design, and function by other listed
manufacturers may be used, subject to approval of Architect.
1. Butts and Hinges: Stanley*.
2. Cylinders and Locks: Corbin & Russwin.
3. Push/Pull Units: Baldwin, Ives*
4. Overhead Closers: LCN*
5. Door Trim Units: Baldwin, Ives*
6. Kick, Mop, and Armor Plates: Baldwin, Corbin & Russwin, Ives*.
7. Door Stripping and Seals: Pemko.
8. Thresholds: Pemko.
9. Sound Stripping: Pemko.
IN C. Finish and base material designations are indicated in accordance with ANSI BHMA A156.18
or the nearest traditional U.S. commercial finish.
1. Where base material and quality of finish are not otherwise indicated, provide at least the
commercially recognized quality specified in ANSI/BHMA A156 series standards
applicable to each particular type of hardware.
D. Hinges and Pivots: Provide full-mortise butt, size, weight, and quantity in accordance with
requirements established for door size, weight, and frequency of use.
1. Pins: Stainless steel, except steel pins with steel hinges; nonremovable for exterior and
public interior exposure; nonrising for nonsecurity exposure; flat button with matching
plugs.
2. Ball-Bearing: Swaged, inner leaf beveled, square corners.
3. Plain-Bearing: Swaged, inner leaf beveled, rounded corners; except provide ball-bearing
for doors equipped with closers.
wi DOOR HARDWARE 08710 - 1
Renovations to ISSUED FOR BIDDING 11/3/2008
Lamont/ALCAP Dining Room
Smith College
Northampton, Massachusetts
C. Fabricate stile and rail wood doors to comply with the following requirements:
1. In sizes indicated for job-site fitting.
2. Factory fit doors to comply with clearance requirements of referenced quality standard.
Comply with requirements of NFPA 80 for fire-resistance-rated doors.
3. Verify size of opening for new doors installed in extisting openings.
D. Factory machine doors for hardware that is not surface applied.
E. Glaze doors at factory for applications indicated. Comply with requirements in Division 8
Section "Glazing."
1. Glazing shall be 3/" insulated, low-E, argon filled.
2. Glazing shall be tempered at doors and associated side lites.
F. Transom and Side Panels: Fabricate panels to match adjoining doors in materials, finish,
and quality of construction.
1. Glazing shall be '/" insulated, low-E, argon filled.
G. Shop seal faces and edges of doors for transparent finish with stain (if required) and other
required pretreatments and first coat of finish as specified in Division 9 Section "Painting."
PART III— EXECUTION
3.1 EXECUTION
A. Install wood doors to comply with manufacturer's instructions and referenced quality standard .e
and as indicated.
1. Install fire-rated doors in corresponding fire-rated frames according to requirements of
NFPA 80.
B. Align and fit doors in frames with uniform clearances and bevels. Machine doors for
hardware. Seal cut surfaces after fitting and machining. »
C. Factory-Fitted Doors: Align in frames for uniform clearance at each edge.
D. Factory-Finished Doors: Restore finish before installation, if fitting or machining is required at
the job site.
w
END OF SECTION
STILE AND RAIL WOOD DOORS 08212 - 2
Renovations to ISSUED FOR BIDDING 11/3/2008
Lamont/ALCAP Dining Room
Smith College
Northampton, Massachusetts
p* SECTION 08212 -WOOD DOORS
PART I—GENERAL
1.1 GENERAL
A. Submittals: In addition to product data, submit the following:
on 1. Shop drawings indicating location and size of each door; elevation of each kind of door;
construction details not covered in product data, including those for stiles, rails, panels,
and moldings (sticking); location and extent of hardware cutouts; fire ratings;
requirements for veneer matching and factory finishing; and other pertinent data.
2. Samples of actual materials in small sections for each face material and finish.
B. Quality Standard: Comply with the following standard:
1. NWWDA Quality Standard: I.S.6, "Industry Standard for Wood Stile and Rail Doors," of
the National Wood Window and Door Association.
2. AWI Quality Standard: "Architectural Woodwork Quality Standards" of the Architectural
Woodwork Institute.
C. Fire-Rated Wood Doors: Provide wood doors labeled and listed by UL, Warnock Hersey, or
another testing and inspection agency acceptable to authorities having jurisdiction.
D. Safety Glass: Provide products complying with ANSI Z97.1 and testing requirements of
16 CFR Part 1201 for Category II materials except where those of Category I are expressly
so indicated and permitted.
PART II— PRODUCTS
2.1 PRODUCTS
A. Manufacturers: Subject to compliance with requirements, provide doors by one of the
following:
1. Wood Doors
a. Jeld-wen
b. Rogue Valley
c. Simpson Door Company
B. Exterior& Interior Stile and Rail Doors of Stock Design and Construction: As follows:
1. Wood Species for painted finish: Fir.
2. Panel Configuration: as indicated.
3. Design and Layout: Panel design described below under NWWDA design group.
a. NWWDA Design Group: 1-3/4 Interior Panel Doors.
1) Panel Design: As indicated.
4. Interior doors: interior doors at vestibles with glazing shall have 3/4" insulated glass
panels, low-E, argon filled. Glazing shall be tempered.
STILE AND RAIL WOOD DOORS 08212 - 1
00
Renovations to ISSUED FOR BIDDING 11/3/2008
Lamont/ALCAP Dining Room go
Smith College
Northampton, Massachusetts
A. General: Provide sealant backings of material and type that are non-staining; are compatible
with joint substrates, sealants, primers, and other joint fillers; and are approved for
applications indicated by sealant manufacturer.
B. Cylindrical Sealant Backings: ASTM C 1330, of size and density to control sealant depth and
otherwise contribute to producing optimum sealant performance.
C. Bond-Breaker Tape: Polyethylene tape or other plastic tape recommended by sealant
manufacturer for preventing sealant from adhering to rigid, inflexible joint-filler materials or
joint surfaces at back of joint.
PART 3 - EXECUTION
3.1 INSTALLATION
A. Comply with ASTM C 1193.
B. Comply with ASTM C 919 for use of joint sealants in acoustical applications.
END OF SECTION
w
JOINT SEALANTS 07920 -2
Renovations to ISSUED FOR BIDDING 11/3/2008
Lamont/ALCAP Dining Room
Smith College
Northampton, Massachusetts
SECTION 07920 -JOINT SEALANTS
PART 1 -GENERAL
1.1 SECTION REQUIREMENTS
A. Submittals: Product Data and color Samples.
ee�r
B. Environmental Limitations: Do not proceed with installation of joint sealants when ambient
and substrate temperature conditions are outside limits permitted by joint sealant
manufacturer or are below 40 deg F (4.4 deg C).
PART 2 - PRODUCTS
g
2.1 JOINT SEALANTS
A. Compatibility: Provide joint sealants, joint fillers, and other related materials that are
compatible with one another and with joint substrates under service and application
conditions.
B. Sealant for General Exterior Use Where Another Type Is Not Specified:
1. Single-component, neutral-curing silicone sealant, ASTM C 920, Type S; Grade NS;
!' Class 25; Uses T, NT, M, G, A, and O.
C. Sealant for Use in Interior Joints in Ceramic Tile and Other Hard Surfaces in Kitchens and
Toilet Rooms and Around Plumbing Fixtures:
1. Single-component, mildew-resistant silicone sealant, ASTM C 920, Type S; Grade NS;
Class 25; Uses NT, G, A, and O; formulated with fungicide.
D. Sealant for Interior Use at Perimeters of Door and Window Frames:
1. Latex sealant, single-component, non-sag, mildew-resistant, paintable, acrylic-emulsion
sealant complying with ASTM C 834.
E. Acoustical Sealant for Exposed Interior Joints:
1. Non-sag, paintable, non-staining, latex sealant complying with ASTM C 834.
F. Acoustical Sealant for Concealed Joints:
1. Nondrying, non-hardening, non-skinning, non-staining, gunnable, synthetic-rubber
sealant recommended for sealing interior concealed joints to reduce transmission of
airborne sound.
2.2 JOINT-SEALANT BACKING
JOINT SEALANTS 07920 - 1
Renovations to ISSUED FOR BIDDING 11/3/2008
Lamont/ALCAP Dining Room
Smith College
Northampton, Massachusetts
SECTION 07841 -THROUGH-PENETRATION FIRE STOP SYSTEMS
PART 1 -GENERAL
ro
1.1 SECTION REQUIREMENTS
A. Submittals: Product Data and product certificates signed by manufacturer certifying that
products furnished comply with requirements.
B. Provide fire stopping systems with fire-resistance ratings indicated by reference to UL
designations as listed in its "Fire Resistance Directory," or to designations of another testing
agency acceptable to authorities having jurisdiction.
C. Provide through-penetration fire stopping systems with F-ratings indicated, as determined
according to ASTM E 814, but not less than fire-resistance rating of construction penetrated.
D. For exposed fire stopping, provide products with flame-spread indexes of less than 25 and
smoke-developed indexes of less than 450, as determined according to ASTM E 84.
1.2 RELATED SECTIONS
A. Submittals Refer to Division 1
B. Section 15
C. Section 16
PART 2 - PRODUCTS
2.1 FIRESTOP SYSTEMS
on A. Any through-penetration fire stop system that is classified by UL or listed by ITS for the
application and with F-rating indicated may be used.
PART 3 - EXECUTION
3.1 INSTALLATION
A. Install fire stopping systems to comply with requirements listed in testing agency's directory for
indicated fire-resistance rating.
B. Identification: Identify through-penetration fire stop systems with permanent labels attached to
surfaces adjacent to fire stop systems so that labels will be visible to anyone seeking to remove
„ penetrating items or fire stop systems. Include the following information on labels:
1. The words "Warning -Through-Penetration Fire stop System - Do Not Disturb."
2. Classification/listing designation of applicable testing and inspecting agency.
3. Through-penetration fire stop system manufacturer's name and product name.
END OF SECTION
THROUGH-PENETRATION FIRESTOP SYSTEMS 07841 - 1
Renovations to ISSUED FOR BIDDING 11/3/2008
Lamont/ALCAP Dining Room ,
Smith College
Northampton, Massachusetts
7. Provide venting of cabinets as required. 40
B. Cafeteria surfaces—cold:
1. Adhesively joined with no exposed open or silicone-filled seams.
2. Provide expansion joints in countertop as detailed on the drawings.
3. Make cutouts to templates furnished by the manufacturer.
4. Reinforce edges and cutouts as recommended by the manufacturer.
5. Provide insulation between material and adjacent cold surfaces.
6. Thermally isolate hot applications from cold.
w
END OF SECTION
wAr
.e
wAr
Wo
SOLID SURFACE FABRICATIONS 06651 - 8
W
Renovations to ISSUED FOR BIDDING 11/3/2008
Lamont/ALCAP Dining Room
Smith College
Northampton, Massachusetts
PART 3— EXECUTION
3.1 EXAMINATION
A. Examine substrates and conditions, with fabricator present for compliance with requirements
for installation tolerances and other conditions affecting performance of work.
B. Proceed with installation only after unsatisfactory conditions have been corrected.
op
3.2 INSTALLATION
A. Install components plumb, level and rigid, scribed to adjacent finishes, in accordance with
approved shop drawings and product data.
1. Provide product in the largest pieces available.
2. Form field joints using manufacturer's recommended adhesive, with joints inconspicuous
in finished work.
® a. Exposed joints/seams shall not be allowed.
3. Reinforce field joints with solid surface strips extending a minimum of 1 inch on either
side of the seam with the strip being the same thickness as the top.
4. Cut and finish component edges with clean, sharp returns.
go 5. Rout radii and contours to template.
6. Anchor securely to base cabinets or other supports.
7. Align adjacent countertops and form seams to comply with manufacturer's written
recommendations using adhesive in color to match countertop.
8. Carefully dress joints smooth, remove surface scratches and clean entire surface.
9. Install countertops with no more than 1/8-inch (3 mm) sag, bow or other variation from a
straight line.
on
B. Applied sidesplashes:
1. Install applied sidesplashes using manufacturer's standard color-matched silicone
sealant.
2. Adhere applied sidesplashes to countertops using manufacturer's standard color
matched silicone sealant.
3.3 REPAIR
A. Repair or replace damaged work which cannot be repaired to architect's satisfaction.
3.4 CLEANING AND PROTECTION
A. Keep components clean during installation.
B. Remove adhesives, sealants and other stains.
3.5 SCHEDULE
■r
A. Cafeteria surfaces—hot:
1. Adhesively joined with no exposed open or silicone-filled seams.
2. Provide expansion joints in countertop as detailed on the drawings.
3. Make cutouts to templates furnished by the manufacturer.
4. Reinforce edges and cutouts as recommended by the manufacturer.
5. Provide insulation between material and adjacent hot water pans and food warmers.
6. Thermally isolate hot applications from cold.
SOLID SURFACE FABRICATIONS 06651 - 7
..
Renovations to ISSUED FOR BIDDING 11/3/2008
Lamont/ALCAP Dining Room no
Smith College
Northampton, Massachusetts
1. Manufacturer's standard mildew-resistant, FDA-compliant, NSF 51-compliant(food zone .A
—any type), UL-listed silicone sealant in colors matching components.
C. Conductive tape:
1. Manufacturer's standard aluminum foil tape, with required thickness, for use with cutouts
near heat sources.
D. Insulating felt tape:
1. Manufacturer's standard for use with conductive tape in insulating solid surface material •■
from adjacent heat source.
2.4 FACTORY FABRICATION
wto
A. Shop assembly
1. Fabricate components to greatest extent practical to sizes and shapes indicated, in
accordance with approved shop drawings and manufacturer's printed instructions and
technical bulletins.
2. Form joints between components using manufacturer's standard joint adhesive without
conspicuous joints.
a. Reinforce with strip of solid polymer material, 2"wide.
3. Provide factory cutouts for plumbing fittings and bath accessories as indicated on the
drawings.
4. Rout and finish component edges with clean, sharp returns.
wA
a. Rout cutouts, radii and contours to template.
b. Smooth edges.
c. Repair or reject defective and inaccurate work.
B. Thermoforming:
1. Comply with manufacturer's data. w
2. Heat entire component.
a. Material shall be uniform, between 275 and 325 degrees Fahrenheit during forming.
3. Form pieces to shape prior to seaming and joining.
4. Cut pieces to finished dimensions.
5. Sand edges and remove nicks and scratches. **
2.5 FINISHES
A. Architect to select color from the manufacturer's standard color chart.
B. Finish:
1. Provide surfaces with a uniform finish. rw
a. Semigloss; gloss range of 20-50.
SOLID SURFACE FABRICATIONS 06651 - 6
Renovations to ISSUED FOR BIDDING 11/3/2008
Lamont/ALCAP Dining Room
Smith College
Northampton, Massachusetts
E. Performance characteristics:
Property Typical Result Test
Tensile Strength 6,000 psi ASTM D 638
Tensile Modulus 1.5 x 10-6 psi ASTM D 638
Tensile Elongation 0.4% min. ASTM D 638
Flexural Strength 10,000 psi ASTM D 790
Flexural Modulus 1.2 x 10-6 psi ASTM D 790
Hardness >85 Rockwell "M" scale ASTM D 785
56 Barcol Impressor
ASTM D 2583
Thermal Expansion 3.02 x 10-5 in./in./°C ASTM D 696
(1.80 x 10-5 in./in./°F)
Gloss (60° Gardner) 5-75 (matte—highly polished) ANSI Z124
Light Resistance (Xenon Arc) No effect NEMA LD 3-2000 Method 3.3
Wear and Cleanability Passes ANSI Z124.3 & Z124.6
Stain Resistance: Sheets Passes ANSI Z124.3 & Z124.6
Fungus and Bacteria Resistance Does not support microbial growth ASTM G21&G22
Boiling Water Resistance No visible change NEMA LD 3-2000
Method 3.5
High Temperature Resistance No change NEMA LD 3-2000
Method 3.6
Izod Impact 0.28 ft.-lbs./in. of notch ASTM D 256
(Notched Specimen) (Method A)
Ball Impact No fracture-12 lb. ball: NEMA LD 3-2000
Resistance: Sheets V4" slab-36" drop Method 3.8
12" slab-144" drop
Weatherability AE"94<5 in 1,000 hrs. ASTM G 155
Specific Gravity t 1.7
Water Absorption Long-term ASTM D 570
0.4% (3/4")
0.6% (12")
0.8% (V4")
Toxicity 99 (solid colors) Pittsburgh Protocol
66 (patterned colors) Test("LC50"Test)
Flammability All colors ASTM E 84, (Class I and Class
A) NFPA 255 &UL 723
Flame Spread Index <25
Smoke Developed Index <25
t Approximate weight per square foot: 1/4" (6 mm) 2.2 lbs., 12" (12.3 mm)4.4 lbs.
Shapes meet or exceed the ANSI Z124.3 and ANSI Z124.6 standards for plastic sinks and lavatories.
NEMA results based on the NEMA LD 3-2000
2.3 ACCESSORIES
A. Joint adhesive:
w
1. Manufacturer's standard one-or two-part adhesive kit to create inconspicuous,
nonporous joints.
B. Sealant:
SOLID SURFACE FABRICATIONS 06651 - 5
Renovations to ISSUED FOR BIDDING 11/3/2008
Lamont/ALCAP Dining Room
Smith College
Northampton, Massachusetts
1.7 WARRANTY ""
A. Provide manufacturer's warranty against defects in materials.
1. Warranty shall provide material and labor to repair or replace defective materials.
2. Damage caused by physical or chemical abuse or damage from excessive heat will not
be warranted.
B. Optional Installed Warranty:
1. To qualify for the optional Installed Warranty, fabrication and installation must be *�
performed by a Manufacturer Certified Fabrication/Installation source who will provide a
brand plate for the application.
2. This warranty covers all fabrication and installation performed by the certified/approved
source subject to the specific wording contained in the Installed Warranty Card.
C. Manufacturer's warranty period:
1. Ten years from date of substantial completion.
1.8 MAINTENANCE
A. Provide maintenance requirements as specified by the manufacturer.
PART 2 — PRODUCTS .A
2.1 MANUFACTURERS
A. Manufacturers: �*!
1. Subject to compliance with requirements, provide products by the following:
a. Corian®surfaces from the DuPont company.
2.2 MATERIALS
A. Solid polymer components
1. Cast, nonporous, filled polymer, not coated, laminated or of composite construction with
through body colors meeting ANSI Z124.3 or ANSI Z124.6, having minimum physical and
performance properties specified.
2. Superficial damage to a depth of 0.010 inch (.25 mm) shall be repairable by sanding
and/or polishing. ..�
B. Thickness:
1. 1/2 inch
C. Backsplash:
1. Applied.
D. Sidesplash:
1. Applied.
SOLID SURFACE FABRICATIONS 06651 -4
Renovations to ISSUED FOR BIDDING 11/3/2008
Lamont/ALCAP Dining Room
Smith College
Northampton, Massachusetts
PW a. Provide with the following Class A (Class 1) surface burning characteristics as
determined by testing identical products per UL 723 (ASTM E84)or another testing
and inspecting agency acceptable to authorities having jurisdiction:
1) Flame Spread Index: 25 or less.
2) Smoke Developed Index:450 or less.
D. Coordination drawings:
1. Shall be prepared indicating:
a. Plumbing work.
b. Electrical work.
c. Kitchen and food service equipment
a
2. Content:
a. Project-specific information, drawn accurately to scale.
b. Do not base coordination drawings on reproductions of the contract documents or
standard printed data.
c. Indicate dimensions shown on the contract drawings and make specific note of
dimensions that appear to be in conflict with submitted equipment and minimum
clearance requirements.
d. Provide alternate sketches to designer for resolution of such conflicts.
1) Minor dimension changes and difficult installations will not be considered changes
to the contract.
E. Drawings shall:
1. Be produced in 1/2-inch scale for all fabricated items.
pe F. Drawings must be complete and submitted to the architect within 60 days after award of
contract for record only.
1. No review or approval will be forthcoming.
2. Coordination drawings are required for the benefit of contractor's fabricators/installers as
an aid to coordination of their work so as to eliminate or reduce conflicts that may arise
during the installation of their work.
G. Pre-installation conference:
1. Conduct conference at project site to comply with requirements in Division 1.
1.6 DELIVERIES, STORAGE AND HANDLING
!! A. Deliver no components to project site until areas are ready for installation.
B. Store components indoors prior to installation.
C. Handle materials to prevent damage to finished surfaces.
1. Provide protective coverings to prevent physical damage or staining following installation
for duration of project.
SOLID SURFACE FABRICATIONS 06651 - 3
Renovations to ISSUED FOR BIDDING 11/3/2008
Lamont/ALCAP Dining Room an
Smith College
Northampton, Massachusetts
on
1. Indicate product description, fabrication information and compliance with specified
performance requirements.
..
D. Product certificates:
1. For each type of product, signed by product manufacturer.
E. Fabricator/installer qualifications:
1. Provide copy of certification number.
F. Manufacturer certificates:
1. Signed by manufacturers certifying that they comply with requirements.
G. NSF/ANSI standards:
1. Refer to www.nsf.org for the latest compliance to NSF/ANSI Standard 51 for food zone—
all food types.
H. Maintenance data:
1. Submit manufacturer's care and maintenance data, including repair and cleaning
instructions.
a. Maintenance kit for finishes shall be submitted.
2. Include in project closeout documents.
1.5 QUALITY ASSURANCE
A. Qualifications:
1. Shop that employs skilled workers who custom fabricate products similar to those
required for this project and whose products have a record of successful in-service
performance.
B. Fabricator/installer qualifications:
1. Work of this section shall be by a certified fabricator/installer, certified in writing by the
manufacturer.
C. Applicable standards:
1. Standards of the following, as referenced herein: A.
a. American National Standards Institute (ANSI)
b. American Society for Testing and Materials (ASTM)
c. National Electrical Manufacturers Association (NEMA) w
d. NSF International
2. Fire test response characteristics:
SOLID SURFACE FABRICATIONS 06651 -2
Renovations to ISSUED FOR BIDDING 11/3/2008
Lamont/ALCAP Dining Room
" Smith College
Northampton, Massachusetts
SECTION 06651 SOLID SURFACE FABRICATIONS
PART 1 —GENERAL
1.1 RELATED DOCUMENTS
A. Drawings and general provisions of the contract, including general and supplementary
conditions and Division 1 Specification Sections, apply to this Section.
1.2 SUMMARY
A. This Section includes the following horizontal and trim solid surface product types:
1. Cold cafeteria surfaces
2. Hot cafeteria surfaces
3. Cove backsplashes
B. Related Sections include the following:
1. Division 6 Section "Rough Carpentry"for Blocking.
2. Division 15 Section "Plumbing Fixtures."
3. Division 16 Section "Wiring Devices."
1.3 DEFINITION
A. Solid surface is defined as nonporous, homogeneous material maintaining the same
00 composition throughout the part with a composition of acrylic polymer, aluminum trihydrate
filler and pigment.
1.4 SUBMITTALS
A. Shop drawings:
1. Show location of each item, dimensioned plans and elevations, large-scale details,
attachment devices and other components.
a. Show full-size details, edge details, thermoforming requirements, attachments, etc.
b. Show locations and sizes of furring, blocking, including concealed blocking and
reinforcement specified in other Sections.
c. Show locations and sizes of cutouts and holes for plumbing fixtures, faucets, soap
dispensers, waste receptacle and other items installed in solid surface.
B. Samples:
1. For each type of product indicated.
a. Submit minimum 6-inch by 6-inch sample in specified gloss.
b. Cut sample and seam together for representation of inconspicuous seam.
c. Indicate full range of color and pattern variation.
2. Approved samples will be retained as a standard for work.
C. Product data:
SOLID SURFACE FABRICATIONS 06651 - 1
Renovations to ISSUED FOR BIDDING 11/3/2008
Lamont/ALCAP Dining Room w
Smith College
Northampton, Massachusetts
F. Cabinet hardware: *•
1. Hinges: Pivot style hinges, top and bottom
a. Semi-concealed pivot hinge for door%" door thickness at top and bottom.
b. Provides door opening up to 255 degrees.
c. Steel base material
d. Dark bronze finish
2. Locks: CompX"Timberline Stock Locks" series
a. Single doors: 240 series
b. Double doors: 250 series
3. Pulls: Hafele 133.79.601
G. Solid Surface: Refer to specification section 04371 & 06551.
PART III— EXECUTION
3.1 EXECUTION �.
A. Preparation: Condition woodwork to average prevailing humidity conditions in installation
areas, and examine and complete work as required, including back priming and removal of
packing, before installing. .r
B. Install woodwork to comply with AWI Section 1700 for the same grade specified above for
type of woodwork involved.
C. Install woodwork to comply with WIC Section 26 for the same grade specified above for type
of woodwork involved.
1. Install woodwork plumb, level, true, and straight with no distortions. Shim as required
with concealed shims. Install to a tolerance of 1/8 inch in 96 inches (3 mm in 2400 mm).
2. Scribe and cut woodwork to fit adjoining work and refinish cut surfaces or repair damaged
finish at cuts.
D. Standing and Running Trim: Install with minimum number of joints, using full-length pieces to
the greatest extent possible. Stagger joints in adjacent and related members. Fill gaps, if •
any, between top of base and wall with plastic wood filler and sand smooth.
END OF SECTION
.m
INTERIOR ARCHITECTURAL WOODWORK 06402 -2 A
Renovations to ISSUED FOR BIDDING 11/3/2008
Lamont/ALCAP Dining Room
Smith College
Northampton, Massachusetts
SECTION 06402 - INTERIOR ARCHITECTURAL WOODWORK
PART I—GENERAL
1.1 GENERAL
A. Interior architectural woodwork includes wood furring, blocking, shims, and hanging strips
unless concealed within other construction prior to woodwork installation.
B. Submittals: In addition to product data, submit the following:
" 1. Shop drawings showing location of each item, dimensioned plans and elevations, large-
scale details, attachment devices, and other components.
2. Samples of lumber and panel products for each species and cut indicated for transparent
finish, and each material indicated for opaque finish, with one-half of exposed surfaces
finished.
3. Samples of laminate-clad panel products, for each type, color, pattern, and surface finish.
4. Samples of thermoset decorative-overlay surfaced panel products, for each type, color,
pattern, and surface finish.
5. Samples of solid surfacing materials.
C. AWI Quality Standard: Comply with "Architectural Woodwork Quality Standards" of the
Architectural Woodwork Institute.
D. Environmental Limitations: Do not deliver or install woodwork until building is enclosed, wet-
"' work is completed, and HVAC system is operating and will maintain temperature and relative
humidity at occupancy levels during the remainder of the construction period.
PART II - PRODUCTS
2.1 PRODUCTS
A. Woodwork for Opaque Finish: Grade and species as follows:
1. Wood Species: Poplar.
2. Wood Species: Fir.
B. High-Pressure Decorative Laminate: NEMA LD 3.
C. Fabrication, General: Complete fabrication, including assembly and finishing, before
shipment to Project site to maximum extent possible. Where necessary for fitting at site,
provide ample allowance for scribing, trimming, and fitting.
1. Backout or groove backs of flat trim members, kerf backs of other wide, flat members,
except for members with ends exposed in finished work.
2. Shop-cut openings, to maximum extent possible. Smooth edges of cutouts and, where
located in countertops and similar exposures, seal edges with a water-resistant coating.
go D. Existing woodwork to remain:
1. Wood Species: Oak &existing paint grade cabinets.
2. Wood to be field primed and painted as scheduled.
INTERIOR ARCHITECTURAL WOODWORK 06402 - 1
mom
Fw
Renovations to ISSUED FOR BIDDING 11/3/2008
Lamont/ALCAP Dining Room
"" Smith College
Northampton, Massachusetts
SECTION 06200 - FINISH CARPENTRY
PART I—GENERAL
1.1 GENERAL
A. Submittals: In addition to Product Data, submit Samples for each finish and type of siding
and paneling.
PART II— PRODUCTS
ww
2.1 PRODUCTS
A. Lumber Standards: Comply with DOC PS 20, "American Softwood Lumber Standard," for
lumber and with applicable grading rules of inspection agencies certified by American Lumber
Standards Committee Board of Review.
B. Softwood Plywood: Comply with DOC PS 1, "U.S. Product Standard for Construction and
Industrial Plywood."
C. Hardwood Plywood: Comply with HPVA HP-1, "Interim Voluntary Standard for Hardwood
and Decorative Plywood."
D. Preservative Treatment: Comply with NWWDA I.S. 4 for exterior finish carpentry to receive
water-repellent preservative treatment.
E. Interior & Exterior Standing and Running Trim: Provide finished lumber and moldings
complying with the following requirements:
1. Species, interior: Poplar, paint grade.
2. Species, interior: Fir, paint grade.
3. Refer to drawings for locations and species.
PART III— EXECUTION
3.1 EXECUTION
A. Condition finish carpentry to average prevailing humidity conditions in installation areas
before installation, for a minimum of 24 hours.
B. Prime and backprime lumber for painted finish exposed on the exterior. Comply with
requirements for surface preparation and application in Division 9 Section "Painting."
C. Install finish carpentry plumb, level, true, and aligned with adjacent materials. Use concealed
shims where required for alignment. Scribe and cut finish carpentry to fit adjoining work.
Refinish and seal cuts as recommended by manufacturer.
D. Repair damaged or defective finish carpentry where possible to eliminate functional or visual
defects. Where not possible to repair, replace finish carpentry. Adjust joinery for uniform
appearance.
END OF SECTION
r FINISH CARPENTRY 06200 - 1
Renovations to ISSUED FOR BIDDING 11/3/2008
Lamont/ALCAP Dining Room w.
Smith College
Northampton, Massachusetts
1. Non-Load-Bearing Interior Partitions: Construction, Stud, or No. 3. �*
2. Load-bearing: #1/#2 Spruce-Pine-Fir: NLGA
B. Miscellaneous Lumber: Construction, Stud, or No. 3 grade of any species for nailers,
blocking, and similar members.
2.4 MISCELLANEOUS PRODUCTS
A. Fasteners: Size and type indicated. Where rough carpentry is exposed to weather, in
ground contact, or in area of high relative humidity, provide fasteners with hot-dip zinc coating .�
complying with ASTM A 153.
1. Power-Driven Fasteners: CABO NER-272.
2. Bolts: Steel bolts complying with ASTM A 307, Grade A (ASTM F 568, Property
Class 4.6); with ASTM A 563 (ASTM A 563M) hex nuts and, where indicated, flat
washers.
B. Metal Framing Anchors: Hot-dip galvanized steel of structural capacity, type, and size �.
indicated.
C. Adhesives for Field Gluing Panels to Framing: APA AFG-01.
2.5 PANEL PRODUCTS .�
A. Telephone and Electrical Equipment Backing Panels: Plywood, Exposure 1, C-D Plugged,
fire-retardant treated, not less than 1/2 inch (12.7 mm) thick as required for new work.
PART 3 - EXECUTION
3.1 INSTALLATION
A. Set rough carpentry to required levels and lines, with members plumb, true to line, cut, and
fitted. Locate nailers, blocking, and similar supports to comply with requirements for
attaching other construction.
B. Securely attach rough carpentry to substrates, complying with the following:
1. CABO NER-272 for power-driven fasteners.
2. Published requirements of metal framing anchor manufacturer.
3. Table 2305.2 Fastening Schedule in the Massachusetts State Building Code
C. Fastening Methods: Comply with recommendations and "Code Plus" provisions in APA Form .�
No. E30K and the following:
1. Subflooring: Glue and nail to framing.
2. Sheathing: Nail to framing.
3. Underlayment: Nail or staple to subflooring.
END OF SECTION
ROUGH CARPENTRY 06100- 2 �""
Renovations to ISSUED FOR BIDDING 11/3/2008
Lamont/ALCAP Dining Room
ow Smith College
Northampton, Massachusetts
SECTION 06100 - ROUGH CARPENTRY
PART 1 -GENERAL
on 1.1 SECTION REQUIREMENTS
A. Submittals: Model code evaluation reports for treated wood, engineered wood products, and
building wrap.
PART 2 - PRODUCTS
2.1 WOOD PRODUCTS, GENERAL
A. Lumber: Provide dressed lumber, S4S, 15 percent maximum moisture content for 2-inch
nominal (38-mm actual)thickness or less, marked with grade stamp of inspection agency.
B. Wood Structural Panels: DOC PS 2. Provide plywood complying with DOC PS 1, where
plywood is indicated.
1. Comply with "Code Plus" provisions in APA Form No. E30K.
2.2 TREATED MATERIALS
IM
A. Preservative-Treated Materials: AWPA C2 lumber and AWPA C9 plywood, labeled by an
inspection agency approved by ALSC's Board of Review. After treatment, kiln-dry lumber
and plywood to 19 and 15 percent moisture content, respectively. Treat indicated items and
the following:
1. Wood members in connection with roofing;, flashing, vapor barriers, and waterproofing.
2. Concealed members in contact with masonry or concrete.
3. Wood framing members less than 18 inches (460 mm) above grade.
4. Wood floor plates installed over concrete slabs directly in contact with earth.
on B. Fire-Retardant-Treated Materials: Comply with performance requirements in AWPA C20
lumber and AWPA C27 plywood, labeled by a testing and inspecting agency acceptable to
authorities having jurisdiction.
1. Use treatment for which chemical manufacturer publishes physical properties of treated
wood after exposure to elevated temperatures, when tested by a qualified independent
testing agency according to ASTM D 5664, for lumber and ASTM D 5516, for plywood.
2. Use Interior Type A High Temperature (HT), unless otherwise indicated.
2.3 LUMBER
A. Dimension Lumber: The following grades are per inspection agency indicated:
o•
ROUGH CARPENTRY 06100- 1
4W
Renovations to ISSUED FOR BIDDING 11/3/2008
Lamont/ALCAP Dining Room am
Smith College
Northampton, Massachusetts
A. Install components plumb and level, in accordance with approved shop drawings and ""
product installation details.
1. Tops:
a. Flat and true to within 1/8" (3 mm) of a flat surface over a 10' length.
b. Allow a minimum of 1/16" to a maximum of 1/8" (3 mm) clearance between
surface and each wall.
B. Form field joints using manufacturer's recommended adhesive, with joint widths no
greater than 1/8" (3 mm) in finished work.
1. Keep components and hands clean when making joints.
C. Keep components and hands clean during installation.
1. Remove adhesives, sealants and other stains.
2. Components shall be clean on date of substantial completion.
D. Connections:
1. Make plumbing connections in accordance with Division 15.
2. Make electrical connections in accordance with Division 16.
3.2 CLEANING AND PROTECTION
.�r
A. Keep components clean during installation.
1. Remove adhesives, sealants and other stains.
B. Protect surfaces from damage until date of substantial completion.
1. Replace damaged work. `
END OF SECTION 04371
w
QUARTZ SURFACE FABRICATIONS 04731 - 6
Renovations to ISSUED FOR BIDDING 11/3/2008
Lamont/ALCAP Dining Room
ow Smith College
Northampton, Massachusetts
Density –2400 kg/m3
Water Absorption 0.12% ASTM C 373
Long-and Short-Term <0.04% ASTM D 570
Moisture Expansion <0.01% on average ASTM C 370
Toxicity Passes, LC50=68-128 Pittsburgh
Protocol
Flammability For all colors tested ASTM E 84,
UL 723
(Class I and Class A) and NFPA 255
Flame Spread Index FSI <10 for 3 cm and <15 for 2 cm
Smoke Developed Index SDI <50 for 3 cm and <100 for 2 cm
Nominal Thickness 2 cm and 3 cm
Nominal Weight 10 Ib./ft.2 (2 cm)
15 Ib./ft.2 (3 cm)
* NEMA results based on the NEMA LD 3-2000
2.3 ACCESSORY PRODUCTS
A. Joint adhesive:
on
1. DuPont-approved adhesive to create color-matched seam.
2.4 FACTORY FABRICATION
A. Shop assembly
1. Fabricate components to greatest extent practical to sizes and shapes indicated,
in accordance with approved shop drawings and manufacturer's printed
instructions and technical bulletins.
2. Form joints between components using manufacturer's standard joint adhesive
joints.
" a. Reinforce as required.
3. Provide factory cutouts for plumbing fittings and bath accessories as indicated on
the drawings.
4. Rout and finish component edges with clean, sharp returns.
a. Rout cutouts, radii and contours to template.
b. Smooth edges.
2.5 FINISHES
A. Architect to select from the manufacturer's standard color chart.
PART 3— EXECUTION
3.1 INSTALLATION
QUARTZ SURFACE FABRICATIONS 04731 - 5
Renovations to ISSUED FOR BIDDING 11/3/2008
Lamont/ALCAP Dining Room
Smith College
Northampton, Massachusetts
.w,
B. Thickness:
1. 3 cm (1 1/8").
C. Edge treatment:
1. Pencil edge **
D. Seam width:
1. <1/8" unless otherwise specified.
E. Performance characteristics: Zodiaq®physical properties data sheet:
Property Typical Result Test
Procedure
Flexural Strength >5,300 psi ASTM D 790
Flexural Modulus 5.3-5.7E6 psi ASTM D 790
Flexural Elongation >0.1% ASTM D 790
Compression Strength (Dry) —27,000 psi ASTM C 170
Compression Strength (Wet) 24,000 psi ASTM C 170
Hardness 7 Mohs' Hardness
Scale
Thermal Expansion 1.45 x 10-5 in./in./°C ASTM D 696
Gloss (60° Gardner) 45-50 ANSI Z 124
Colorfastness Passes ANSI Z
124.6.5.1
Wear and Cleanability Passes ANSI Z
124.6.5.3
Stain Resistance Passes ANSI Z 124.6
(stain 5.2,
chemical 5.5,
cigarette 5.4
resistances)
Fungal and Bacterial Resistance No growth ASTM G 21 & G
22
High Temperature None to slight effect NEMA LD
3.3.6*
Resistance (356°F)
Boiling Water Resistance None to slight effect NEMA LD
3.3.5*
Freeze-Thaw Cycling Unaffected ASTM C 1026
Point Impact Passes ANSI Z
124.6.4.2
Ball Impact 164 inches NEMA LD
3.3.8*
Slip Resistance Above 0.80 for textured models ASTM C 1028
Static Coefficient of Friction 0.89/0.61 (wet/dry) ASTM C 1028
(as received)
Static Coefficient of Friction 0.87/0.65 (wet/dry) ASTM C 1028
(with renovator)
Abrasion Resistance 139 ASTM C 501
Specific Gravity 2.44 ASTM D 792 "
QUARTZ SURFACE FABRICATIONS 04731 -4
Renovations to ISSUED FOR BIDDING 11/3/2008
Lamont/ALCAP Dining Room
Smith College
Northampton, Massachusetts
e 2. Fire test response characteristics:
a. Provide with the following Class A(Class 1)surface burning characteristics as
determined by testing identical products per UL 723 (ASTM E 84) or another
testing and inspecting agency acceptable to authorities having jurisdiction.
b. Flame Spread Index: 25 or less.
c. Smoke Developed Index: 450 or less.
D. Allowable tolerances:
1. Variation in component size: ±1/8" (3 rrim) over a 10' length.
2. Location of openings: ±1/8" (3 mm) from indicated location.
3. Maximum 1/8" (3 mm)clearance between quartz surfaces and each wall.
E. Pre-installation conference:
1. Conduct conference at project site to comply with requirements in Division 1.
W 1.5 DELIVERY, STORAGE AND HANDLING
A. Deliver no components to project site until areas are ready for installation.
OR B. Store components indoors prior to installation.
C. Handle materials to prevent damage to finished surfaces.
1. Provide protective coverings to prevent physical damage or staining following
installation for duration of project.
1.6 WARRANTY
A. Provide manufacturer's 10-year warranty against defects in materials.
1. Warranty shall provide material to repair or replace defective materials.
2. Damage caused by physical or chemical abuse or damage from excessive heat
will not be warranted.
pp 1.7 MAINTENANCE
A. Provide maintenance requirements as specified by the manufacturer.
PART 2—PRODUCTS
2.1 MANUFACTURERS
A. Subject to compliance with the requirements, provide the following product:
1. Zodiaq®quartz surfaces from DuPont(basis of design)
2.2 MATERIALS
A. Material:
1. Homogeneous quartz surfaces material.
2. Material shall have minimum physical and performance properties specified.
QUARTZ SURFACE FABRICATIONS 04731 - 3
Renovations to ISSUED FOR BIDDING 11/3/2008
Lamont/ALCAP Dining Room .W
Smith College
Northampton, Massachusetts
2. Approved samples will be retained as a standard for work.
D. Product data:
w
1. Indicate product description, fabrication information and compliance with
specified performance requirements.
E. Product certificates: *■
1. For each type of product, signed by product manufacturer.
G. Fabricator/installer qualifications:
1. Provide copy of certification number.
H. Manufacturer certificates:
1. Signed by manufacturers certifying that they comply with requirements.
I. NSF/ANSI standards:
1. Refer to www.nsf.org for the latest compliance to NSF/ANSI Standard 51 for food
zone—all food types.
J. Maintenance data:
1. Submit manufacturer's care and maintenance data.
a. Maintenance kit for finishes shall be submitted. *
2. Include in project closeout documents.
1.4 QUALITY ASSURANCE
A. Qualifications:
1. Shop that employs skilled workers who custom fabricate products similar to those
required for this project and whose products have a record of successful in-
service performance.
B. Fabricator/installer qualifications:
1. Work of this section shall be by a certified fabricator/installer, certified in writing
by the manufacturer.
C. Applicable standards:
1. Standards of the following, as referenced herein:
a. American National Standards Institute (ANSI)
b. American Society for Testing and Materials (ASTM)
c. National Electrical Manufacturers Association (NEMA)
d. NSF International
QUARTZ SURFACE FABRICATIONS 04731 - 2
Renovations to ISSUED FOR BIDDING 11/3/2008
Lamont/ALCAP Dining Room
' Smith College
Northampton, Massachusetts
SECTION 04731 -QUARTZ SURFACE FABRICATIONS
PART 1 —GENERAL
1.1 RELATED DOCUMENTS
A. Drawings and general provisions of the contract, including general and
supplementary conditions and Division 1 Specification Sections, apply to this Section.
` 1.2 SUMMARY
A. This Section includes the following horizontal and trim quartz surface product types:
1. Countertops with or without under mount bowls
2. Cold cafeteria surfaces
3. Hot cafeteria surfaces
B. Related Sections include the following:
am
1. Division 1 Section "Submittals"
2. Division 6 Section "Rough Carpentry"f'or Blocking.
3. Division 6 Section "Solid Surface Fabrications."
4. Division 15 Section "Plumbing Fixtures."
5. Division 16 Section "Wiring Devices."
1.3 SUBMITTALS
A. Product data:
1. For each type of product indicated.
B. Shop drawings:
1. Show location of each item, dimensioned plans and elevations, large-scale
details, attachment devices and other components.
a. Show the following:
1) Full-size details, edge details, attachments, etc.
2) Locations and sizes of furring, blocking, including concealed blocking
and reinforcement specified in other Sections.
3) Locations and sizes of cutouts and holes for plumbing fixtures, faucets,
soap dispensers, waste receptacle and other items installed in quartz
surface.
4) Seam locations.
C. Samples:
1. For each type of product indicated:
a. Submit minimum 2-inch by 2-inch sample in specified color.
b. Architect to select color from full range of manufacturer's standards.
QUARTZ SURFACE FABRICATIONS 04731 - 1
Renovations to ISSUED FOR BIDDING 11/3/2008
Lamont/ALCAP Dining Room ..
Smith College
Northampton, Massachusetts
properly executed warranties to the Architect within 15 days of completion of that
designated portion of the Work.
I. When the Contract Documents require the Contractor, or the Contractor and a subcontractor,
supplier or manufacturer to execute a special warranty, prepare a written document that
contains appropriate terms and identification, ready for execution by the required parties.
Submit a draft to the Owner, through the Architect, for approval prior to final execution.
1. Refer to Divisions 2 through 16 Sections for specific content requirements and particular
requirements for submitting special warranties.
J. Bind warranties and bonds in heavy-duty, commercial-quality, durable 3-ring, vinyl-covered w
loose-leaf binders, thickness as necessary to accommodate contents, and sized to receive 8-
1/2-by-11-inch (115-by-280-mm) paper.
1. Provide heavy paper dividers with celluloid covered tabs for each separate warranty.
Mark the tab to identify the product or installation. Provide a typed description of the
product or installation, including the name of the product, and the name, address, and
telephone number of the Installer.
2. Identify each binder on the front and spine with the typed or printed title "WARRANTIES,"
Project title or name, and name of the Contractor.
3. When warranted construction requires operation and maintenance manuals, provide
additional copies of each required warranty, as necessary, for inclusion in each required *�
manual.
1.2 PRODUCTS (Not Applicable)
1.3 EXECUTION (Not Applicable) ,■,
END OF SECTION 01740
w,.
w
WARRANTIES 01740- 2
Renovations to ISSUED FOR BIDDING 11/3/2008
Lamont/ALCAP Dining Room
Smith College
Northampton, Massachusetts
SECTION 01740 -WARRANTIES
1.1 GENERAL
A. Standard product warranties are preprinted written warranties published by individual
manufacturers for particular products and are specifically endorsed by the manufacturer to the
Owner.
B. Special warranties are written warranties required by or incorporated in the Contract
Documents, either to extend time limits provided by standard warranties or to provide greater
rights for the Owner.
1. Refer to the General Conditions for terms of the Contractor's period for correction of the
Work.
C. Disclaimers and Limitations: Manufacturer's disclaimers and limitations on product warranties
do not relieve the Contractor of the warranty on the Work that incorporates the products.
Manufacturer's disclaimers and limitations on product warranties do not relieve suppliers,
manufacturers, and subcontractors required to countersign special warranties with the
Contractor.
D. Related Damages and Losses: When correcting failed or damaged warranted construction,
remove and replace construction that has been damaged as a result of such failure or must be
removed and replaced to provide access for correction of warranted construction.
E. Reinstatement of Warranty: When Work covered by a warranty has failed and been corrected
by replacement or rebuilding, reinstate the warranty by written endorsement. The reinstated
warranty shall be equal to the original warranty with an equitable adjustment for depreciation.
F. Replacement Cost: Upon determination that Work covered by a warranty has failed, replace or
rebuild the Work to an acceptable condition complying with requirements of the Contract
Documents. The Contractor is responsible for the cost of replacing or rebuilding defective Work
regardless of whether the Owner has benefited from use of the Work through a portion of its
anticipated useful service life.
G. Owner's Recourse: Expressed warranties made to the Owner are in addition to implied
warranties and shall not limit the duties, obligations, rights, and remedies otherwise available
under the law. Expressed warranty periods shall not be interpreted as limitations on the time in
which the Owner can enforce such other duties, obligations, rights, or remedies.
1. Rejection of Warranties: The Owner reserves the right to reject warranties and to limit
selection to products with warranties not in conflict with requirements of the Contract
Documents.
2. Where the Contract Documents require a special warranty, or similar commitment, the
Owner reserves the right to refuse to accept the Work, until the Contractor presents
evidence that entities required to countersign such commitments are willing to do so.
Pill H. Submit written warranties to the Architect prior to the date certified for Substantial Completion.
If the Architect's Certificate of Substantial Completion designates a commencement date for
warranties other than the date of Substantial Completion, submit written warranties upon
No request of the Architect.
1. When a designated portion of the Work is completed and occupied or used by the Owner,
by separate agreement with the Contractor during the construction period, submit
WARRANTIES 01740 - 1
Renovations to ISSUED FOR BIDDING 11/3/2008
Lamont/ALCAP Dining Room
Smith College
. Northampton, Massachusetts
4. Identification systems.
5. Control sequences.
6. Hazards.
7. Warranties and bonds.
8. Maintenance agreements and similar continuing commitments.
B. As part of instruction for operating equipment, demonstrate the following:
„ 1. Startup and shutdown.
2. Emergency operations and safety procedures.
3. Noise and vibration adjustments.
C. Final Cleaning: Employ experienced cleaners for final cleaning. Clean each surface or unit
to the condition expected in a normal, commercial building cleaning and maintenance
program. Complete the following operations before requesting inspection for certification of
Substantial Completion.
1. Remove labels that are not permanent labels.
2. Clean transparent materials, including mirrors and glass. Remove glazing compounds.
Replace chipped or broken glass.
3. Clean exposed finishes to a dust-free condition, free of stains, films, and foreign
substances. Leave concrete floors broom clean. Vacuum carpeted surfaces.
4. Wipe surfaces of mechanical and electrical equipment. Remove excess lubrication.
Clean plumbing fixtures. Clean light fixtures and lamps.
5. Clean the site of rubbish, litter, and foreign substances. Sweep paved areas; remove
stains, spills, and foreign deposits. Rake grounds to a smooth, even-textured surface.
OR D. Pest Control: Engage a licensed exterminator to make a final inspection and rid the Project
of rodents, insects, and other pests.
E. Removal of Protection: Remove temporary protection and facilities.
F. Compliance: Comply with regulations of authorities having jurisdiction and safety standards
for cleaning. Remove waste materials and dispose of lawfully.
END OF SECTION
CONTRACT CLOSEOUT 01700 - 3
M 11
Renovations to ISSUED FOR BIDDING 11/3/2008
Lamont/ALCAP Dining Room
Smith College ,.
Northampton, Massachusetts
7. Submit evidence of continuing insurance coverage complying with insurance w�
requirements.
E. Reinspection Procedure: The Architect will reinspect the Work upon receipt of notice that the
Work has been completed, except for items whose completion is delayed under
circumstances acceptable to the Architect.
1. Upon completion of reinspection, the Architect will prepare a certificate of final
acceptance. If the Work is incomplete, the Architect will advise the Contractor of Work
that is incomplete or obligations that have not been fulfilled but are required.
2. If necessary, reinspection will be repeated.
F. Record Document Submittals: Do not use record documents for construction. Protect from
loss in a secure location. Provide access to record documents for the Architect's reference.
G. Record Drawings: Maintain a set of prints of Contract Drawings and Shop Drawings. Mark
the set to show the actual installation where the installation varies substantially from the Work
as originally shown. Mark the drawing most capable of showing conditions fully and
accurately. Give attention to concealed elements.
1. Mark sets with red pencil. Use other colors to distinguish between variations in separate
categories of the Work.
2. Organize record drawing sheets into manageable sets. Bind with durable-paper cover
sheets; print titles, dates, and other identification on the cover of each set.
H. Record Specifications: Maintain one (1) copy of the Project Manual, including addenda.
Mark to show variations in Work performed in comparison with the text of the Specifications
and modifications. Give attention to substitutions and selection of options and information on
concealed construction. Note related record drawing information and Product Data.
1. Upon completion of the Work, submit record Specifications to the Architect for the
Owner's records.
I. Maintenance Manuals: Organize operation and maintenance data into sets of manageable
size. Bind in individual, heavy-duty, 2-inch (51-mm), 3-ring, binders, with pocket folders for
folded sheet information. Mark identification on front and spine of each binder. Include the
following information:
1. Emergency instructions.
2. Spare parts list.
3. Copies of warranties.
4. Wiring diagrams.
5. Shop Drawings and Product Data.
2.0 PRODUCTS (Not Applicable)
3.0 EXECUTION w
A. Operation and Maintenance Instructions: Arrange for each Installer of equipment that
requires maintenance to provide instruction in proper operation and maintenance. Include a ,r,A
detailed review of the following items:
1. Maintenance manuals.
2. Spare parts, tools, and materials.
3. Lubricants and fuels. ■.
CONTRACT CLOSEOUT 01700- 2 '""
Renovations to ISSUED FOR BIDDING 11/3/2008
Lamont/ALCAP Dining Room
Smith College
Northampton, Massachusetts
SECTION 01700 - CONTRACT CLOSEOUT
1.0 GENERAL
A. Closeout requirements for specific construction activities are included in the appropriate
Sections in Divisions 2 through 16.
B. Substantial Completion: Before requesting inspection for certification of Substantial
Completion, complete the following:
1. In the Application for Payment that coincides with, or first follows, the date Substantial
Completion is claimed, show one hundred percent (100%) completion for the Work
claimed as substantially complete.
a. Include supporting documentation for completion and an accounting of changes to
the Contract Sum.
2. Advise the Owner of pending insurance changeover requirements.
3. Submit specific warranties, workmanship bonds, maintenance agreements, final
certifications, and similar documents.
4. Submit record drawings, maintenance manuals, final project photographs, damage or
settlement surveys, property surveys, and similar final record information.
5. Deliver tools, spare parts, extra stock, and similar items.
6. Changeover locks and transmit keys to the Owner.
7. Complete startup testing of systems and instruction of operation and maintenance
personnel. Remove temporary facilities, mockups, construction tools, and similar
elements.
8. Complete final cleanup requirements, including touchup painting.
9. Touch up and repair and restore marred, exposed finishes.
C. Inspection Procedures: On receipt of a request for inspection, the Architect will proceed or
advise the Contractor of unfilled requirements. The Architect will prepare the Certificate of
Substantial Completion following inspection or advise the Contractor of construction that must
be completed or corrected before the certificate will be issued.
1. The Architect will repeat inspection when requested and assured that the Work is
substantially complete.
2. Results of the completed inspection will form the basis of requirements for final
acceptance.
D. Final Acceptance: Before requesting inspection for certification of final acceptance and final
payment, complete the following:
1. Final payment request with releases and supporting documentation. Include insurance
certificates where required.
fX 2. Submit a statement, accounting for changes to the Contract Sum.
3. Submit a copy of the final inspection list stating that each item has been completed or
otherwise resolved for acceptance.
4. Submit final meter readings for utilities, a record of stored fuel, and similar data as of the
date of Substantial Completion.
5. Submit consent of surety to final payment.
6. Submit a final settlement statement.
CONTRACT CLOSEOUT 01700 - 1
Renovations to ISSUED FOR BIDDING 11/3/2008
Lamont/ALCAP Dining Room
Smith College
Northampton, Massachusetts
1. Extensive revisions to the Contract Documents are not required. m
2. Changes are in keeping with the intent of the Contract Documents.
3. The specified product cannot be provided within the Contract Time. The Architect will not
consider the request if the specified product cannot be provided as a result of failure to
pursue the Work promptly.
4. The request is related to an "or-equal" clause.
5. The substitution offers the Owner a substantial advantage, in cost, time, or other
considerations, after deducting compensation to the Architect for redesign and increased
cost of other construction.
6. The specified product cannot receive approval by a governing authority, and the
substitution can be approved.
B. The Contractor's submittal and the Architect's acceptance of Shop Drawings, Product Data,
or Samples for construction not complying with the Contract Documents do not constitute an
acceptable request for substitution, nor do they constitute approval. ..
3.0 EXECUTION (Not Applicable)
END OF SECTION
w
SUBSTITUTIONS 01631 -2 ' "
Renovations to ISSUED FOR BIDDING 11/3/2008
Lamont/ALCAP Dining Room
Smith College
Northampton, Massachusetts
SECTION 01631 -SUBSTITUTIONS
1.1 GENERAL
A. Substitutions: Changes in products, materials, equipment, and methods of construction
required by the Contract Documents proposed after award of the Contract are considered
requests for substitutions. The following are not requests for substitutions:
1. Substitutions requested during the bidding period and accepted by Addendum prior to
award of the Contract.
2. Revisions to the Contract Documents requested by the Owner.
3. Specified options included in the Contract Documents.
4. Contractor's compliance with regulations issued by governing authorities.
B. Substitution Request Submittal: The Architect will consider requests for substitution received
within sixty (60) days after commencement of the Work.
1. Submit three (3) copies of each request for substitution. Submit requests according to
procedures required for change-order proposals.
2. Identify the product or method to be replaced in each request. Include related
Specification Section and Drawing numbers.
3. Provide documentation showing compliance with the requirements for substitutions and
the following information:
a. Coordination information, including a list of changes needed to other Work that will
be necessary to accommodate the substitution.
b. A comparison of the substitution with the Work specified, including performance,
weight, size, durability, and visual effect.
c. Product Data, including Drawings and descriptions of products and installation
procedures.
d. Samples,where applicable or requested.
e. A statement indicating the effect on the Contractor's Construction Schedule
compared to the schedule without approval of the substitution. Indicate the effect of
the substitution on Contract Time.
f. Cost information, including a proposal of the net change, if any in the Contract Sum.
g. Certification that the substitution conforms to the Contract Documents and is
appropriate for the applications indicated.
h. The Contractor's waiver of rights to additional payment or time that may become
necessary because of the failure of the substitution to perform adequately.
4. Architect's Action: If necessary, the Architect will request additional information within
one (1) week of receipt of a request for substitution. The Architect will notify the
Contractor of acceptance or rejection within two (2) weeks of receipt of the request.
Acceptance will be in the form of a change order.
a. Use the product specified if the Architect cannot make a decision within the time
allocated.
2.0 PRODUCTS
A. Conditions: The Architect will receive and consider a request for substitution when one (1) or
more of the following conditions are satisfied. Otherwise, the Architect will return the
po requests without action except to record noncompliance with these requirements.
SUBSTITUTIONS 01631 - 1
Renovations to ISSUED FOR BIDDING 11/3/2008
Lamont/ALCAP Dining Room
Smith College
Northampton, Massachusetts
2.0 EXECUTION
A. Comply with manufacturer's instructions for installation of products. Anchor each product
securely in place, accurately located and aligned with other Work. Clean exposed surfaces
and protect as necessary to ensure freedom from damage and deterioration at time of
Substantial Completion.
END OF SECTION
OR
on
�w
w
MATERIALS AND EQUIPMENT 01600 - 3
Renovations to ISSUED FOR BIDDING 11/3/2008
Lamont/ALCAP Dining Room
Smith College
Northampton, Massachusetts
4. Store products to facilitate inspection and measurement of quantity or counting of units.
Store heavy materials away from the structure in a manner that will not endanger the
supporting construction.
5. Store products subject to damage by the elements aboveground, under cover in a
weathertight enclosure, with ventilation adequate to prevent condensation. Maintain
temperature and humidity within range required by manufacturer's instructions.
ON
2.0 PRODUCTS
A. General Product Requirements: Provide products that comply with the Contract Documents, Im
that are undamaged and, unless otherwise indicated, new at the time of installation.
1. Provide products complete with accessories, trim, finish, safety guards, and other devices
and details needed for a complete installation and the intended use and effect. NP
2. Standard Products: Where available, provide standard products of types that have been
produced and used successfully in similar situations on other projects.
B. Product Selection Procedures: Procedures governing product selection include the following: go
1. Proprietary Specification Requirements: Where Specifications name only a single
product or manufacturer, provide the product indicated. No substitutions will be
permitted. ,
2. Semiproprietary Specification Requirements: Where Specifications name two (2) or more
products or manufacturers, provide one (1) of the products indicated. No substitutions
will be permitted.
a. Where products are specified by name, accompanied by the term "or equal," comply
with provisions concerning "substitutions" to obtain approval for use of an unnamed
product.
3. Nonproprietary Specifications: When Specifications list products or manufacturers that
are available and may be incorporated in the Work, but do not restrict the Contractor to
use of these products only, the Contractor may propose any available product that
complies with Contract requirements. Comply with Contract Document provisions
concerning "substitutions" to obtain approval for use of an unnamed product.
4. Descriptive Specification Requirements: Where Specifications describe a product, listing
characteristics required, with or without use of a brand name, provide a product that '■"'
provides the characteristics and otherwise complies with requirements.
5. Performance Specification Requirements: Where Specifications require compliance with
performance requirements, provide products that comply and are recommended for the
application. Manufacturer's recommendations may be contained in product literature or
by the manufacturer's certification of performance.
6. Compliance with Standards, Codes, and Regulations: Where Specifications only require
compliance with an imposed code, standard, or regulation, select a product that complies ..
with the standards, codes, or regulations specified.
7. Visual Matching: Where Specifications require matching a Sample, the Architect's
decision on whether a product matches will be final. Where no product in the specified
category matches and complies with other requirements, comply with provisions w
concerning "substitutions"for selection of a matching product in another category.
8. Visual Selection: Where requirements include the phrase "... as selected from
manufacturer's standard colors, patterns, textures ..." or a similar phrase, select a product ..►
that complies with other requirements. The Architect will select the color, pattern, and
texture from the product line selected.
..
MATERIALS AND EQUIPMENT 01600- 2 a,
` Renovations to ISSUED FOR BIDDING 11/3/2008
Lamont/ALCAP Dining Room
Smith College
Northampton, Massachusetts
r SECTION 01600 - MATERIALS AND EQUIPMENT
1.1 GENERAL
A. "Products" are items purchased for incorporation in the Work, whether purchased for the
Project or taken from previously purchased stock.
e 1. "Named Products" are items identified by the manufacturer's product name, including
make or model number or designation, shown or listed in the manufacturer's published
product literature.
B. "Materials" are products substantially shaped, cut, worked, mixed, finished, refined or
otherwise fabricated, processed, or installed to form a part of the Work.
C. "Equipment" is a product with operational parts, whether motorized or manually operated,
that requires service connections, such as wiring or piping.
D. Source Limitations: To the fullest extent possible, provide products of the same kind from a
single source.
1. When the Contractor is given the option of selecting between two (2) or more products for
use on the Project, the product selected shall be compatible with products previously
selected.
E. Nameplates: Except for required labels and operating data, do not attach manufacturer's
nameplates or trademarks on surfaces exposed to view in occupied spaces or on the
exterior.
1. Labels: Locate required product labels and stamps on concealed surfaces or, where
on required for observation after installation, on accessible surfaces that are not
conspicuous.
2. Equipment Nameplates: Provide a permanent nameplate on each item of service-
connected or power-operated equipment. Locate on an easily accessible surface that is
! inconspicuous in occupied spaces. The nameplate shall contain the following information
and other essential operating data:
a. Name of product and manufacturer.
op b. Model and serial number.
c. Capacity.
d. Speed.
e. Ratings.
G. Deliver, store, and handle products according to the manufacturer's recommendations, using
means and methods that will prevent damage, deterioration, and loss, including theft.
1. Schedule delivery to minimize long-term storage and to prevent overcrowding
construction spaces. Coordinate with installation to assure minimum holding time for
items that are flammable, hazardous, easily damaged, or sensitive to deterioration, theft,
OR and other losses.
2. Deliver products in manufacturer's original sealed container or other packaging system,
complete with labels and instructions for handling, storing, unpacking, protecting, and
installing.
3. Inspect products upon delivery to ensure compliance with the Contract Documents and to
ensure that products are undamaged and properly protected.
MATERIALS AND EQUIPMENT 01600 - 1
Renovations to ISSUED FOR BIDDING 11/3/2008
Lamont/ALCAP Dining Room ..
Smith College
Northampton, Massachusetts
C. Instruction: The Contractor or his designated waste manager shall provide on-site instruction
regarding appropriate separation, handling, and recycling, salvage, reuse, and/or return
methods to be used by all involved parties at the appropriate stages of the Project.
D. Separation facilities: As appropriate during each stage of the Project, the Contractor shall lay
out and label a specific area(s)to facilitate separation of materials for potential recycling,
salvage, reuse, and return. Recycling and waste bin areas are to be kept neat and clean and
clearly marked in order to avoid contamination of materials.
E. Hazardous wastes: Hazardous wastes shall be separated and disposed of according to Local
Regulations
1.9 Reporting Required at Time of Invoicing
A. Application for Progress Payments: The Contractor shall submit with each Application for
Progress Payment a Summary of Waste generated by the Project. Failure to submit this
information shall render the Application for Payment incomplete and shall delay Progress
Payment. The Summary shall be submitted on a form acceptable to the Owner and shall
contain the following information:
1. The amount(in tons)of material landfilled from the Project, the identity of the landfill, the
total amount of tipping fees paid, transportation costs (if separate) and the total disposal
cost. Include manifests, weight tickets, receipt, and invoices.
2. For each material recycled, reused, or salvaged from the Project, the amount(in tons or
cubic yards), the date removed from the job site, the receiving party, the transportation
cost, the amount of any money paid or received for the recycled or salvaged material,
and the net total cost or savings of salvage or recycling each material. Attach manifests,
weight tickets, receipts, and invoices.
an
END OF SECTION
no
to
.a
nw
CONSTRUCTION AND DEMOLITION WASTE MANAGEMENT 01505-4
Renovations to ISSUED FOR BIDDING 11/3/2008
Lamont/ALCAP Dining Room
Smith College
r Northampton, Massachusetts
5. Cathode Ray Tubes(CRTs) including computer monitors
6. Metal, Plastic and Glass Containers
7. Recyclable Paper
1.6 Resources for Development of Waste Management Plan
A. The following sources may be useful in developing the Draft Waste Management Plan:
1. Recycling Haulers and Markets. An extensive list of Massachusetts haulers and markets
for recyclable materials is available on-line at the following URL:
http://www.wastecap.org/wastecap/rsd2003. This list is provided for information only and
may not comprehensive; other haulers and markets may also be available.
1.7 Final Waste Management Plan
A_ Once Smith College has considered the draft Waste Management Plan and made
appropriate suggested modifications, the Contractor shall submit,within fourteen (14)
Calendar days of receiving such suggested modifications, a Final Waste Management Plan,
incorporating Smith College's input. The Final Waste Management Plan shall contain the
following:
1. Analysis of the proposed job site wastes to be generated, including types and
approximate quantities.
2. Disposal options: The name of all landfill(s)and/or incinerator(s) proposed for trash
disposal, the respective tipping fee(s)for each of these disposal options including
transportation costs, and the projected cost of disposing of all Project waste in the
landfill(s)
3. Alternatives to Landfilling: A list of the waste materials from the Project that will be
separated for reuse, salvage, or recycling.
4. Markets: A list of the market(s) or other on-site or off-site end use(s)that will be used for
each material that will be separated for reuse, salvage, or recycling.
5. Materials Handling Procedures: A description of the means to be employed in separating
+ ' and recycling the materials identified in item (3)above consistent with requirements for
acceptance by designated facilities, including the means by which such materials will be
protected from contamination.
6. Transportation: A description of the means of transportation of the recyclable materials
(whether materials will be site-separated and hauled to designated markets, or whether
mixed materials will be collected by a hauler and removed from the site and later
separated for recycling).
7. Cost of Reuse, Salvage, or Recycling. An estimate of the cost, including separation,
transportation, and marketing, to reuse, salvage, or recycle the materials identified in
item (3) above.
an 8. Meetings: A description of the regular meetings to be held to address waste
management. Refer to Section 01200 - Project Meetings
1.8 Waste Management Plan Implementation
A. Manager: The Contractor shall designate a specific party (or parties) responsible for
instructing workers in recycling and overseeing and documenting results of the Waste
Management Plan for the Project.
B. Distribution: The Contractor shall distribute copies of the Waste Management Plan to the Job
Site Foreman, each Subcontractor, the Owner, and the Architect.
CONSTRUCTION AND DEMOLITION WASTE MANAGEMENT 01505- 3
Renovations to ISSUED FOR BIDDING 11/3/2008
Lamont/ALCAP Dining Room
Smith College
Northampton, Massachusetts
3. Alternatives to Landfill Disposal/Incineration: A list of each material proposed to be
salvaged, reused, or recycled during the course of the Project, the proposed end use or
market for each material, the respective tipping fees for each end use or market
(including transportation costs), and the estimated net cost savings or cost increase
resulting from recycling each material (versus landfilling or other disposal), taking into
account revenue from the sale of recycled or salvaged materials and tipping fees saved
due to diversion of materials.
4. The Draft Waste Management Plan shall include, at a minimum, the materials included in
Section 1.5 that are required to be reused or recycled.
B. Following the submittal of the Draft Waste Management Plan, Smith College and the architect
will review the plan and consider the proposed recycling and waste disposal alternatives
Smith College and/or the architect may suggest alternatives to the proposed disposal options
in order to increase recycling, reduce costs, or both.
1.5 Materials for Which Recycling Is Required
A. Smith College requires that, as a minimum, the following materials must be considered for
recycling, salvage, or reuse during this project:
1. Asphalt
2. Concrete, concrete block, concrete masonry units (CMU), slump stone (decorative
concrete block), and rocks
3. Asphalt Concrete
4. Brick
5. Paper, including bond, newsprint, cardboard, mixed paper, packing materials, and
packaging
6. Cement Fiber Products, including shingles, panels, siding
7. Paint ..
8. Rigid Foam
9. Glass
10. Plastics
11. Carpet and Pad
12. Beverage Containers
13. Insulation
14. Gypsum Wallboard .�
15. Porcelain Plumbing Fixtures
16. Fluorescent Light Tubes, per Local Regulatory recommendations
17. Green materials (i.e. tree trimmings and land clearing debris).
18. Metals including, but not limited to, stud trim, ductwork, piping, reinforcing steel (rebar),
roofing, other trim, steel, iron, galvanized sheet steel, stainless steel, aluminum, copper,
zinc, lead, brass, and bronze. (ferrous and non-ferrous).
19. Soils
20. Wood, including clean dimensional wood, pallet wood, plywood, oriented strand board
(OSB), particle board
B. The Contractor should be aware that the Commonwealth of Massachusetts has banned the
following waste streams from incineration or landfill disposal. These items may not be
included in waste destined for incineration or landfills:
1. Lead-acid batteries
2. Leaves and Yard Waste
3. Whole Tires
4. White Goods (Appliances)
CONSTRUCTION AND DEMOLITION WASTE MANAGEMENT 01505- 2
Renovations to ISSUED FOR BIDDING 11/3/2008
Lamont/ALCAP Dining Room
Smith College
Northampton, Massachusetts
SECTION 01505 -CONSTRUCTION AND DEMOLITION WASTE MANAGEMENT
PART 1 -GENERAL
1.1 Related Sections
A. Section 01094 - Definitions
B. Section 01300 - Submittals
C. Section 01600 - Materials and Equipment
D. Section 09515 - Selective Acoustical Ceiling Demolition
1.2 Description of Work
A. This section describes the requirements for the Contractor and all subcontractors to minimize
construction waste and debris and to reuse, salvage, and recycle to the greatest extent
feasible.
B. This section includes a statement of Smith College's Waste Management Goals,
requirements for the development of a draft and final Waste Management Plan, a reference
to resources to assist in recycling, and steps for Management Plan Implementation.
C. This section specifies certain wastes that are required to be recycled.
D. This section specifies obligations for reporting to Smith College weights of materials recycled
and materials not recycled or reused throughout the project.
1.3 Intent and Waste Management Goals
A. Smith College's waste management goals include increased recycling and conservation of
materials.
B. Smith College has determined that reducing, to the maximum extent practicable, the amount
of waste disposed of in this project is a high priority. The Contractor and subcontractors shall
take steps to generate the least amount of waste possible by minimizing waste due to error,
op poor planning, breakage, mishandling, contamination, or other factors.
C. Of the inevitable waste that is generated, as many of the waste materials as economically
feasible shall be segregated for reuse, salvage, or recycling, or recycled as mixed debris. In
no case shall material be disposed of in a landfill or incinerator where an approved and less
costly recycling or reuse alternative exists. Waste disposal in landfills and incinerators shall
be minimized and shall be considered the alternative of last resort.
D. With regard to these goals the Contractor shall develop, for the Owner's review and approval,
a Waste Management Plan for this Project as described in Section 1.4.
1.4 Draft Waste Management Plan
A. Within fourteen (14) calendar days after receipt of Notice of Award of Bid, and prior to any
waste removal, the Contractor shall submit a Draft Waste Management Plan to Smith College
and Thomas Douglas Architects, Inc. The Draft Waste Management Plan shall contain, as a
go minimum:
1. A written analysis of the project wastes expected to be generated, by type and
approximate quantity.
2. Disposal options: The name of all landfill(s)and/or incinerator(s) proposed for trash
disposal, the respective tipping fee(s)for each of these disposal options including
transportation costs, and the projected cost of disposing of all Project waste in the
landfill(s).
CONSTRUCTION AND DEMOLITION WASTE MANAGEMENT 01505- 1
Renovations to ISSUED FOR BIDDING 11/3/2008
Lamont/ALCAP Dining Room 00
Smith College
Northampton, Massachusetts
on
a. Provide open-mesh, chainlink fencing with posts set in a compacted mixture of gravel
and earth.
b. Provide plywood fence, 8 feet (2.5 m) high, framed with four 2-by-4-inch (50-by-100- 1W
mm) rails, and preservative-treated wood posts spaced not more than 8 feet (2.5 m)
apart.
4. Security Enclosure and Lockup: Install temporary enclosure of partially completed areas
of construction. Provide locking entrances to prevent unauthorized entrance, vandalism,
and theft. Provide a secure lockup where materials and equipment are of value and must
be stored.
5. Environmental Protection: Operate temporary facilities and conduct construction in ways ,.
that comply with environmental regulations and minimize the possibility that air,
waterways, and subsoil might be contaminated or polluted. Avoid use of tools and
equipment that produce harmful noise. Restrict use of noise-making equipment to hours
that will minimize complaints. *eM
E. Operation: Enforce discipline in use of temporary facilities. Limit availability to intended uses
to minimize waste and abuse.
F. Maintenance: Maintain facilities in operating condition until removal. Protect from damage
by freezing temperatures and similar elements. Maintain temporary enclosures, heating,
cooling, humidity control, ventilation, and similar facilities on a 24-hour basis where required
to achieve indicated results and to avoid damage.
G. Protection: Prevent water-filled piping from freezing. Maintain markers for underground
lines. Protect during excavation.
H. Termination and Removal: Remove each temporary facility when the need has ended, when
replaced by a permanent facility, or no later than Substantial Completion. Complete or
restore permanent construction delayed because of interference with the temporary facility.
Repair damaged Work, clean exposed surfaces, and replace construction that cannot be
satisfactorily repaired.
1. Materials and temporary facilities are the Contractor's property. The Owner reserves the
right to take possession of project identification signs.
2. Remove temporary paving. Where the area is intended for landscape development,
remove soil and aggregate fill that do not comply with requirements for fill or subsoil in
the area. Remove materials contaminated with oil, asphalt and other petrochemical
compounds, and substances that might impair growth of plant materials or lawns. Repair
or replace paving, curbs, and sidewalks at the temporary entrances, as required by the
governing authority.
3. At Substantial Completion, clean and renovate permanent facilities used during the
construction period.
a. Replace air filters and clean inside of ductwork and housings.
b. Replace worn parts and parts subject to unusual operating conditions.
c. Replace burned out lamps.
END OF SECTION
CONSTRUCTION FACILITIES AND TEMPORARY CONTROLS 01500-4 w
Renovations to ISSUED FOR BIDDING 11/3/2008
Lamont/ALCAP Dining Room
Smith College
Northampton, Massachusetts
1. Temporary Enclosures: Provide temporary enclosures for protection of construction from
exposure, foul weather, other construction operations, and similar activities. Where heat
is needed and the permanent building enclosure is not complete, provide temporary
enclosures where there is no other provision for containment of heat. Coordinate
enclosure with ventilating and material drying or curing requirements to avoid dangerous
conditions.
a. Install tarpaulins securely, with incombustible wood framing and other materials.
Close openings of 25 sq. ft. (2.3 sq. m)or less with plywood or similar materials.
b. Close openings through floor or roof decks and horizontal surfaces with load-bearing,
wood-framed construction.
2. Temporary Lifts and Hoists: Provide facilities for hoisting materials and employees.
3. Project Signs: Install project identification and other signs where indicated to inform the
public and persons seeking entrance to the Project. Support on framing of preservative-
treated wood or steel. Do not permit installation of unauthorized signs. Engage an
experienced sign painter to apply graphics. Comply with details indicated.
4. Temporary Exterior Lighting: Install exterior yard and sign lights so signs are visible
when Work is being performed.
5. Waste Collection and Disposal: Collect waste daily. Comply with requirements of
NFPA 241. Enforce requirements strictly. Handle hazardous, dangerous, or unsanitary
waste materials separately from other waste by containerizing properly. Dispose of
material lawfully.
a. Do not hold materials more than seven (7) days during normal weather or 3 days
when the temperature is expected to rise above 80 deg F (27 deg C).
b. Refer to Section 01505 Construction and Demolition Waste Management for
additional Information.
5. Stairs: Provide temporary stairs where ladders are not adequate. Cover finished,
permanent stairs with a protective covering of plywood or similar material so finishes will
be undamaged at the time of acceptance.
D. Security and Protection Facilities Installation: Except for use of permanent fire protection as
soon as available, do not change over from use of temporary security and protection facilities
to permanent facilities until Substantial Completion.
1. Temporary Fire Protection: Until permanent facilities supply fire-protection needs, install
and maintain temporary fire-protection facilities of types needed to protect against
controllable fire losses. Comply with NFPA 10 and NFPA 241.
a. Locate fire extinguishers where convenient and effective for their intended purpose,
but not less than one extinguisher on each floor at or near each usable stairwell.
Maintain unobstructed access to fire extinguishers.
b. Store combustible materials in containers in fire-safe locations.
c. Prohibit smoking in hazardous fire-exposure areas.
d. Provide supervision of welding operations, combustion-type temporary heating units,
and similar sources of fire ignition.
2. Barricades, Warning Signs, and Lights: Comply with code requirements for erection of
barricades. Paint with appropriate colors, graphics, and warning signs. Where
appropriate and needed, provide lighting, including flashing red or amber lights.
3. Enclosure Fence: Before excavation begins, install an enclosure fence with lockable
entrance gates to enclose the entire site or the portion sufficient to accommodate
00 construction.
CONSTRUCTION FACILITIES AND TEMPORARY CONTROLS 01500- 3
ON
Renovations to ISSUED FOR BIDDING 11/3/2008
Lamont/ALCAP Dining Room 0"
Smith College
Northampton, Massachusetts
persist on-site. Return facilities to pre-construction condition at job completion. Clean job '
office and associated spaces at project completion.
B. Temporary Utility Installation: As required. Engage the local utility company to install .,
temporary service or connect to existing service as required if unavailable from existing
building services. Where company provides only part of the service, provide the remainder
with matching, compatible materials and equipment. Comply with utility company and Smith
College recommendations. *■
1. Arrange with company and Smith College for a time when service can be interrupted to
make connections for temporary services.
2. Provide adequate capacity at each stage of construction. Prior to temporary utility
availability, provide trucked-in services.
3. Obtain easements to bring temporary utilities to the site where the Owner's easements
cannot be used for that purpose.
4. Use Charges: Cost or use charges for temporary facilities are not chargeable to the
Owner or Architect. Neither the Owner nor Architect will accept cost or use charges as a
basis of claims for Change Orders.
5. Temporary Water Service: Install temporary water service and distribution piping of sizes
and pressures adequate for construction. Maintain service until permanent water service
is in use. Sterilize piping prior to use.
6. Temporary Electric Power: Provide weatherproof, grounded electric power service and
distribution system of sufficient size, capacity, and power characteristics. Include meters,
transformers, overload-protected disconnects, automatic ground-fault interrupters, and
main distribution switch gear. Install service underground.
a. Power Distribution: Install wiring overhead and rise vertically where least exposed to
damage.
b. Temporary Lighting: Provide temporary lighting with local switching to fulfill security
requirements and illumination for construction operations and traffic conditions.
7. Temporary Heat: Provide temporary heat for curing or drying of completed installations ..
or for protection of installed construction from adverse effects of low temperatures or high
humidity. Select equipment that will not have a harmful effect on completed installations.
Coordinate ventilation requirements to produce ambient condition required and minimize
consumption of energy.
a. Heating Facilities: Except where the Owner authorizes use of the permanent system,
provide vented, self-contained, LP-gas or fuel-oil heaters with individual space
thermostatic control. Use of gasoline-burning space heaters, open flame, or
salamander heating units is prohibited.
8. Temporary Telephones: Smith College will provide connection for site telephone, data
and fax in the provided field office space. Post a list of important telephone numbers near
telephone. Smith College shall provide a telephone and data connection. General
contractor responsible for phone, fax and computers.
9. Sanitary Facilities: Smith College shall provide location for sanitary facilities for job.
General contractor shall provide toilet tissue, paper towels, paper cups, and similar
disposable materials for each facility. Provide covered waste containers. Contractor shall
be responsible for maintenance of facilites during construction. Contractor shall clean
facilites at construction conclusion and return in "like new"condition.
C. Support Facilities:
CONSTRUCTION FACILITIES AND TEMPORARY CONTROLS 01500- 2
Renovations to ISSUED FOR BIDDING 11/3/2008
Lamont/ALCAP Dining Room
Smith College
Northampton, Massachusetts
SECTION 01500 -CONSTRUCTION FACILITIES AND TEMPORARY CONTROLS
1.0 GENERAL
A. Summary: This Section specifies construction facilities and temporary controls including
temporary utilities, support facilities, and security and protection facilities.
B. Regulations: Comply with industry standards and applicable laws and regulations of
authorities having jurisdiction including, but not limited to, the following:
1. Building code requirements.
2. Health and safety regulations.
3. Utility company regulations.
4. Police, fire department, and rescue squad rules.
5. Environmental protection regulations.
C. Standards: Comply with NFPA 241 "Standard for Safeguarding Construction, Alterations,
and Demolition Operations," ANSI A10 Series standards for "Safety Requirements for
Construction and Demolition," and NECA Electrical Design Library "Temporary Electrical
Facilities."
W 1. Electrical Service: Comply with NEMA, NECA, and UL standards and regulations for
_ temporary electric service. Install service in compliance with NFPA 70 "National Electric
Code."
D. Inspections: Arrange for authorities having jurisdiction to inspect and test each temporary
utility before use. Obtain required certifications and permits.
E. Temporary Utilities: Prepare a schedule indicating dates for implementation and termination
of each temporary utility. Submit reports of tests, inspections, meter readings, and
procedures performed on temporary utilities. At the earliest time, change over from use of
temporary service to use of permanent service.
F. Refer to "Smith College's Owner Conditions"for additional requirements.
2.0 EXECUTION
A. Smith College shall provide a temporary job site office on the premises for the duration of the
project.
1. Coordinate with Smith College Physical Plant
2. Additional space may be provided on as needed basis.
B. Facilities shall be located where they will serve the Project adequately and result in minimum
interference with performance of the Work. Relocate and modify facilities as required.
1. Provide each facility ready for use when needed to avoid delay. Maintain and modify as
required. Do not remove until facilities are no longer needed or are replaced by
authorized use of completed permanent facilities.
2. Conditions of Use: Keep temporary facilities clean and neat in appearance. Operate
safely and efficiently. Relocate as the Work progresses. Do not overload facilities or
permit them to interfere with progress. Take necessary fire-prevention measures. Do not
allow hazardous, dangerous, or unsanitary conditions, or public nuisances to develop or
± ► CONSTRUCTION FACILITIES AND TEMPORARY CONTROLS 01500 - 1
Renovations to ISSUED FOR BIDDING 11/3/2008
Lamont/ALCAP Dining Room
Smith College
Northampton, Massachusetts
C. Repair and protection are Contractor's responsibility, regardless of the assignment of
responsibility for inspection and testing.
END OF SECTION
+? QUALITY CONTROL 01400 - 3
Renovations to ISSUED FOR BIDDING 11/3/2008
Lamont/ALCAP Dining Room
Smith College
Northampton, Massachusetts
1. The agency shall notify the Architect and the Contractor of irregularities or deficiencies
observed in the Work during performance of its services.
2. The agency shall not release, revoke, alter, or enlarge requirements or approve or accept
any portion of the Work.
3. The agency shall not perform duties of the Contractor.
F. Coordination: Coordinate activities to accommodate services with a minimum of delay.
Avoid removing and replacing construction to accommodate inspections and tests.
1. The Contractor is responsible for scheduling inspections, tests, taking samples, and
similar activities.
G. Submittals: The testing agency shall submit a certified written report, in duplicate, of each
inspection and test to the Architect. If the Contractor is responsible for the service, submit a
certified written report, in duplicate, of each inspection or test through the Contractor.
1. Submit additional copies of each report to the governing authority, when the authority so
directs.
2. Report Data: Reports of each inspection, test, or similar service include, but are not
limited to, the following:
a. Date of issue.
b. Project title and number.
c. Name, address, and telephone number of testing agency.
d. Dates and locations of samples and tests or inspections.
e. Names of individuals making the inspection or test.
f. Designation of the Work and test method.
g. Identification of product and Specification Section.
h. Complete inspection or test data.
i. Test results and an interpretation of test results.
j. Ambient conditions at the time of sample taking and testing.
k. Comments or professional opinion on whether inspected or tested Work complies
with requirements.
I. Name and signature of laboratory inspector.
m. Recommendations on retesting.
H. Qualifications for Service Agencies: Engage inspection and testing service agencies that are
prequalified as complying with the American Council of Independent Laboratories'
"Recommended Requirements for Independent Laboratory Qualification" and that specialize
in the types of inspections and tests to be performed.
1. Each agency shall be authorized by authorities having jurisdiction to operate in the state
where the Project is located.
2.0 PRODUCTS (Not Applicable)
3.0 EXECUTION +s*
A. Repair and Protection: Upon completion of inspection, testing, and sample taking, repair
damaged construction. Restore substrates and finishes. Comply with Division 1 Section ..
"Cutting and Patching."
B. Protect construction exposed by or for quality-control service activities, and protect repaired
construction.
QUALITY CONTROL 01400 - 2 w
Renovations to ISSUED FOR BIDDING 11/3/2008
Lamont/ALCAP Dining Room
Smith College
Northampton, Massachusetts
SECTION 01400 -QUALITY CONTROL
1.0 GENERAL
A. Quality-control services include inspections, tests, and related actions, including reports
performed by Contractor, by independent agencies, and by governing authorities. They do
not include contract enforcement activities performed by the Architect.
" B. Contractor Responsibilities: Unless they are the responsibility of another entity, Contractor
shall provide inspections and tests specified elsewhere and required by authorities having
jurisdiction. Costs for these services are included in the Contract Sum.
1. Where inspections and tests are the Contractor's responsibility, the Contractor shall
employ and pay a qualified independent testing agency to perform these services. Costs
for these services are included in the Contract Sum.
2. Where inspections and tests are the Owner's responsibility, the Owner will employ and
pay a qualified independent testing agency to perform those services.
3. Where inspections and tests are the Owner's responsibility, the Owner will engage the
services of a qualified independent testing agency to perform those services. Payment
will be made from the Inspection and Testing Allowance, as authorized by Change
Orders.
a. Where the Owner engages an agency to test or inspect part of the Work and the
Contractor is required to engage an entity to test or inspect the same or related
element, the Contractor shall not employ the entity engaged by the Owner, unless
the Owner agrees in writing.
C. Retesting: The Contractor is responsible for retesting where results of inspections and tests
prove unsatisfactory and indicate noncompliance with requirements.
!p 1. The cost of retesting is the Contractor's responsibility where tests performed indicated
noncompliance with requirements.
D. Auxiliary Services: Cooperate with agencies performing inspections and tests. Provide
auxiliary services as requested. Notify the agency in advance of operations to permit
assignment of personnel. Auxiliary services include the following:
1. Providing access to the Work.
2. Furnishing incidental labor and facilities to assist inspections and tests.
3. Taking adequate quantities of representative samples of materials that require testing or
assisting the agency in taking samples.
4. Providing facilities for storage and curing of test samples.
5. Delivering samples to testing laboratories.
6. Providing preliminary design mix proposed for use for materials mixes that require control
by the testing agency.
7. Providing security and protection of samples and test equipment.
E. Duties of the Testing Agency: The testing agency shall cooperate with the Architect and the
Contractor in performing its duties. The agency shall provide qualified personnel to perform
inspections and tests.
!!! QUALITY CONTROL 01400- 1
Renovations to ISSUED FOR BIDDING 11/3/2008
Lamont/ALCAP Dining Room
Smith College
Northampton, Massachusetts
b. Sample sets may be used to obtain final acceptance of the construction associated
with each set.
5. Distribution of Samples: Distribute additional sets to subcontractors, manufacturers, and
others as required for performance of the Work. Show distribution on transmittal forms.
G. Quality Assurance Submittals: Submit quality-control submittals, including design data,
certifications, manufacturer's instructions, and manufacturer's field reports required under
other Sections of the Specifications.
1. Certifications: Where certification that a product or installation complies with specified
requirements is required, submit a notarized certification from the manufacturer certifying
compliance.
a. Signature: Certification shall be signed by an officer authorized to sign documents
on behalf of the company.
H. Architect's Action: Except for submittals for the record or information, where action and
return are required, the Architect will review each submittal, mark to indicate action taken,
and return. Compliance with specified characteristics is the Contractor's responsibility.
1. Action Stamp: The Architect will stamp each submittal with an action stamp. The
Architect will mark the stamp appropriately to indicate the action taken.
2.0 PRODUCTS (Not Applicable)
3.0 EXECUTION (Not Applicable)
END OF SECTION
w�
SUBMITTALS 01300-4 .w
Renovations to ISSUED FOR BIDDING 11/3/2008
Lamont/ALCAP Dining Room
Smith College
Northampton, Massachusetts
e. Notation of dimensions verified by field measurement.
f. Notation of coordination requirements.
2. Preliminary Submittal: Submit a preliminary single copy of Product Data where selection
of options is required.
3. Submittals: Submit minimum four (4) copies; submit six (6) copies where required for
maintenance manuals. The Architect will retain one and return the other marked with
Pill! action taken.
a. Unless noncompliance with Contract Documents is observed, the submittal serves as
the final submittal.
4. Distribution: Furnish copies to installers, subcontractors, suppliers, and others required
for performance of construction activities. Show distribution on transmittal forms. Do not
PI„ proceed with installation until a copy of Product Data is in the Installer's possession.
a. Do not use unmarked Product Data for construction.
F. Samples: Submit full-size Samples cured and finished as specified and identical with the
material proposed. Mount Samples to facilitate review of qualities.
1. Include the following:
a. Specification Section number and reference.
b. Generic description of the Sample.
c. Sample source.
d. Product name or name of the manufacturer.
e. Compliance with recognized standards.
f. Availability and delivery time.
2. Submit Samples for review of size, kind, color, pattern, and texture, for a check of these
characteristics, and for a comparison of these characteristics between the final submittal
and the actual component as delivered and installed. Where variations are inherent in
the material, submit at least three (3) units that show limits of the variations.
a. Refer to other Sections for requirerents for Samples that illustrate workmanship,
fabrication techniques, details of assembly, connections, operation, and similar
characteristics.
b. Refer to other Sections for Samples to be incorporated in the Work. Samples must
t * be undamaged at time of use. On the transmittal, indicate special requests
regarding disposition of Sample submittals.
C. Samples not incorporated into the Work, or designated as the Owner's property,
so are the Contractor's property and shall be removed from the site.
3. Preliminary Submittals: Submit a full set of choices where Samples are submitted for
selection of color, pattern, texture, or similar characteristics from standard choices. The
Architect will review and return submittals indicating selection and other action.
w 4. Submittals: Except for Samples illustrating assembly details, workmanship, fabrication
techniques, connections, operation, and similar characteristics, submit three (3) sets.
One set will be returned marked with the action taken. Maintain sets of Samples, at the
Project Site, for quality comparison.
a. Unless noncompliance with Contract Documents is observed, the submittal may
serve as the final submittal.
! SUBMITTALS 01300- 3
Renovations to ISSUED FOR BIDDING 11/3/2008
Lamont/ALCAP Dining Room
Smith College
Northampton, Massachusetts
7. Work Stages: Indicate important stages for each portion of the Work.
8. Area Separations: Provide a separate time bar to identify each construction area for
each portion of the Work. Indicate where each element must be sequenced with other
activities.
C. Submittal Schedule: After developing the Contractor's Construction Schedule, prepare a
schedule of submittals. Submit within 10 days of submittal of the Construction Schedule.
1. Coordinate with list of subcontracts, Schedule of Values, list of products, and the
Contractor's Construction Schedule.
2. Prepare the schedule in chronological order. Provide the following information:
a. Date for first submittal.
b. Related Section number.
c. Submittal category (Shop Drawings, Product Data, or Samples).
d. Name of the subcontractor.
e. Description of the Work covered.
f. Date for the Architect's final approval. .�
3. Schedule Distribution: Distribute copies of the Contractor's Construction Schedule and
the Submittal Schedule to the Architect, Owner, subcontractors, and parties required to
comply with submittal dates. Post copies in the field office.
a. When revisions are made, distribute to the same parties and post in the same
locations. Delete parties from distribution when they have completed their Work and
are no longer involved in construction activities.
b. Updating: Revise the schedule after each meeting or activity where revisions have
been made. Issue the updated schedule concurrently with the report of each
meeting.
D. Shop Drawings: Submit newly prepared information drawn to scale. Indicate deviations from
the Contract Documents. Do not reproduce Contract Documents or copy standard
information. Include the following information:
1. Dimensions.
2. Identification of products and materials included by sheet and detail number.
3. Compliance with standards.
4. Notation of coordination requirements.
5. Notation of dimensions established by field measurement.
6. Sheet Size: Except for templates and full-size Drawings, submit one correctable,
reproducible print and one blue- or black-line print on sheets at least 8-1/2 by 11 inches "
(215 by 280 mm) but no larger than 36 by 48 inches (890 by 1220 mm). The Architect
will return the reproducible print.
a. Do not use Shop Drawings without an appropriate final stamp indicating action taken.
E. Product Data: Collect Product Data into a single submittal for each element of construction.
Mark each copy to show applicable choices and options. Where Product Data includes
information on several products, mark copies to indicate applicable information.
1. Include the following information:
a. Manufacturer's printed recommendations.
b. Compliance with trade association standards.
c. Compliance with recognized testing agency standards.
d. Application of testing agency labels and seals.
SUBMITTALS 01300-2
VIP
Renovations to ISSUED FOR BIDDING 11/3/2008
Lamont/ALCAP Dining Room
Smith College
Northampton, Massachusetts
SECTION 01300 -SUBMITTALS
1.0 GENERAL
' A. Submittal Procedures: Coordinate submittal preparation with construction, fabrication, other
submittals, and activities that require sequential operations. Transmit in advance of
construction operations to avoid delay.
1. Coordinate submittals for related operations to avoid delay because of the need to review
submittals concurrently for coordination. The Architect reserves the right to withhold
action on a submittal requiring coordination until related submittals are received.
2. Processing: Allow 2 weeks for initial review. Allow more time if the Architect must delay
processing to permit coordination. Allow 2 weeks for reprocessing.
a. No extension of Contract Time will be authorized because of failure to transmit
submittals sufficiently in advance of the Work to permit processing.
3. Submittal Preparation: Place a permanent label on each submittal for identification.
" Provide a 4- by 5-inch (100- by 125-mm) space on the label or beside title block to record
review and approval markings and action taken. Include the following information on the
label for processing and recording action taken.
a. Project name.
b. Date.
c. Name and address of the Architect.
d. Name and address of the Contractor.
e. Name and address of the subcontractor.
f. Name and address of the supplier.
g. Name of the manufacturer.
h. Number and title of appropriate Specification Section.
i. Drawing number and detail references., as appropriate.
4. Submittal Transmittal: Package each submittal appropriately. Transmit with a transmittal
form. The Architect will not accept submittals from sources other than the Contractor.
5. Transmittal Form: Use AIA Document G810. On the form, record requests for data and
deviations from requirements. Include Contractor's certification that information complies
with requirements.
B. Contractor's Construction Schedule: Prepare a horizontal bar-chart-type, contractor's
construction schedule. Provide a separate time bar for each activity and a vertical line to
identify the first working day of each week. Use the same breakdown of Work indicated in
ow the "Schedule of Values." Indicate estimated completion in 10 percent increments. As Work
progresses, mark each bar to indicate actual completion.
1. Submit within 15 days of the date established for"Commencement of the Work."
2. Prepare the schedule on stable transparency, or other reproducible media, of width to
show data for the entire construction period.
3. Secure performance commitments from parties involved. Coordinate each element with
air other activities; include minor elements involved in the Work. Show each activity in
proper sequence. Indicate sequences necessary for completion of related Work.
4. Coordinate with the Schedule of Values, list of subcontracts, Submittal Schedule,
payment requests, and other schedules.
5. Indicate completion in advance of Substantial Completion. Indicate Substantial
Completion to allow time for the Architect's procedures necessary for certification of
Substantial Completion.
6. Phasing: Show how phased completion affects the Work.
SUBMITTALS 01300 - 1
Renovations to ISSUED FOR BIDDING 11/3/2008
Lamont/ALCAP Dining Room
Smith College
Northampton, Massachusetts
2. Agenda: Review and correct or approve minutes of the previous meeting. Review items
of significance that could affect progress. Include topics for discussion appropriate to
Project status.
3. Contractor's Construction Schedule: Review progress since the last meeting. Determine
where each activity is in relation to the Contractor's Construction Schedule. Determine
how to expedite construction behind schedule; secure commitments from parties involved
to do so. Discuss revisions required to insure subsequent activities will be completed
within the Contract Time.
4. Review the present and future needs of each entity present, including the following: „
a. Time.
b. Sequences.
c. Status of submittals.
d. Deliveries and off-site fabrication problems. *■
e. Temporary facilities and services.
f. Quality and work standards.
g. Change Orders.
5. Reporting: Distribute meeting minutes to each party present and to parties who should
have been present. Include a summary of progress since the previous meeting and
report. .�.
6. Schedule Updating: Revise the Contractor's Construction Schedule after each meeting
where revisions have been made. Issue the revised schedule concurrently with the
report of each meeting.
E. Meeting Minutes: General Contractor shall be responsible for recording and distribution of
Project Construction Meeting Minutes. Record significant discussions and agreements and
disagreements, and the approved schedule. Promptly distribute the record of the meeting to
everyone concerned, including the Owner and the Architect.
1.2 PRODUCTS (Not Applicable)
1.3 EXECUTION (Not Applicable)
END OF SECTION
PROJECT MEETINGS 01200 -2 .�
Renovations to ISSUED FOR BIDDING 11/3/2008
Lamont/ALCAP Dining Room
Smith College
Northampton, Massachusetts
SECTION 01200 - PROJECT MEETINGS
1.1 GENERAL
A. This Section specifies administrative and procedural requirements for project meetings,
including, but not limited to, the following:
IV 1. Preconstruction conferences.
2. Preinstallation conferences.
3. Progress meetings.
B. Preconstruction Conference: Schedule a preconstruction conference before starting
construction. Review responsibilities and personnel assignments.
1. Attendees: Authorized representatives of the Owner, Architect, and their consultants; the
Contractor and its superintendent; major subcontractors; and other concerned parties
shall attend.
a. Participants shall be familiar with the Project and authorized to conclude matters
relating to the Work.
2. Agenda: Discuss items that could affect progress, including the following:
a. Tentative construction schedule.
b. Critical work sequencing.
c. Submittal of Shop Drawings, Product Data, and Samples.
d. Use of the premises.
C. Preinstallation Conferences: Conduct a conference before each activity that requires
coordination with other operations.
1. Attendees: The Installer and representatives of manufacturers and fabricators involved in
or affected by the installation shall attend. Advise the Architect of scheduled meeting
dates.
2. Review the progress of other operations and preparations for the activity under
consideration at each preinstallation conference, including requirements for the following:
a. Compatibility problems and acceptability of substrates.
b. Time schedules and deliveries.
c. Manufacturer's recommendations.
d. Warranty requirements.
e. Inspecting and testing requirements.
3. Do not proceed with the installation if the conference cannot be successfully concluded.
Initiate actions necessary to resolve problems and reconvene the conference.
D. Progress Meetings: Conduct progress meetings at the Project Site at regular intervals.
Notify the Owner and the Architect of scheduled dates. Coordinate meeting dates with
preparation of the payment request.
1. Attendees: The Owner, Architect, and other entities concerned with current progress or
involved in planning, coordination, or future activities shall be represented. Participants
shall be authorized to conclude matters relating to the Work.
PROJECT MEETINGS 01200- 1
Renovations to ISSUED FOR BIDDING 11/3/2008
Lamont/ALCAP Dining Room
Smith College
Northampton, Massachusetts
L. Specification Format: These Specifications are organized into Divisions and Sections based
on CSI's 16-Division format and MasterFormat's numbering system.
1. Abbreviated Language: Language used in Specifications is abbreviated. Implied words
and meanings shall be interpreted as appropriate. Singular words will be interpreted as
plural and plural words interpreted as singular where applicable as the context of the
Contract Documents indicates.
2. Streamlined Language: The Specifications generally use the imperative mood and
streamlined language. Requirements expressed in the imperative mood are to be
performed by the Contractor. At certain locations in the Text, subjective language is used
for clarity to describe responsibilities that must be fulfilled indirectly by the Contractor or
by others when so noted.
a. The words "shall be" are implied where a colon (:) is used within a sentence or
phrase. „
M. Copies of Standards: Copies of applicable standards are not bound with the Contract
Documents. Where copies of standards are needed to perform a required construction
activity, the Contractor shall obtain copies directly from the publication source.
N. Abbreviations and Names: Where acronyms or abbreviations are used in the Specifications
or other Contract Documents, they mean the recognized name of the trade association, �**
standards-generating organization, authorities having jurisdiction, or other entity applicable to
the context of the text provision. Refer to Gale Research Co.'s "Encyclopedia of
Associations," available in most libraries.
O. Permits, Licenses, and Certificates: For the Owner's records, submit copies of permits,
licenses, certifications, inspection reports, releases, jurisdictional settlements, notices,
receipts for fee payments, judgments, correspondence, records, and similar documents,
established in conjunction with compliance with standards and regulations bearing upon **
performance of the Work.
1.2 PRODUCTS (Not Applicable)
1.3 EXECUTION (Not Applicable)
END OF SECTION
REFERENCE STANDARDS AND DEFINITIONS 01095- 2 .�
Renovations to ISSUED FOR BIDDING 11/3/2008
Lamont/ALCAP Dining Room
Smith College
Northampton, Massachusetts
SECTION 01095 - REFERENCE STANDARDS AND DEFINITIONS
1.0 GENERAL
A. Definitions: Basic contract definitions are included in the Conditions of the Contract.
B. "Indicated" refers to graphic representations, notes, or schedules on the Drawings, or other
paragraphs or Schedules in the Specifications, and similar requirements in the Contract
Documents. Terms such as "shown," "noted," "scheduled," and "specified" are used to help
the reader locate the reference. Location is not limited.
1P
C. "Directed," "requested," "authorized," "selected," "approved," "required," and "permitted"
mean directed by the Architect, requested by the Architect, and similar phrases.
D. "Approved," when used in conjunction with the Architect's action on the Contractor's
submittals, applications, and requests, is limited to the Architect's duties and responsibilities
as stated in the Conditions of the Contract.
E. "Regulations" includes laws, ordinances, statutes, and lawful orders issued by authorities
having jurisdiction, as well as rules, conventions, and agreements within the construction
Fill industry that control performance of the Work.
F. "Furnish" means supply and deliver to the Project Site, ready for unloading, unpacking,
assembly, installation, and similar operations.
G. "Install" describes operations at the Project Site including the actual unloading, unpacking,
assembly, erecting, placing, anchoring, applying, working to dimension, finishing, curing,
protecting, cleaning, and similar operations.
H. "Provide" means to furnish and install, complete and ready for the intended use.
lip 1. "Installer" is the Contractor or another entity engaged by the Contractor, either as an
employee, subcontractor, or contractor of lower tier, to perform a particular construction
activity, including installation, erection, application, or similar operations. Installers are
required to be experienced in the operations they are engaged to perform.
1. The term "experienced," when used with the term "installer," means having a minimum of
5 previous projects similar in size and scope to this Project, being familiar with the special
requirements indicated, and having complied with requirements of authorities having
Pill jurisdiction.
a. Using terms such as "carpentry" does not imply that certain work must be performed
by accredited or unionized individuals of a corresponding generic name, such as
"carpenter."
J. "Project Site" is the space available to the Contractor for performing construction activities,
either exclusively or in conjunction, with others performing other work as part of the Project.
ens The extent of the Project Site is shown on the Drawings and may or may not be identical with
the description of the land on which the Project is to be built.
K. "Testing Agencies": A testing agency is an independent entity engaged to perform specific
inspections or tests, either at the Project Site or elsewhere, and to report on and, if required,
to interpret results of those inspections or tests.
REFERENCE STANDARDS AND DEFINITIONS 01095- 1
Renovations to ISSUED FOR BIDDING 11/3/2008
Lamont/ALCAP Dining Room No
Smith College
Northampton, Massachusetts
an
F. Staff Names: Within 15 days of commencement of construction, submit a list of the
Contractor's staff assignments, including the superintendent and other personnel at the
Project Site. Identify individuals and their responsibilities. List their addresses and telephone
numbers.
1. Post copies in the Project meeting room, the temporary field office, and each temporary
telephone. .0
2.0 PRODUCTS (Not Applicable)
3.0 EXECUTION
A. Inspection of Conditions: Require Installers of major components to inspect substrate and
conditions under which Work is to be performed. Do not proceed until unsatisfactory
conditions have been corrected.
B. Coordinate temporary enclosures with inspections and tests to minimize the need to uncover
completed construction.
C. Clean and protect construction in progress and adjoining materials, during handling and
installation. Apply protective covering to assure protection from damage.
D. Clean and maintain completed construction as necessary through the construction period.
Adjust and lubricate operable components to assure operability without damaging effects.
E. Limiting Exposures: Supervise construction to assure that no part is subject to harmful, ..�
dangerous, or damaging exposure. Such exposures include, but are not limited to, the
following:
1. Excessive static or dynamic loading.
2. Excessive internal or external pressures. ""
3. Excessively high or low temperatures.
4. Water or ice.
5. Solvents and chemicals. s,
6. Abrasion.
7. Soiling, staining, and corrosion.
8. Combustion.
END OF SECTION
ws
COORDINATION 01040 -2 ..
Renovations to ISSUED FOR BIDDING 11/3/2008
Lamont/ALCAP Dining Room
on Smith College
Northampton, Massachusetts
SECTION 01040 -COORDINATION
1.0 GENERAL
A. This Section includes requirements for coordinating construction operations including, but not
W necessarily limited to, the following:
1. Coordination drawings.
2. Administrative and supervisory personnel.
3. Cleaning and protection.
1.1 COORDINATION
A. Coordinate construction to assure efficient and orderly installation of each part of the Work.
Coordinate operations that depend on each other for proper installation, connection, and
operation.
1. Schedule operations in the sequence required to obtain the best results where installation
of one part depends on installation of other components, before or after its own
installation.
2. Coordinate installation of different components to assure maximum accessibility for
maintenance, service, and repair.
3. Make provisions to accommodate items scheduled for later installation.
B. Where necessary, prepare memoranda for distribution to each party involved, outlining
procedures required for coordination. Include such items as required notices, reports, and
attendance at meetings.
1. Prepare similar memoranda for the Owner and separate contractors where coordination
of their work is required.
C. Administrative Procedures: Coordinate scheduling and timing of required procedures with
other activities to avoid conflicts and assure orderly progress. Such activities include, but are
not limited to, the following:
1. Preparation of schedules.
2. Delivery and processing of submittals.
3. Progress meetings and meeting minutes.
4. Project closeout activities.
D. Conservation: Coordinate construction to assure that operations are carried out with
consideration for conservation of energy,water, and materials.
1. Salvage materials and equipment involved in performance of, but not incorporated in, the
Work.
E. Coordination Drawings: Prepare coordination drawings if needed for installation of products
and materials fabricated by separate entities. Prepare coordination drawings where limited
space necessitates maximum utilization of space for efficient installation of different
components.
1. Show the relationship of components shown on separate shop drawings.
2. Indicate required installation sequences.
w 3. Comply with requirements contained in Section "Submittals."
op COORDINATION 01040 - 1
Renovations to ISSUED FOR BIDDING 11/3/2008
Lamont/ALCAP Dining Room
Smith College
Northampton, Massachusetts
G. Construction Change Directive: When Owner and Contractor disagree on the terms of a
Proposal Request, the Architect may issue a Construction Change Directive on AIA
Form G714 instructing the Contractor to proceed with a change.
1. The Construction Change Directive contains a description of the change and designates
the method to be followed to determine change in the Contract Sum or Time.
H. Documentation: Maintain detailed records on a time and material basis of work required by
the Construction Change Directive.
1. After completing the change, submit an itemized account and supporting data to A,
substantiate Contract adjustments.
1. Change Order Procedures: Upon the Owner's approval of a Proposal Request, the
Contractor will issue a Change Order on AIA Form G701 for Contractor, Owner and Architect *■
signature.
2.0 PRODUCTS (Not Applicable)
3.0 EXECUTION (Not Applicable)
END OF SECTION
.w
w�
w+
MODIFICATION PROCEDURES 01035-2
Renovations to ISSUED FOR BIDDING 11/3/2008
Lamont/ALCAP Dining Room
PIP Smith College
Northampton, Massachusetts
SECTION 01035- MODIFICATION PROCEDURES
1.1 GENERAL
A. Minor Changes in the Work: The Architect will issue instructions authorizing minor changes
in the Work on via written memo and accompanying sketch, where applicable.
B. Owner-Initiated Change Order Proposal Requests: The Architect will issue a description of
proposed changes in the Work that require adjustment to the Contract Sum or Time. The
description may include supplemental or revised Drawings and Specifications.
1. Proposal requests are for information only. Do not consider them an instruction to stop
work or to execute the proposed change.
2. Within twenty (20) days of receipt, submit an estimate of cost necessary to execute the
change for the Owner's review.
a. Include an itemized list of products required and unit costs, with the total amount of
purchases.
! ' b. Indicate taxes, delivery charges, equipment rental, and amounts of trade discounts.
c. Indicate the effect the change will have on the Contract Time.
C. Contractor-Initiated Proposals: When unforeseen conditions require modifications, the
Contractor may submit a request for a change to the Architect.
1. Describe the proposed change. Indicate reasons for the change and the effect of the
change on the Contract Sum and Time.
2. Include an itemized list of products required and unit costs, with the total amount of
purchases.
3. Indicate taxes, delivery charges, equipment rental, and amounts of trade discounts.
D. Proposal Request Form: Use AIA Document 6709.
E. Allowance Adjustment: Base Change Order Proposals on the difference between the
purchase amount and the allowance, multiplied by the measurement of work-in-place. Allow
for cutting losses, tolerances, mixing wastes, normal product imperfections, and similar
margins.
1. Include installation costs only where indicated as part of the allowance.
2. Prepare explanations and documentation to substantiate margins claimed.
r 3. Submit substantiation of a change in work: claimed in the Change Orders related to unit-
cost allowances.
F. Submit claims for increased costs because of a change in the allowance, whether for
purchase order amount or handling, labor, installation, overhead, and profit. Submit claims
within twenty-one (21) days of receipt of authorization to proceed. The Owner will reject
claims submitted later than twenty-one (21) days.
1. Do not include indirect expense in cost amount unless the Work has changed from that
described in Contract Documents.
2. No change to indirect expense is permitted for selection of higher- or lower-priced
"s materials or systems of the same scope and nature as originally indicated.
tw MODIFICATION PROCEDURES 01035 - 1
Renovations to ISSUED FOR BIDDING 11/3/2008
Lamont/ALCAP Dining Room
Smith College
Northampton, Massachusetts
trims on existing cans to remain. The details for this work, including locations, and
materials shall be clearly outlined in the contract documents.
END OF SECTION 01030
w
wAr
ALTERNATES 01030-2
Renovations to ISSUED FOR BIDDING 11/3/2008
Lamont/ALCAP Dining Room
'""o Smith College
Northampton, Massachusetts
e�w
SECTION 01030 -ALTERNATES
1.0 GENERAL
w
A. An alternate is an amount proposed by bidders and stated on the Bid Form for certain work
that may be added to or deducted from the Base Bid amount if the Owner decides to accept a
corresponding change in either the amount of construction to be completed or in the
products, materials, equipment, systems, or installation methods described in the Contract
Documents.
1. The cost or credit for each alternate is the net addition to or deduction from the Contract
Sum to incorporate the Alternate into the Work. No other adjustments are made to the
Contract Sum.
B. Coordination: Modify or adjust affected adjacent Work as necessary to completely and fully
integrate that Work into the Project.
No C. Notification: Immediately following award of the Contract, notify each party involved, in
writing, of the status of each alternate. Indicate whether alternates have been accepted,
rejected, or deferred for later consideration. Include a complete description of negotiated
modifications to alternates.
D. Schedule: A"Schedule of Alternates" is included at the end of this Section. Specification
Sections referenced in the Schedule contain requirements for materials necessary to achieve
the Work described under each alternate.
2.0 PRODUCTS (Not Applicable)
3.0 EXECUTION
A. Schedule of Alternates:
1. Alternate#1: Expand existing width of window opening into the Dish Return at
Lamont/ALCAP Kitchen. This work includes but is not limited to: expansion of existing
dish window opening approximately 2'-0"wider to 6'-0" in width, removal of existing
rolling gate, removal/modification of existing stainless steel window frame,
installation/modification of stainless steel window frame and installation of new College
provided lockable rolling gate.
2. Alternate#2: provide new DuPont Zodiaq counter top at each of four (4) hot lines at
tw Comstock, Wilder, Morrow and Wilson dining rooms.Verify size of existing hot units in
field. Color to be selected by Architect from full range of standard colors.
3. Alternate#3: install new flooring at Lamont/ALCAP Dining Room (room 100D2). Floor to
be patterned floor with 4'-8" border. The "field" shall be composed of eight(8) "pie-
shaped" pieces meeting at a point at the center. Material shall be Amtico Stratica. Refer
to finish drawings and specification 09658 for information. Floor pattern as subsititute for
uni-directional installation of sheet flooring (base bid).
4. Alternate#4: install new flooring at Lamont/ALCAP Dining Room (room 100D2). Floor to
be patterned floor with 6'-0" border. The "field"shall be composed of eight (8) "pie-
shaped" pieces meeting at a point at the center. Material shall be Toli Mature Wood sheet
vinyl . Refer to finish drawings and specification section 09657 for information. Floor
pattern as subsititute for uni-directional installation of sheet flooring (base bid).
5. Alternate #5: Remove existing reflectors from (8) recessed cans located in angled
peak of ALCAP dining room. Install new recessed can reflector with edgelit circle
ALTERNATES 01030- 1
OR
Renovations to ISSUED FOR BIDDING 11/3/2008
Lamont/ALCAP Dining Room
Smith College
Northampton, Massachusetts
6. List of Contractor's staff assignments.
7. Copies of building permits.
8. Copies of licenses from governing authorities.
9. Certificates of insurance and insurance policies.
10. Performance and payment bonds.
K. Application for Payment at Substantial Completion: Following issuance of the Certificate of
Substantial Completion, submit an Application for Payment. This application shall reflect
Certificates of Partial Substantial Completion issued previously for Owner occupancy of
designated portions of the Work.
1. Administrative actions and submittals that shall precede or coincide with this application
include the following:
a. Occupancy permits.
b. Warranties and maintenance agreements.
C. Test/adjust/balance records.
d. Maintenance instructions.
e. Meter readings.
f. Changeover information related to Owner's occupancy.
g. Final cleaning.
h. Application for reduction of retainage and consent of surety.
L. Final Payment Application: Administrative actions and submittals that must precede or
- coincide with submittal of the final Application for Payment include the following:
1. Completion of Project closeout requirements.
2. Completion of items specified for completion after Substantial Completion.
3. Transmittal of Project construction records to the Owner.
4. Certified property survey.
5. Proof that taxes, fees, and similar obligations were paid.
6. Removal of temporary facilities and services.
7. Change of door locks to Owner's access.
2.0 PRODUCTS (Not Applicable)
3.0 EXECUTION (Not Applicable)
END OF SECTION
w
APPLICATIONS FOR PAYMENT 01027 - 3
Renovations to ISSUED FOR BIDDING 11/3/2008
Lamont/ALCAP Dining Room
Smith College
Northampton, Massachusetts
6. Show line items for indirect costs and margins on costs only when such items are listed
individually in Applications for Payment. Each item in the Schedule of Values and
Applications for Payment shall be complete. Include the total cost and proportionate
share of general overhead and profit margin for each item. w.
a. Temporary facilities and items that are not direct cost of work-in-place may be
shown as separate line items or distributed as general overhead expense.
7. Update and resubmit the Schedule of Values when Change Orders or Construction
Change Directives change the Contract Sum.
D. Applications for Payment shall be consistent with previous applications and payments as
certified by the Architect and paid for by the Owner.
E. Payment-Application Times: Payment dates are indicated in the Agreement. The period
covered by each application is the period indicated in the Agreement.
F. Payment-Application Forms: Use AIA Document G702 and Continuation Sheets G703 as the
form for Applications for Payment.
G. Application Preparation: Complete every entry, including notarization and execution by a
person authorized to sign on behalf of the Contractor. The Architect will return incomplete
applications without action.
1. Entries shall match data on the Schedule of Values and the Contractor's Construction
Schedule. Use updated schedules if revisions were made.
2. Include amounts of Change Orders and Construction Change Directives issued prior to
the last day of the construction period covered by the application.
w
H. Transmittal: Submit 3 executed original copies of each Application for Payment to the
Architect within 24 hours. One copy shall be complete, including waivers of lien and similar
attachments.
1. Transmit each copy with a transmittal listing attachments and recording appropriate
information related to the application.
I. Waivers of Mechanics Lien: With each Application for Payment, submit waivers of lien from
every entity who may file a lien arising out of the Contract and related to the Work covered by
the payment.
1. Submit partial waivers on each item for the amount requested, prior to deduction for
retainage, on each item.
2. When an application shows completion of an item, submit final or full waivers.
3. Submit each Application for Payment with Contractor's waiver of lien for the period of
construction covered by the application.
a. Submit final Applications for Payment with final waivers from every entity involved . �
with performance of the Work covered by the application who may file a lien.
4. Waiver Forms: Submit waivers of lien on forms, and executed in a manner, acceptable to
the Owner.
w
J. Initial Application for Payment: Administrative actions and submittals that must precede or
coincide with submittal of the first Application for Payment include the following:
1. List of subcontractors.
2. List of principal suppliers and fabricators.
3. Schedule of Values.
4. Contractor's Construction Schedule (preliminary if not final).
5. Submittal Schedule (preliminary if not final).
APPLICATIONS FOR PAYMENT 01027-2
Renovations to ISSUED FOR BIDDING 11/3/2008
Lamont/ALCAP Dining Room
Smith College
Northampton, Massachusetts
FIN
SECTION 01027 -APPLICATIONS FOR PAYMENT
1.0 GENERAL
A. Coordinate the Schedule of Values and Applications for Payment with the Contractor's
1, Construction Schedule, Submittal Schedule, and List of Subcontracts.
B. Schedule of Values: Coordinate preparation of the Schedule of Values with preparation of
the Contractor's Construction Schedule.
1. Correlate line items in the Schedule of Values with other required administrative
schedules and forms, including:
a. Contractor's Construction Schedule.
b. Application for Payment forms, including Continuation Sheets.
C. List of subcontractors.
d. List of products.
e. List of principal suppliers and fabricators.
f. Schedule of submittals.
2. Submit the Schedule of Values at the earliest possible date but no later than seven (7)
days before the date scheduled for submittal of the initial Applications for Payment.
C. Format and Content: Use the Project Manual table of contents as a guide to establish the
format for the Schedule of Values. Provide at least one line item for each Specification
Section.
1. Include the following Project identification:
a. Project name and location.
b. Name of Architect.
C. Project number.
d. Contractor's name and address.
e. Date of submittal.
2. Arrange the Schedule of Values in tabular form with separate columns to indicate the
following for each item listed:
a. Related Specification Section or Division.
b. Description of Work.
C. Name of subcontractor.
d. Name of manufacturer or fabricator.
e. Name of supplier.
f. Change Orders (numbers)that affect value.
g. Dollar value.
h. Percentage of Contract Sum to nearest one-hundredth percent, adjusted to total
100 percent.
3. Provide a breakdown of the Contract Sum in sufficient detail to facilitate evaluation of
Applications for Payment. Break subcontract amounts down into several line items.
Round amounts to nearest whole dollar; the total shall equal the Contract Sum.
4. Provide a separate line item for each part of the Work where Applications for Payment
!"! may include materials or equipment, purchased or fabricated and stored, but not yet
installed.
5. Provide separate line items for initial cost of the materials, for each subsequent stage of
completion, and for total installed value.
APPLICATIONS FOR PAYMENT 01027 - 1
Renovations to ISSUED FOR BIDDING 11/3/2008
Lamont/ALCAP Dining Room
Smith College
Northampton, Massachusetts
1. Prepare and deliver unused material for storage by Owner when it is not economically
practical to return the material for credit. Otherwise, disposal of unused material is the
Contractor's responsibility.
2.0 PRODUCTS (Not Applicable)
3.0 EXECUTION
A. Examine products covered by an allowance promptly upon delivery for damage or defects.
B. Coordinate materials and their installation for each allowance with related materials and
installations to ensure that each allowance item is completely integrated and interfaced with
related work.
END OF SECTION
A
ALLOWANCES 01020- 2
Renovations to ISSUED FOR BIDDING 11/3/2008
Lamont/ALCAP Dining Room
Smith College
Northampton, Massachusetts
SECTION 01020 -ALLOWANCES
1.0 GENERAL
A. Selected materials and equipment, and in some cases installation, are specified in the
Contract Documents by allowances. Allowances are established to defer selection of actual
materials and equipment until additional information is available. Additional requirements will
be issued by Change Order.
B. Types of allowances required include the following:
1. Lump-sum allowances.
2. Unit-cost allowances.
3. Contingency allowances.
4. Inspection and testing allowances.
C. Division 1 Section "Modification Procedures" specifies procedures for submitting and handling
Change Orders.
D. Selection and Purchase: At the earliest practical date after award of the Contract, advise the
Architect of the date when selection and purchase of each product or system described by an
allowance must be completed to avoid delaying the Work.
E. At the Architect's request, obtain proposals for each allowance for use in making final
selections. Include recommendations that are relevant to performing the Work.
F. Purchase products and systems from the designated supplier.
G. Submittals: Submit proposals for purchase of products or systems included in allowances, in
the form specified for Change Orders.
1. Submit invoices or delivery slips to show quantities of materials delivered to the site for
use in fulfilling each allowance.
H. Contingency Allowances: Use contingency allowance only as directed for the Owner's
purposes and only by Change Orders that indicate amounts to be charged to the allowance.
1. Related costs for products and equipment ordered under the contingency allowance,
including delivery, installation, taxes, insurance, and similar costs, are not part of the
Contract Sum.
2. Change Orders authorizing use of funds from the contingency allowance will include
Contractor's related costs and reasonable overhead and profit.
3. At Project closeout, credit unused amounts remaining in the contingency allowance to
Owner by Change Order.
I. Inspection and testing allowances include the cost of engaging inspection or testing
agencies, the actual inspections and tests, and reporting the results.
1. The allowance does not include incidental labor required to assist the testing agency or
costs for retesting upon failure of previous tests and inspections. Costs of services not
required by the Contract Documents are not included in the allowance.
2. At Project closeout, credit unused amounts remaining in the inspection and testing
allowance to Owner by Change Order.
J. Unused Materials: Return unused materials for credit to Owner, after installation has been
completed and accepted.
ALLOWANCES 01020- 1
Renovations to ISSUED FOR BIDDING 11/3/2008
Lamont/ALCAP Dining Room
Smith College
Northampton, Massachusetts
drapery, disconnect and reconnect of existing beverage line utilities, installation
of new beverage line cabinet. New pendant lighting and sconces shall be
provided in the location of existing fixtures. Remove existing fixtures and return to
Smith College for storage/re-use. New furniture and banquettes shall be provided
and installed under separate contract by Smith College. Their installation shall be
supervised by the General Contractor.
Morrow work shall include installation of new sconce lighting fixtures in the
location of existing sconce fixtures. Retain existing fixtures for Smith Collge re-
use. New drapery shall be installed on existing curtain rods. A new data and
power location shall be provided as indicated on plans for future "One Card"
reader connection point. New furniture and banquettes shall be provided and
installed under separate contract by Smith College. Their installation shall be
supervised by the General Contractor.
Wilson work shall consist of the removal of existing wall paper on upper walls as
indicated on the plans. Prepare surfaces for new painted finish. Existing
wainscotting and painted wood trim shall receive new paint finish as scheduled
and/or indicated on drawings. New curtain rods and drapery shall be installed
under this contract by G.C. New furniture and banquettes shall be provided and
installed under separate contract by Smith College. Their installation shall be
supervised by the General Contractor.
D. The Work will be constructed under a single prime contract.
E. Contractor Use of Premises: During construction the Contractor shall have full use of
premises, including use of the site. The Contractor's use of premises is limited only
by the Owner's right to perform work or employ other contractors on portions of the
Project.
F. Use of the Site: Limit use of premises to areas indicated. Do not disturb portions of
the site beyond the areas indicated.
1. Keep driveways and entrances clear. Do not use these areas for parking or
material storage. Schedule deliveries to minimize on-site storage of materials
and equipment.
2. General Contractor shall provide barrier to protect area(s) outside of
contract/scope of work from dust and debris resulting from these renovations.
G. Partial Owner Occupancy: The Owner reserves the right to occupy and to place and ..
install equipment in completed areas of the building prior to Substantial Completion.
Placing equipment and partial occupancy do not constitute acceptance of the Work.
1. The Architect will prepare a Certificate of Substantial Completion for each portion
of Work occupied prior to Owner occupancy.
2. Obtain a Certificate of Occupancy from building officials prior to Owner
occupancy.
3. Mechanical and electrical systems shall be operational and required inspections
and tests completed prior to partial Owner occupancy.
4. The Owner will be responsible for maintenance and custodial service for
occupied portions of the building.
END OF SECTION
SUMMARY OF WORK 01010- 2
Renovations to ISSUED FOR BIDDING 11/3/2008
Lamont/ALCAP Dining Room
Smith College
Northampton, Massachusetts
SECTION 01010 - SUMMARY OF WORK
1.0 GENERAL
A. The Project consists of renovations to an existing dining hall and adjacent kitchen.
1. Project Location: ALCAP &Old Lamont Dining Rooms, Lamont House, Smith
College, Northampton, Massachusetts.
2. Project Location: Comstock Dining Room, Comstock House, Smith College,
Northampton, Massachusetts.
3. Project Location: Wilder Dining Room, Wilder House, Smith College,
Northampton, Massachusetts.
4. Project Location: Morrow Dining Room, Morrow House, Smith College,
Northampton, Massachusetts.
5. Project Location: Wilson Dining Room, Wilson House, Smith College,
Northampton, Massachusetts.
6. Owner: Trustees of Smith College, Smith College, Northampton, Massachusetts.
B. Contract Documents, dated "ISSUED FOR BIDDING 11/3/2008" were prepared for
► the Project by:
1. Architect: Thomas Douglas Architects, Inc., 136 West Street, Northampton, MA
01060
2. MEP/FP: Lingren & Sharpies, P.C., 435 Cottage Street, Springfield, MA 01104-
4005
C. The Work consists of renovations to existing dining rooms in residence halls on the
Smith College Campus. New serving lines and beverage areas shall be installed in
the Lamont/ALCAP dining room. New finishes will be provided at the floors,walls and
on ceilings at Lamont/ALCAP. New lighting will be installed at Lamont/ALCAP. New
tables, renovated seating and banquette seating will be provided at Lamont/ALCAP.
New paint and other finished will be provided at Comstock &Wilder Dining Rooms. A
new beverage line will be installed at Comstock & Wilder. A bid alternate will provide
new lighting at Comstock & Wilder. New finishes, new tables, renovated seating and
banquette seating will be provided at the Wilson Dining Room. New seating, tables
and banquette seating will be provided at Morrow Dining Room. A new data
connection port and power will also be provided in Morrow Dining for future One Card
connection.
1. The Work includes but is not limited to: removal of existing flooring at the
Lamont/ALCAP dining room and servery as indicated, vinyl and/or linoleum
flooring as indicated on finish shedule, new and/or repaired gypsum wall board at
walls and ceilings, installation of new curtain rods and drapery in Old Lamont
dining room, new cabinetry at dining rooms both fixed at walls and moveable at
serving lines, new and restored stained wood trim and detailing at dining room,
new acoustical tile ceiling, renovation of existing fabric wrapped acoustical
panels at ceiling, combination of Energy Star certified up and down lighting, and
new and relocated plumbing at serving lines and new and relocated electrical.
New furniture, and banquettes shall be provided and installed under separate
contract by Smith College. Their installation shall be supervised by the General
Contractor.
Comstock & Wilder work shall consist of removal of existing wall paper on upper
sections of perimeter walls, preparation for new painted finish, renovation &
restoration of existing wood paneling, installation of new curtain rods and
SUMMARY OF WORK 01010- 1
an
Renovations to ISSUED FOR BIDDING 1113/2008
Lamont/ALCAP Dining Room !
Smith College
Northampton, Massachusetts
5. Fire Protection:
Firm:
wA
City/State:
Alternative Firm:
City/State:
6. Plumbing:
Firm:
City/State:
Alternative Firm:
City/State:
7. Heating, Ventilating, and Air Conditioning:
Firm:
City/State:
Alternative Firm:
City/State:
8. Electrical:
Firm:
City/State:
Alternative Firm:
City/State:
9. Furnishings, Window Treatment:
Firm:
City/State:
Alternative Firm:
City/State:
END OF SECTION
BID FORM SUPPLEMENT— PROPOSED SUBCONTRACTORS 00438-2 �"`
Renovations to ISSUED FOR BIDDING 11/3/2008
Lamont/ALCAP Dining Room
Smith College
Northampton, Massachusetts
SECTION 00438 BID FORM SUPPLEMENT— PROPOSED SUBCONTRACTORS
Indicate names of firms proposed for principal portions of Work and change to Base Bid for Alternative
Firms.
The Contractor attests that the below costs for alternative subcontractors (as approved by Owner) include
all labor, materials, overhead, profit, insurance for subcontractor and General Contractor, to provide the
u finished Work of the types itemized herein.
Breakdown category and proposed firm
on 1. Architectural woodwork (millwork and casework):
Firm:
City/State:
Alternative Firm:
op
City/State:
2. Gypsum Wall Board:
Firm:
City/State:
Alternative Firm:
City/State:
3. Flooring
Firm:
City/State:
Alternative Firm:
City/State:
4. Painting and coatings:
Firm:
City/State:
Alternative Firm:
City/State:
BID FORM SUPPLEMENT— PROPOSED SUBCONTRACTORS 00438-1
Renovations to ISSUED FOR BIDDING 11/3/2008
Lamont/ALCAP Dining Room
Smith College
Northampton, Massachusetts
Dateof Bid: ..................................................... ..........................................................................
..........................................................................
(Name of Bidder— Company Name) w
BY
(Name of person signing Bid &Title)
(Business Mailing Address)
(City/Town, State and Zip Code)
w
Corporate Seal (Business Telephone Number)
Note: If the bidder is a corporation, indicate state of incorporation under signature and affix corporate
seal; if partnership, give full names and residential address of all partners; and if an individual
give residential address if different from business address.
END OF DOCUMENT
w
BID FORM 00410-4 �'
Renovations to ISSUED FOR BIDDING 11/3/2008
Lamont/ALCAP Dining Room
Smith College
Northampton, Massachusetts
H. The undersigned Bidder agrees to the following maximum mark-up percentages for overhead,
profit and taxes, computed on the total of labor and materials only, for additional work authorized
by the Owner during the performance of the Work.
1. For subcontractors, allow ten percent(10%) on their own work.
2. For the Contractor, allow five percent(5%)on the work of subcontractors
3. For the Contractor, allow ten percent (10%) on Work of his/her own employees.
I. The Bidder hereby agrees to commence work on or after receipt of Notice to Proceed or suitable
Letter of Intent, to pursue the Work with diligence. The House must be made a safe environment
by FRIDAY, JANUARY 23, 2009.Work in Comstock, Morrow, Wilder and Wilson dining rooms
shall be Substantially Completed by FRIDAY, JANUARY 16, 2009.
J. The undersigned agrees that, if he is selected as the Contractor, he will within five days,
Saturdays, Sundays and legal holidays excluded, after presentation thereof by the Owner,
execute a contract in accordance with the terms of this general bid and furnish a Performance
Bond and also a Labor and Material or Payment Bond, each of a surety company qualified to do
business under the laws of the Commonwealth and satisfactory to the Owner and each in the
sum of the contract price, the premiums for which are to be paid by the Contractor and are
included in the contract price.
K. The undersigned Bidder agrees to provide, as an integral part of this Bid, a separate attachment
entitled "BID FORM, RESUME AND QUALIFICATIONS OF PROJECT SUPERINTENDENT".
Attachment shall include Contractor's intended Project Superintendent's resume defining the
superintendent's qualifications, and years of experience with Bidding Contractor.
w L. The undersigned Bidder agrees to provide, as an integral part of this Bid, a separate attachment
entitled "BID FORM SUPPLEMENT— PROPOSED SUBCONTRACTORS" stating names of firms
proposed listing portions of Work.
M. Labor: The undersigned hereby certifies that he/she is able to furnish labor and services that can
work in harmony with all other elements of labor employed or to be employed on the Work.
N. The Bidder agrees that this Bid shall be good and may not be withdrawn for a period of 30
calendar days after the scheduled closing time for receipt of bids.
O. The Bidder understands the Owner's right to reject any and all bids.
P. The undersigned further certifies that under the penalties of perjury that this bid is in all respects
bona fide, fair, and made without collusion, or fraud with any other person. As used in this
document, the word "person" shall mean any natural person,joint venture, partnership,
corporation, or other business or legal entity.
go
BID FORM 00410-3
me
Renovations to ISSUED FOR BIDDING 11/3/2008
Lamont/ALCAP Dining Room
Smith College
Northampton, Massachusetts
E. Addenda: The Bidder acknowledges receipt of the following addenda, and has taken them into
consideration in the preparation of this Bid:
Addenda No. dated: Addenda No. dated:
Addenda No. dated: Addenda No. dated:
F. Alternates: The undersigned Bidder submits the following alternate prices, as described in the
Bidding Documents, which are to be added to or deducted from the above stated Base Bid Price,
as may be selected by the Owner for inclusion into this Contract. (In the event that an alternate
does not affect the contract Price, the Bidder shall remark "No Charge".)
Add Alternates Deduct Alternates
ForAlternate No. 1: $............................................ $.............................................
ForAlternate No. 2: $............................................ $............................................. �.,
ForAlternate No. 3: $............................................ $.............................................
ForAlternate No. 4: $............................................ $............................................. '
ForAlternate No. 5: $............................................ $.............................................
G. Cost Breakdown of total contract price;
(Sum of breakdown equals Proposed Bid Price).
1. General conditions and miscellaneous $..........................
2. Overhead and Profit $
3. Wood and Plastics $
............................................
4. Finishes $.............................................
5. Specialties $............................................. w
6. Mechanical $.............................................
7. Electrical
8. Comstock/Wilder $.............................................
ow
9 Morrow/Wilson $.............................................
10. Furnishings, Window Treatment- Lamont $................... „�,,,
11. Furnishings, Window Treatment- Comstock/Wilder $..............
12. Furnishings, Window Treatment- Morrow/Wilson $............................. "'"
BID FORM
00410-2
Renovations to ISSUED FOR BIDDING 11/3/2008
Lamont/ALCAP Dining Room
on Smith College
Northampton, Massachusetts
SECTION 00410 - BID FORM
BID OF:
(Name of Bidder)
TO: The Trustee's of the Smith College, herein called the Owner, per the attentions of
Smith College Physical Plant
Smith College
126 West Street
Northampton, MA 01063
A. The undersigned Bidder proposes and agrees, if this Bid is accepted, to enter into an Agreement
with Owner in the form included in the Bidding Documents, to complete all Work as specified and
indicated in the Bidding Documents for the stipulated Contract Price stated herein, and within the
time limit indicated in this Bid and in compliance with the Contract Documents and all applicable
legal requirements.
B. The undersigned Bidder hereby declares that he or she has visited the site and the conditions
present and has carefully examined the Bidding Documents, together with all Addenda issued,
received and acknowledged below, and has familiarized himself or herself with the legal
requirements (federal, state, and local laws, ordinances, rules and regulations) and other
conditions which may affect the cost, progress or performance of Work, and has made
independent investigations, deemed necessary by the Bidder.
C. The undersigned Bidder hereby offers and agrees to provide all labor, services, products, and
materials required in the performance of Work to complete the following named project:
Renovations to
Lamont/ALCAP Dining Room
Smith College
Northampton, Massachusetts
to the satisfaction of the Owner and the Architect and in accordance with the accompanying
on Bidding and Contract Documents, dated "ISSUED FOR BIDDING, 11/3/2008" as prepared by
Thomas Douglas Architects, Inc., Northampton, Massachusetts, for the Contract price specified
below, subject to additions and deductions according to the terms of the Contract Documents.
Im D. The proposed total contract price is: (Base Bid — NOT INCLUDING ALTERNATES)
Dollars
on (total contract price amount in words,which governs)
($......................................................................................................................)
(total contract price amount:in numbers)
•
OR
w
4W BID FORM 00410-1
am
Renovations to ISSUED FOR BIDDING 11/3/2008
Lamont/ALCAP Dining Room .o
Smith College
Northampton, Massachusetts
go
1. The thirty(30) day time limit will not apply to a second of subsequent award
made after the expiration of the time limit with the consent of said next lowest
responsible and eligible bidder and made because the original award made
within the time limit was invalid, or because the general bidder fails to execute
the general contract or to provide a performance bond and labor and materials or
payment bond.
1.14 PERFORMANCE AND PAYMENT BONDS
A. Bidders will not be required to provide Performance and Labor bonds for the work of .■,
this Contract.
1.15 COMMENCEMENT OF WORK AND TIME OF CONTRACT COMPLETION
A. The successful Bidder may begin on-site work on, or after receipt of a written Notice
to Proceed, or suitable letter of Intent. After commencement of work, the Contractor
shall pursue the Work continuously and with diligence, and bring the Project to be
safe for early resident occupancy by FRIDAY, JANUARY 23, 2009. Work in
Comstock, Morrow, Wilder and Wilson dining rooms shall be Substantially Completed
by FRIDAY, JANUARY 16, 2009.
1. Substantial completion is the stage in the progress of the Work when the work or
designated portion thereof is sufficiently complete in accordance with the
Contract Documents so the Owner can occupy or utilize the Work for its intended
use. This includes any and all permits required by governmental agencies
necessary for occupancy and use.
END OF DOCUMENT
INSTRUCTIONS TO BIDDERS 00200 - 6 "�'"
to
Renovations to ISSUED FOR BIDDING 11/3/2008
Lamont/ALCAP Dining Room
Smith College
Northampton, Massachusetts
D. Withdrawn Bids may be resubmitted up to the date and time designated for receipt of
Bids provided that they are then fully in conformance with these instructions to
+
Bidders.
1.11 REJECTION OF PROPOSALS
A. The Owner shall have the right to waive any informalities, to reject any or all Bids, to
reject a Bid based on attached data required by Bidding documents, or reject a Bid
which is any way incomplete or irregular.
B. No bid shall be considered which is not based on the Contract Documents. Further,
no bid will be considered which contains any letters or memorandum qualifying the
Proposal, or which is not properly executed, or which is not accompanied with the
ON requested data and attachments.
C. In case of discrepancy between the numerical number and written number, the
written number will be controlling and will be considered to be the actual Bid of the
Bidder.
1.12 METHOD OF CONTRACT AWARD
A. The intent of Owner is to award a Contract to the Bidder whose qualifications and
proposed bid sum, are, in the Owner's judgment, in the Owner's best interest.
1. The Owner reserves the right to accept.a Proposal other than the lowest bid, to
waive all informalities or irregularities in a Bid received, and to accept the bid
which in its judgment best serves the interests of the Owner.
2. The Owner shall have the right to accept Alternates in any order or combination
and to determine the low Bidder on the basis of the sum of the Base Bid and the
Alternates accepted.
3. The Owner reserves the right to reject any or all proposals,which in his opinion is
in his best interest to do so.
B. The successful bidder will be notified in writing, by mail or otherwise, that his bid has
been accepted and that he has been awarded the contract.
1.13 EXECUTION OF CONTRACTS
A. Execution of Agreement: The General Bidder who is selected as the Contractor shall
promptly confer with the Owner on any questions concerning major sub-bidders and
shall execute an Agreement with the Owner within thirty (30)calendar days after
receipt of award of Contract.
1. The successful Bidder will be required to execute AIA Document A101,
"Standard Form of Agreement Between Owner and Contractor."
B. Failure to enter into a Contract: If the Bidder selected as the contractor fails to
perform his agreement to execute the contract in accordance with the terms of his
general bid a furnish a performance bond and also a labor and materials bond as
stated in his general bid, the Owner reserves the right to make an award to another
Bidder.
INSTRUCTIONS TO BIDDERS 00200- 5
Renovations to ISSUED FOR BIDDING 11/3/2008
Lamont/ALCAP Dining Room
Smith College
Northampton, Massachusetts
A. The materials, products and equipment described in the Bidding Documents
establish a standard of required function, dimension appearance and quality to be
met by any proposed substitution.
1. No substitutions will be considered after Award of Contract.
1.9 SUBMITTAL, RECEIPT AND OPENING OF PROPOSALS
A. Proposals will be received for the Project by the Owner, as follows:
1. Bid Proposal for the Base Bid, including Schedule of Values and Unit Prices, and
qualification attachments will be received by the Owner until date and time stated
in the INVITATION TO BID.
2. Any Proposal or portion thereof, received after the stipulated time will be due
cause for rejection of Bidder's Proposal.
B. Proposal shall be submitted, in duplicate, in a sealed 'bid envelope' bearing the
Bidder's name and address for identification. Identify envelope on front face as
follows: "Renovations to Lamont/ALCAP Dining".
C. Enclosed sealed 'bid envelope' in an outer envelope to mail or deliver bids; outer
envelope shall be addressed:
Smith College Physical Plant
Smith College
126 West Street
Northampton, MA 01063
D. Facsimile transmitted proposals will be rejected without review.
E. No Bidder shall modify, withdraw or cancel his proposal or any part thereof for a
period of sixty (60)calendar days following date of receipt of proposals.
F. Opening of Proposals will be private. Bidders may not be present at time of opening
of Proposals.
1. A tabulation of Proposals will not be distributed to Bidders.
1.10 MODIFICATION OR WITHDRAWAL OF BID
A. A bid may not be modified, withdrawn or canceled by the Bidder during the stipulated
time period following the time and date for the receipt of Bids and each Bidder so
agrees in submitting a bid.
B. Every bid which is not in the form requested, or which is incomplete, conditional or
obscure may be rejected by the Owner, if it be in its interest to do so.
C. Prior to the time and date designated for receipt of Bids, a Bid submitted may be
modified or withdrawn by written notice to Office of the Architect. Such notice shall be
in writing over the signature of the Bidder or by telegram; if by telegram, written
confirmation over the signature of the Bidder shall be mailed and postmarked on or
before the date and time set for receipt of Bids. A change shall be so worded as not
to reveal the amount of the original Bid.
INSTRUCTIONS TO BIDDERS 00200 -4
Renovations to ISSUED FOR BIDDING 11/3/2008
Lamont/ALCAP Dining Room
Smith College
Northampton, Massachusetts
possession at least seven calendar days before the date set for the receipt of general
bids.
C. Interpretations of questions raised by bidders, which in the opinion of the Architect
require interpretation, and supplemental instructions will be in the form of written
addenda. Oral interpretations given to prospective bidders will have no standing. All
addenda will be sent by overnight mail or facsimile transmittal to all who are known
by the Architect to have received a complete set of Bidding Documents.
1. No Addenda will be issued later than three days prior to the date for receipt of
Bids except an Addendum withdrawing the request for Bids or one which
includes postponement of the time for receipt of Bids.
D. It shall be the sole responsibility of bidders to ascertain the existence of any and all
addenda issued by the Architect whether or not the addenda is presented or mailed
to or received by the bidder.
on E. As specified under the General and Supplementary Conditions, all addenda issued
shall become part of the Contract Documents.
1.7 BID FORM
A. Bidders shall completely fill-in the Bid Form included. Modify Bid form only as
specified by Addendum.
1. All blank spaces on Bid Form shall be filled in; numbers shall be stated in both
writing and numerals
OR 2. Bidders shall acknowledge all alternates, allowances and addenda where
indicated on the Bid Form.
3. Proposals shall include cost breakdowns and all attachments indicated on the
sample Bid Form and as required in these instructions to Bidders.
4. Proposals shall be completed without interlineations, alterations or erasures.
5. Completed Proposals shall be signed with legal signature of Bidder.
B. Each Bidder's Proposal shall include the following attachments. Bids submitted
without ALL of the following items shall be considered incomplete and are subject for
rejection.
1. Notarized assurance of Bidder's bonding eligibility on surety company's own
letterhead.
2. Resume and Qualifications of Project Superintendent.
w
3. List of Proposed Subcontractors, stating names of firms proposed for principal
portions of Work.
on 1.8 PRODUCT SUBSTITUTIONS
INSTRUCTIONS TO BIDDERS 00200 - 3
so
Renovations to ISSUED FOR BIDDING 11/3/2008
Lamont/ALCAP Dining Room ..
Smith College
Northampton, Massachusetts
1.4 PREBID CONFERENCE
A. A pre-bid conference has been scheduled at location, time and date indicated in the ..
invitation to Bid. Bidders are strongly encouraged to attend the pre-bid meeting.
B. This meeting has been scheduled to:
rrr
1. Assist Bidders in understanding the intent of the Bidding Documents.
2. Review with the Architect/Engineer ambiguities, inconsistencies, errors or
omissions discovered in the Bidding Documents
3. Provide for identification and discussion of potential problems that may arise
during the administration of any subsequent contract, "
4. Provide an opportunity for an examination of the existing structure to the extent
reasonably discoverable by nondestructive means,
5. Permit bidders an opportunity to visit the site for determining extent of work, and
quantities of materials required for the Work.
1.5 BIDDERS REPRESENTATIONS
A. The Bidder by making a Proposal represents the following:
1. The Bidder has read and understands the Bidding Documents and the Bid is
made in accordance with them �*
2. The Bidder has visited the site, become familiar with location conditions under
which the Work is to be performed and has carefully examined the Bidding
Documents, together with all Addenda issued, received and acknowledged
below, and familiarized himself or herself with the legal requirements (federal,
state, and local laws, ordinances, rules and regulations)and other conditions
which may affect the cost, progress or performance of Work. �*
3. The Bid is based upon the materials, equipment and systems required by the Bid
Documents without exceptions
4. The Bidder acknowledges that his or her failure to acquaint himself or herself
with the existing conditions and Contract Documents shall in no way relieve the
Bidder from any obligations with respect to his or her bid.
1.6 ADDENDA AND INTERPRETATIONS
A. The Bidder shall carefully study and compare the Bidding Documents, examine the
site and local conditions and at once report to the Architect any errors,
inconsistencies or ambiguities discovered
B. All questions by prospective bidders as to the interpretation of the Contract
Documents shall be submitted in writing to the Architect's office and should be in its
INSTRUCTIONS TO BIDDERS 00200- 2
Renovations to ISSUED FOR BIDDING 11/3/2008
Lamont/ALCAP Dining Room
Smith College
Northampton, Massachusetts
wr SECTION 00200 INSTRUCTIONS TO BIDDERS
1.1 APPROVED BIDDERS
A. The Trustee's of the Smith College, hereinafter referred to as Owner, will receive
proposals from a selected list of invited Bidders for Renovations to Lamont/ALCAP
Dining, Smith College, Northampton, Massachusetts. Proposals will be accepted only
e from those Bidders who have been previously selected by Owner.
1. Unsolicited proposals of individuals, partnerships, companies or corporations will
not be considered.
2. Bid and scope of project shall also include minor renovations at Comstock,
Wilder, Morrow and Wilson Dining Rooms located in the Quad on the north end
of campus.
1.2 TYPE OF CONTRACT
A. Owner intends to award a single Stipulated Sum Contract for performance of all work
required by the Contract Documents, including General, Mechanical, Plumbing, Fire
Prevention Systems, and Electrical work.
1. Unsolicited proposals of individuals, partnerships, companies or corporations will
not be considered.
1.3 AVAILABILITY OF BIDDING DOCUMENTS
A. Copies of the Bidding and Contract Documents, may be obtained at the Physical
Plant Reception Desk after 12 PM LOCAL TIME, TUESDAY, NOVEMBER 4, 2008,
weekdays Monday to Friday from 7AM to 5 PM at:
Smith College Physical Plant
Smith College
126 West Street
Northampton, MA 01063
B. Refundable Deposit Required: Cash, check or money order payable to the Owner in
the amount of One Hundred Fifty Dollars ($150.00) per set. The deposits will be
refunded upon return of the documents in good condition within thirty (30) calendar
days after opening of the General Bids, otherwise the deposit shall be the property of
the Owner.
1. Upon payment of deposit, General Contractors will receive Contract Documents
in the form of two bound sets of prints and two Project Manuals. Bidders shall be
responsible for distribution of the Contract Documents. The Owner will provide no
additional sets.
2. Additional sets may be purchased directly from the Owner's printer at a non-
refundable cost set by the printer. Do not contact Smith College, the Architect, or
the project engineers for copies of drawings. NO EXCEPTIONS!
Printer: New England Blueprint Paper Co., Inc., 302 Locust Street, Springfield,
Massachusetts, phone: 413-737-3556
rw INSTRUCTIONS TO BIDDERS 00200 - 1
Renovations to ISSUED FOR BIDDING 11/3/2008
LamonUALCAP Dining Room
Smith College
Northampton, Massachusetts
ww Lamont House is accessible. The Lamont Dining Room is accessible at grade. Accessible bathrooms are
existing and located adjacent to Old Lamont Dining Room at the first floor.
TOILETS & FIXTURES:
Accessible public bathrooms exist on the first floor of the building of each dormitory.
so
e
CODE REVIEW 3
Renovations to ISSUED FOR BIDDING 11/3/2008
Lamont/ALCAP Dining Room
Smith College
Northampton, Massachusetts
2 dining rooms with attached, shared kitchen. — 146 seats and 118 seats
60 + 146 + 118 = 324 total occupants
Egress width per occupant: (with sprinklers)
Stairs = .2 x 324 = 64.8"
Corridors &doors = .2 x 155 = 64.8" w
Minimum allowed width: corridors, 44", stairs 44"
.A
FIRE RESISTANCE RATINGS OF STRUCTURAL ELEMENTS
Structure element Fire resistance Ratings of
Structural Elements
Type 3B (hours)
Exterior wall Load bearing 2
Non load bearing 0
Fire walls and party walls 2
Fire separation assemblies Fire enclosure of exits 2
Shafts Shafts and hoist was 2
Mixed use &fire area 2
separation
Other separation 1
assemblies
Fire partitions Exit access corridors 1
Tenant space separation 0 .�
Dwelling unit separations %(CMR 711.1)
Smoke barriers 1
Other non load bearing partitions 0
Interior load bearing walls, Supporting more than 0
partitions, columns girders, trusses one floor
(other than roof trusses)and
framing
Structural members supporting wall 0
Floor construction including beams 0
Roof construction including beams, 0
trusses and framing, arches and
roof deck
MEANS OF EGRESS: .�
Two existing exit stairs are provided for the upper floors. .
One (1) door is provided in each Lamont dining room ("Old Lamont"and "ALCAP"). One (1) double door,
6'0"wide, is provided in ALCAP room, one (1) single door, 3'-0"wide, provided at Old Lamont. Both
dining rooms have access to two (2) egress paths at the combined servery. Two (2) single doors, 3'-0"
wide, provide egress directly to the exterior. The Old Lamont dining room has one (1) additional double
door, 6'-0"wide, with egress to the building lobby. *�
Exit signs and emergency lighting are installed.
Two exit stairs are provided from the basement areas. w
HANDICAPPED ACCESSIBILITY:
CODE REVIEW 2
` Renovations to ISSUED FOR BIDDING 11/3/2008
Lamont/ALCAP Dining Room
Smith College
Northampton, Massachusetts
w
CODE REVIEW
PROJECT DESCRIPTION:
The Work consists of renovations to an existing dining room in a residence hall on the Smith College
Campus. New serving lines and beverage areas shall be installed in the Lamont/ALCAP dining rooms
and servery. New finishes will be provided at the floors, walls and ceilings in the main dining room
(ALCAP). New lighting shall replace existing fluorescent lighting at the perimeter of the ALCAP dining
room. New and renovated/restored seating,tables and draperies shall be provided under separate
contract for the project and their installation supervised by the General Contractor and Architect.
Additional finish renovations and installation of new furniture shall be completed in Comstock, Wilder,
Morrow and Wilson dining rooms under this contract.
GENERAL INFORMATION
Applicable Building Code: Commonwealth of Massachusetts State Building Code, 780 CMR, 6`h Edition
SITE INFORMATION:
Project Address: Smith College, Northampton, Massachusetts
Parcel Number:
Net Site Area: Not applicable.
Zoning District: URC
BUILDING INFORMATION:
Number of Floors: 4 + basement
Occupancy Use Groups: R-2, A-3
w Construction Type: 3B (noncombustible, unprotected)
Fire protection: Sprinkled
Exterior load bearing wall rating: 2-hr.
Exterior non-bearing wall rating: 0-hr.
Occupancy separations: 1-hr
BUILDING AREA CALCULATIONS
Occupancy Use Groups: R-2, A-3
Base allowable area with 75%frontage increase: 3 story (40') at 16,800 S.F./floor
Additional story and height for sprinkler: 4 story, 60'
Existing R-2 area, Lamont: 1 S`floor 5875 s.f
2"d floor 6728 s.f
3rd floor 6728 s.f
4`h floor 6728 s.f
Occupancy Use Groups: A-3
+ ! Base allowable area with 75%frontage increase: 2 story (30') at 14,700 S.F./floor
Additional story and height for sprinkler: 3 story, 50'
Existing A-3 area, Lamont: 1S`floor 6778 s.f
Occupancy load:
Lamont
60 occupants —60 single rooms
CODE REVIEW 1
NMI I
a*
Excess Liability
1,000,000 Each Occurrence
1,000,000 Aggregate
Umbrella Form required unless otherwise agreed.
You may substitute a higher amount of general liability coverage in lieu of a follow form
umbrella, as long as the sum meets or exceeds the amount of general liability coverage as
requested. You must indicate on your certificate the full amount of insurance carried,
even if it is less than the amount requested.
PLEASE NOTE: The following wording must appear on every insurance certificate
submitted:
The Trustees of Smith College and any present or former trustee director, officer
administer, employee student volunteer worker or Agent is added as an additional
insured to the General Liability Auto Employers Liability and Excess Policies as their
interests may appear. This insurance shall not terminate without at least twenty (20)
day's prior written notice to the college
Please add the college to all applicable policies as additional insured and instruct your
insurance agent(s) to forward original insurance certificates directly to:
Smith College
Purchasing Department
126 West Street
Northampton, MA 01063
And a Copy To: ..
Charlie Conant
Smith College
126 West Street
Northampton, MA 01063-you may fax to (413)585-2398.
You will be required to maintain adequate insurance coverage throughout the entire period .W
of your contract or supplier relationship with the college. The insurance agent must
provide new original certificates directly to the college whenever new policies are issued so
or policies are changed or updated. Failure to have or maintain coverage or to provide
original certificates may be cause for cancellation or non-renewal or your contract.
SMITH COLLEGE LIABILITY INSURANCE REQUIREMENTS
All contractors who routinely transact business on the Smith College Campus must meet
the following insurance requirements:
General Liability:
2,000,000 General Aggregate
1,000,000 Product/Completed Operations
1,000,000 Personal&Advertising Injury
50,000 Fire Damage Legal Liability
5,000 Medical Expense
Coverage is to include Broad Form Property Damage, XCU hazard (if appropriate),
Contractual Liability and be Occurrence Form unless otherwise agreed.
Auto Liability
1,000,000 Combined Single Limit
Coverage is to include All Owned Autos or Scheduled Autos and Hired Autos and Non-
Owned Autos.
Worker's Compensation
Statutory Worker's Compensation
Worker's Liability
1,000,000 Disease—Policy Limit
500,000 Disease—Each Employee
500,000 Each Accident
(Not required of proprietorships and partnerships., which have no employees, if any
employees are subcontracted, coverage will be required, even if the employees are
considered"independent contractors". A statement via letter must be provided with the
certificates or policy copies stating that the firm has no employees other than the
proprietor or partners. A certificate showing coverage of Health Insurance is required of
all-sole proprietor or partners. A certificate showing coverage of health insurance is
required of all-sole proprietors and partners.)
a
no
Renovations to ISSUED FOR BIDDING 11/3/2008
Lamont/ALCAP Dining Room no
Smith College
Northampton, Massachusetts
Safety: '®
Each Contractor, Subcontractor and Supplier is responsible for the health and safety of its own
workers and for complying with the latest applicable regulations, including, but not limited to those
of the U.S. department of labor(OSHA). Each Subcontractor shall issue and enforce the use of w►
all personal protection equipment as required while on-site. The Contractor, Subcontractor and
Supplier shall comply with all the statutory regulations and requirements including but not limited
to the following:
.w.
❑ Occupational Safety and Health act of 1970 as amended.
❑ 29 CFR01926 OSHA Hazardous Communications Standards.
❑ State Department of Labor and Industry Division of Industrial Safety
❑ Insurance Safety Requirements/Owner Controlled Insurance Program
❑ General Contractor's written safety program.
❑ Local safety regulations.
❑ Hard hats and appropriate personal protection equipment shall be worn at all times while in "°"
the designated construction area. Failure to comply and the Contractor, Subcontractor or
Supplier shall be fully responsible for all fines and penalties.
Subcontractors and suppliers shall notify the General Contractor of all accidents occurring on the
job site to persons or property and shall provide the General Contractor with a copy of all accident
reports within five days of occurrence.
In the event of OSHA fines being charged to this project, the offending subcontractor agrees to
pay that portion assessed against the General Contractor, which was directly attributable to the
subcontractors work. ..
Code Compliance:
Contractors, Subcontractors and Suppliers will comply with all applicable codes and regulations
and requirements of all authorities having jurisdiction. ON
Subcontractor requirements:
All Contractors, Subcontractors and Suppliers require the following items prior to proceeding with am
any work, or receiving any payments:
a. List of subcontractors and suppliers
b. Schedule of values.
c. Progress schedule. go
d. List of Contractor's personnel, addresses, telephone numbers and copies of licenses.
e. Copies of all permits and permit applications
f. Certificate of insurance with the Owner and General Contractor indicated as am
additionally insured.
g. Performance and payment bonds (if required).
h. Executed letter of intent, contract or purchase order.
i. Executed Owner Control of Insurance Program forms. 40
am
.0
SAN
SMITH COLLEGE'S OWNER CONDITIONS 4 'o
" Renovations to ISSUED FOR BIDDING 11/3/2008
Lamont/ALCAP Dining Room
Smith College
Northampton, Massachusetts
associated with worker and/or environmental protection shall be the responsibility of the
Contractor under the Base Bid.
In addition, the Contractor is also hereby made aware of the requirement to provide a submittal to
the Owner documenting the proper handling, removal and disposal of asbestos and lead
containing materials for final payment/closeout.
Any other hazards not identified should immediately be brought to the attention of the General
Contractor and to Smith College.
Keys:
The College will provide the General Contractor with the necessary keys if needed for the project.
The contractor will sign a key form stating what key or keys are issued to them. It is the
responsibility of the contractor to return the keys to the Smith College Project Manager. The
40 General Contractor will receive a copy of the key form, signed by the college that states the keys
have been returned. Failure to comply with said terms will result in a charge of$250.00 per key.
The college reserves the right to deduct this amount from the final invoice. Loss of master keys
will result in the re-keying of the entire building at the General Contractor's expense.
Cleaning:
The General Contractor will provide dumpsters. All contractors are required to clean their work
war areas daily. If necessary, the General Contractor will clean at the Subcontractor's expense.
Substance Abuse:
Substance abuse of any kind will not be tolerated and shall be cause for removal from the project
or immediate termination of employment.
Supervision:
Subcontractors are required to employ competent supervisors and field personnel and shall
coordinate their work with the work of all other trades.
Temporary power:
The Contractor will provide necessary temporary lights & power and cover. The Owner will pay
for electrical power consumed.
Temporary sanitary facilities:
The General Contractor will provide portable toilets for the duration of the construction project.
The General Contractor will also provide potable water. The Plumbing Contractor will provide
temporary connections to the water service for non-potable water usage. The Owner will pay for
the cost of water consumed.
Telephone service:
The Contractor will provide telephone service and be responsible for all associated costs.
Hoisting and Scaffolding:
The General Contractor or the subcontractors are to provide their own ladders, scaffolding,
'! staging, and hoisting equipment and all the necessary equipment to accomplish their work.
Installation of any staging or scaffolding should be coordinated with the General Contractor.
Subcontractors and Suppliers:
Prior to their work each Subcontractor shall submit to the General Contractor for approval a
complete list of all Sub-subcontractors and suppliers that the Subcontractor will employ or
purchase from. A Subcontractor is responsible for the compliance of its Subcontractor and/or
Suppliers to all terms and conditions of the Subcontract.
3
SMITH COLLEGE'S OWNER CONDITIONS
..
Renovations to ISSUED FOR BIDDING 11/3/2008
Lamont/ALCAP Dining Room so
Smith College
Northampton, Massachusetts
Any rebates for purchased items should be submitted for Smith College by the applicable w`
Contractor and to be credited toward the final invoice. For example: W. R. Grace's acoustical
treatment rebate. Any local, state, or federal energy rebate programs should also be explored for
inclusion with the project. g,
Use of Premises:
The General Contractor will control the use of the premises throughout the entire construction
project. All subcontractors are to arrange with the General Contractor all deliveries and need for
storage and office space and coordination of installation of major equipment. The construction
workforce is to be restricted to the construction area and the construction limit. Any employee
that doesn't adhere to these limits will be terminated.
Interruption Requests:
1. All utility(electrical, water, sewer, gas, telephone, hot water, steam and air conditioning)
interruptions are to be made during the Owner's defined "off hours" unless other times are
agreed to in writing.
2. The General Contractor shall request the Owner's approval a minimum of 72 hours in
advance of any utility interruption. There shall be no additional cost to the Owner.
a) Notify the Fire department of Northampton, and the Physical Plant department of
any interruptions to the fire alarm or the fire sprinkler systems. The college will
notify the proper insurance carriers of the "out-of-service"condition.
3. The General Contractor shall submit any request that differ from the above to the Owner's
project manager a minimum of 72 hours in advance. Some changes may be possible
depending on the circumstances and time of the year.
Harassment:
Harassment of any kind will not be tolerated on this project or on the campus. This includes any
inappropriate actions or noises either on the construction site or in the surrounding area. It is
strongly recommended that all contractors instruct their employees to limit their contact with
college personnel staff or students. Any occurrence of harassment will be cause for immediate
termination and possibly removal of subcontractor from the site. The General Contractor will
strictly enforce these harassment policies. 4W
Noise control:
As maintained by Smith College, noise generated by subcontractors must be controlled to a
maximum level of 80dB. The city of Northampton also has a noise ordinance which restricts noise ""
before 7 a.m. and after 11:00 PM. Be advised that activities will be restricted if noise levels
exceed the allowable limits.
a. "Noisy"Tasks: As defined by the Owner's Project Manager, such as concrete 00
demolition, sawing, or drilling, shall be done during off hours at no additional cost
to the Owner, unless other times are agreed to in writing. For the portion of time
that the building is still occupied while under construction, it is requested that all
of the above mentioned activities take place after 7:00 am. 40
Objectionable Tasks:
Operations producing objectionable odors to occupants/users of the project facility/building, such wo
as floor mastic, painting, etc., shall be performed during off-hours, unless other times are agreed
to in writing.
Known & Unknown Hazards: as
The Contractor shall be made aware that asbestos and lead-containing materials may be present
in the existing building in areas to be demolished. Upon discovery, the Contractor shall perform
any removal of such materials in accordance with Local, State and Federal Regulations. All costs
associated with removal of such materials as well as compliance with all applicable laws
SMITH COLLEGE'S OWNER CONDITIONS 2 "'�
OR
Renovations to ISSUED FOR BIDDING 11/3/2008
Lamont/ALCAP Dining Room
Smith College
Northampton, Massachusetts
Smith College's OWNER CONDITIONS
� Site visit:
Any visits to the project site must be scheduled with the Owner a minimum of 24 hours in
advance.
Acceptance of Bids:
The Owner reserves the right to reject any or all bids and to waive any informality in the bidding
should it be deemed in the Owner's opinion to be in any way in his best interest to do so.
Taxes:
This project is exempt from the Massachusetts State sales tax. Certificates will be furnished to all
successful bidders.
Schedules of work:
Work on this project will begin after December 19, 2008 and its substantial completion will be
accomplished no later than January 23, 2009 in Lamont. Work in all other dining rooms will be
completed by January 16'n
Traffic controls:
The General Contractor shall be responsible for paying the Town of Northampton for police
details request by authorized agencies or officials. Prior to disrupting traffic flow on a campus
roadway and to avoid causing a potential hazard to pedestrians or vehicles, the Contractor shall
arrange for and pay for security details through the Owner's Campus Police office. In all cases,
the Owner's Campus Police office shall be the final authority of what activity is a potential hazard
to pedestrians or vehicles.
Parking and Deliveries:
All contractors will be required to adhere to the college campus parking regulations.
If the employees of the contractors receive a Smith College parking ticket for parking in an
unauthorized parking space, and did not pay the fine, the college has the right to deduct whatever
fines are outstanding form the final payment of the completed job.
Lawns:
The General Contractor is responsible to take whatever action is necessary to prevent damage to
the lawns, sidewalks, trees and shrubs on the college property. The Owner will review the area
with the General Contractor before the job starts, to make any notes about the exiting conditions.
After the work is completed, the Owner, along with the General Contractor will review the site. If
damage has accrued, it is the responsibility of the General Contractor to repair or replace the
shrubs, trees, lawns and sidewalks to the satisfaction for the college. Further information about
protection requirements may be found within the bid specifications.
Insurance:
See Owner's Insurance Requirements.
Permits:
The General Contractor will obtain permits as specified in the project manual. The contractor is
responsible that their subcontractors have all required permits. Copies of all permits, inspection
report, and communication with the building department are to be supplied to the General
Contractor.
' Rebates and Credits
SMITH COLLEGE'S OWNER CONDITIONS 1
"S.C. Approved Subcontractor Bid List
Site Elevator Contractors
Warner Bros. Sunderland, MA Schindler Hartford, CT
T&M Equipment Corp. Sphngfio|d, MA Bay State Chicopee, MA
Palmer Paving Palmer, MA Otis VK Springfield, yWA
Marion Excavating S. Hadley, K4A Associated Elevator S.Yarmouth, K4/\
to Duffy/Willard Northampton, MA
Dietz ConoLCorporation Easthampton, MA Mechanical Contractors
�
'Truohart Paving & Lands. Southampton, MA Harry OrodokyCo. Springfield, MA
Karl's Excavating, Inc. Hadley, MA M.J. Moran Haydenvi||e. [NA
JC &Company Northampton, MA TJ. Convvay Springfield, MA
Adams Plumbing & Heating, Inc. Adams, MA
Landscape
Ouffy/Willard Northampton, [NA Sheet Metal Fabricators
K.R. Longdn Nodhamptun, MA K|ooborg Sheet Metal Ludlow, M/\
^'Truehart Paving & Lands. Southampton, MA Fisher Sheet Metal Springfield, MA
Mt View Landscapes& Chicopee, MA Berkshire Air VV. Springfield, MA
!OAmherst Amherst, MA Custom Sheet metal Haydenvi||*. KJ/\
M8iscet1mmmoma Metals Hurley and David Air Springfie|d, MA
Aooufab Goshen, MA
"Arrow Welding Hatfield, MA Automatic Temperature Control
ARC Welding Hadley, MA Yankee Technology Ludlow, MA
Ralph's Welding Northampton. [W/\
SVVE Springfield, MA Fire Protection
Industrial Sheet Metal Nodhampton. K8/\ Allied Fire Protection Springfield, MA
�
^Millwork K4J. K4onen HaydanviUe. [NA
VVestak VVostfia|d, MA. H.F.P. VVastha|d, MA
Amherst Woodworking Northampton, MA Warehouse Mechanical S. Hadley, K8A
«`
John Carlo Woodworking VVeatfia|d, MA
Wright Architectural Northampton, MA Electrical Contractors
Haydonvi||oVVoodworking Amherst, MA Collins Electric Chicopee, MA
Laurel Hill (Peter De||ert) Holyoke, MA David R. NorthupElectric Agawam, MA
�
Bradford Woodworking F|ovonoe, K8/\ T&yW E|mo1rio Dalton, MA
wp
Sa|em Board and Beam Northampton,hampton MA Orchard Electric Northampton, yW/\
x
Roofing Contractors Communication Contractors
K4onio Springfield, MA Hogan Communications Holyoke, MA
Titan Chicopee, [WA Coughlin Electrical, Inc. Springfield, MA
Mahou` Joe ' Sm. pnoj. Granby, K4A'487'0581
Po||etior,A| Sm. Pnoj. VVestfie|d, W1A-532'634G EnnhnunnnentoK Contractors
Ernest Peterson Inc. Hortfnrd. Ct Abide East Longmeadow
�
Allied Restoration-flats East Hadfuvd, Ct ATCA000niaten West Springfield
R.C.|. Roofing -Sm. Pnoj. Easthampton, MA
Flooring Contractors
'
'Painting Contractors Mercier Carpet V . Springfield, WA
L000uo Owen Northampton, MA Landmark Flooring Concept Albany, NY
'
Northeast Northampton, M/ M. Frank Higgins& Co. Newington, CT
0�Coffey & Heady Northampton, MA Ayofte & King Chicopee, MA
Ca||ahan. Joe Pelham, MA P |h A Dion A&Son Flooring Hadley, MA
Novotny Northampton, MA
Kitchen Equipment
B&G Restaurant Supply, Inc. Pittsfield, MA
�
Kittredge Equipment Springfio|d, MA
5 Smith College Approved Subcontractor List 2000.x|o
A.R. Green & Sons
Russell Sprague
19 St. James Ave., P.O. Box 1009
Holyoke, MA 01041
413-538-7947
fax 413-534-4798
Wright Builders
Joyce Paige
48 Bates Street
Northampton. MA 01060
413-586-8287
fax 413-587-9276
Teagno Construction Inc.
Don Teagno
+ P.O. Box 2054 228 Triangle Street
Amherst, MA 01004-2054
413-549-0803
fax 413-549-2628
Aquadro & Cerruti Inc.
Rick Aquadro
w P.O.Box 656, Texas Rd.,
Northampton,
MA 01061
413-584-4022
fax 413-584-0011
Western Builders
Paul Ugolini
73 Pleasant Street PO Box 278
Granby, MA 06035
413-467-9171
fax 413-467-9559
Marois Construction
Joe Marois
148 Newton Street
South Hadley, Ma 01075
413-533-1320
fax 413-532-1149
Wischhof Construction
!P Ray Wischhof
10 Blackberry Circle
Holyoke, MA 01040-9741
413-533-2520
Vp SMITH COLLEGE
Campus Operations & Facilities
The Owner reserves the right to reject any or all bids of the General Bidders and to waive any informality
..�
in the bids received and to accept the bid which in its judgment best serves the interests of the Owner.
Abbreviated bid schedule:
Tuesday,November 4rd—12pm—Three set of plans available for pickup Phys.Plant,($150 refundable
deposit w/self addressed stamped envelope)
Checks payable to: The Trustees of The Smith College
Wednesday,November 12-9am-Contractor site visit,Cushing House, Smith College,Northampton,
Massachusetts
Wednesday,November 19—2pm—Bids due at Smith Phys.Plant
Friday,November 21—Contract awarded.
lase
By order of *W
The Trustees of The Smith College
c/o Facilities Management
Northampton,MA 01063
Charlie Conant
Project Manager
■w
ow
w
we
w
■w
A
SMITH COUEGE
Campus Operations & Facilities
Invitation to Bid
Renovations to Lamont/ALCAP Dining Room
Lamont House, Smith College
Northampton, Massachusetts
You are invited to bid on a General Construction Project entitled: Renovations to Lamont/ALCAP Dining
Room in the Lamont House on the Campus of Smith College,Northampton,Massachusetts. The documents
have been prepared by: Thomas Douglas Architects,Inc.,Northampton,Massachusetts.
The Work consists of renovations to existing dining rooms in residence halls on the Smith College Campus.
New serving lines and beverage areas shall be installed in the Lamont/ALCAP dining room. New finishes
will be provided at the floors, walls and ceilings. New lighting will be installed in the ALCAP Dining
Room. New sheer draperies will be provided in the Old Lamont Dining Room. New tables, renovated
seating and banquette seating will be provided for the dining rooms under separate contract and their
installation shall be supervised by the General Contractor.
In addition to work done in the Lamont/ALCAP dining rooms, new paint, lighting, draperies and
restoration of existing woodwork will be provided at Comstock &Wilder Dining Rooms. A new beverage
+mot line will be installed at Comstock&Wilder. New lighting and an additional data and power connection will
be provided at the Morrow Dining Room. A new data connection port and power will also be provided in
Morrow Dining for future One Card connection. New painted finishes and drapery will be provided in
Wilson Dining Room. New seating, tables and banquette seating will be provided in Comstock, Wilder,
Morrow and Wilson Dining Rooms under separate contract. Their installation shall be supervised and
coordinated by the General Contractor.
ap Proposals will be receive from a pre-approved list of general,contractors.Unsolicited proposals of
individuals,partnerships,companies or corporations will not be considered.
The project will commence on or before December 19,2008 and be Substantially Completed by January
23,2009.Work in Comstock, Morrow,Wilder and Wilson dining rooms will commence on or before
December 19,2008 and be Substantially Completed by January 16,2009.
Copies of bidding documents will be distributed by the Owner after 12:OOPM local time,Tuesday,
_ November 4,2008.Three sets of documents will be available in the drafting room on the second floor of
the Smith College Facilities Management building,at 126 West Street,Northampton, MA. A$150
refundable deposit and self addressed and stamped envelope is required. Make checks payable to The
Trustees of The Smith College.
Additional sets may be purchased directly from New England Blueprint(Springfield,MA)at a non-
refundable cost set by the printer. Do not contact Smith College,the Architect,or the project engineers for
copies of drawings. NO EXCEPTIONS!
A pre-bid conference will be held at Lamont House,Smith College,Northampton, MA on Wednesday,
November 12,2008 at 9:OOAM. Limited parking is available in the street adjacent to the building and on
Elm Street(route 9).Additional parking is available at the Smith College Facilities Management lot.This
conference is for the specific purpose of viewing the site and clarifying questions by bidders,sub-bidders,
subcontractors and suppliers.
pe Proposals shall be received at the office of the Owner's Project Manager until 2PM local time on
Wednesday,November 19,2008.The contract shall be awarded Friday,November 21,2008.
The Owner,with the Architect present,will open proposals in private. Bidders may not be present at the
time of opening of proposals.
Renovations to ISSUED FOR BIDDING 11/3/2008
Lamont/ALCAP Dining Room
Smith College
Northampton, Massachusetts
DIVISION 12— FURNISHINGS
' 12495 WINDOW TREATMENT
DIVISION 13—SPECIAL CONSTRUCTION
NOT APPLICABLE
DIVISION 14—CONVEYING SYSTEMS
NOT APPLICABLE
DIVISION 15— MECHANICAL
15400 PLUMBING
15600 HVAC
DIVISION 16— ELECTRICAL
16100 ELECTRICAL
1
TABLE OF CONTENTS TOC-3
go
Renovations to ISSUED FOR BIDDING 11/3/2008
Lamont/ALCAP Dining Room Aw
Smith College
Northampton, Massachusetts
DIVISION 4 - MASONRY
04731 QUARTZ SURFACE FABRICATIONS
DIVISION 5 - METALS
NOT APPLICABLE
DIVISION 6 -WOOD AND PLASTICS '
06100 ROUGH CARPENTRY
06200 FINISH CARPENTRY .�.
06402 INTERIOR ARCHITECTURAL WOODWORK
06551 SOLID SURFACE FABRICATIONS
DIVISION 7 -THERMAL AND MOISTURE PROTECTION
07841 FIRE STOPPING
07920 JOINT SEALANTS
DIVISION 8 - DOORS AND WINDOWS
08212 WOOD DOORS
08710 DOOR HARDWARE
08711 HARDWARE SETS
08800 GLAZING
DIVISION 9 - FINISHES
09255 GYPSUM WALL BOARD ASSEMBLIES
09510 CEILING TILE
09515 SELECTIVE ACOUSTICAL CEILING DEMOLITION
09650 RESILIENT FLOORING (Resilient Linoleum Sheet Flooring)
09657 RESILIENT SHEET FLOORING
09658 RESILIENT TILE FLOORING (add alternate#3)
09900 PAINTING
s
DIVISION 10 - SPECIALTIES
10100 VISUAL DISPLAY BOARDS
10520 FIRE-PROTECTIONS SPECIALTIES
DIVISION 11 - EQUIPMENT
NOT APPLICABLE
TABLE OF CONTENTS TOC-2 "
Renovations to ISSUED FOR BIDDING 11/3/2008
Lamont/ALCAP Dining Room
Smith College
Northampton, Massachusetts
TABLE OF CONTENTS
Invitation to Bid
Smith College Bid List
Smith College Approved Sub-Contractors List
Smith College Owner Conditions
Smith College Liability Insurance Requirements
Code Review
DIVISION 1 -GENERAL REQUIREMENTS
00200 INSTRUCTIONS TO BIDDERS
00410 BID FORM
00438 BID FORM SUPPLIMENT- PROPOSED SUBCONTRACTORS
01010 SUMMARY OF WORK
01020 ALLOWANCES
01027 APPLICATIONS FOR PAYMENT
01030 ALTERNATES
01035 MODIFICATION PROCEDURES
01040 COORDINATION
01095 REFERENCE STANDARDS AND DEFINITIONS
01200 PROJECT MEETINGS
01300 SUBMITTALS
01400 QUALITY CONTROL
01500 CONSTRUCTION FACILITIES AND TEMPORARY CONTROLS
01505 CONSTRUCTION AND DEMOLITION WASTE MANAGEMENT
01600 MATERIALS AND EQUIPMENT
01631 SUBSTITUTIONS
01700 CONTRACT CLOSEOUT
01740 WARRANTIES
DIVISION 2 -SITEWORK
NOT APPLICABLE
DIVISION 3 - CONCRETE
NOT APPLICABLE
TABLE OF CONTENTS TOC-1
Project Name: Renovations to
Lamont/ALCAP Dining Room
Smith College
Northampton, MA
Owner: The Trustees of Smith College
Smith College
Northampton, MA
Phone: 413-585-2400
Project Manager: Charlie Conant
Architect: Thomas Douglas Architects, Inc.
136 West Street
Northampton, MA
Phone: 413-585-0641, Fax: 413-582-9882
Project Architects: Tom Douglas, Jody Barker
MEP/FP: Lindgren & Sharples, P.C.
435 Cottage Street
Springfield, MA
Phone: 413-732-4336, Fax: 413-731-0786
Project Engineers: Dino D'Angelo, Julia Weatherby
PROJECT MANUAL
"ISSUED FOR BIDDING, NOVEMBER 3, 2008"
9007/ZUkL L#vaN30aV
�MN aOP��M.
31V0 3nSSi n4 M`uo►dwo41+oN MnrIOWA=o:MopwqspOpp��sew pw :
SOMPJU9wS IRa.wwa.w. w"gosMwwap "eq~n"w "I
zaes M MO M4►e90i92(C&O:a604d
WOOH vw'uWd-wMMN'848 mm get
NVId 3HnllNUnd ONINIa dVO'lV/1NOWV'l 'O°! `stool!43AV
dVDIV/1NOWVl 7 • /1 • w
1V SNOISIA3H of suol3enouaH
SINOOH ONINIa dVOIV(INV 1NOWVl alo lV 1nOAVI 3unllNund a3SIA3H-Z't-V::13H
110-,l =..8/t :31VOS
WOOU UNIMNOSIM - SNO11YA313 UOIU31NI
s
---iV38HON39'" __ n ..111391q.139.4.
q
z
ZZ
z
PZ
Q Rw I Y U?wzf: Q c
J W 1-O
m¢~`UQ[��R.�1��1111Q1-1 LLLL11aQ
>Om7UF 3N 9nln*° 99wc >4U>
tyros � �,jUQZ
a O=m�(9
a 00� �U� z U
� a I
1 � I
g I
88
r� E
0
fi
F]
FJ
W / \
2fi, I I
® gWh% l J
Z
ZLL W
�W IZ ORl
OCC
RZ O
WE �d
�¢
O
Z~ ZC0 W
PmlQ� LL a wm IL
w¢ Qy m~w
---WW¢�
.� Pp
Lai BUM- 3a� \\
' `\
' Z�V \`\
♦`\
a i'a acv /�---- - --T `
o 016 c 0 \
ao
Z 2 ac §Z�
ZfZiZIZZ w �
uiuiuiui Z w—
W mQQ!!4 2 O w maU
mww�W� c7(7o 0
?m�� � zZO
wamrnww °g aw w�°m
¢Wx�CXX b�"I �o Z3r I �� rr
m�mW W3.�I1.�1I33 =1=W�'� ZN 1 I .�Y/ \Yr
_ QmJ—IJJ I.W- Q Z ffp3
of-Qmmmm F Z a X6 e I I I
cc
1
t�WJJJW W�11
Z<Q�ZQv� 3 O
6. ww LL mmQ O
¢7 r L
z _= C-1 6_ =O J Z
'Dp D
1, s
�
X ITT,
w UO
.6LUTT z
xx; I
� ,I 1
a 1
m Z WI D
1 \ \ 1
6qpp. /
9P09 arms
4 '
Y ` '
tll '
q
MUM tx VON300v
gta4=98M'uoyws4i oN � 'Oa�waww wa� nW�p-N MNft 31SSl AI
m�
GOMIO04MM Owa�wwwv.�a■ar+wwN+oswiva.+�wwwoaNa.wt
GO�11 S_a V/ taQS m(et►)xw t"O-es(et0•ou*w
SNOIIVA313 WOOd VWA'1OWWMaJON 198M MM eet
woos JNINIa dV3IV/1NOWV7 '3ul `svemom
ONINIO NOSIIM
1V SNOISIA3H OI SUORBAOUGH
'WOOD ONINIO NOSIIM IV SNOIIVA313 HOIU31NI-ZO-)IS-ab`0"l-MW:33H
..0-.L =..9 US:3-IVOS
W Oa ONINiaNOS11M - SNOIIVA313 UOIU31NI
a
61'd WIH1 B 3SV8 61'd'ONI.LL00SNIVM 1NIVd a
Wd '13N18VO Puo a4Ol uacb
39VOH3A381NIVd
'03HU103H
SV H3nOl3H'NIVW3H
Ol HSINId AVMHOHV
'H3LNf100
3OVIi3A38 ONIH38
SWV3S HMd3H'NIVW3H
Ol H3dVdllVM ONIISIX3
NIVW3H
Ol HSINI3'NIVW3H 01
ONIOIOW NMOHO ONIISIX3
'03HU103H
SV HOnOI3H'NIVW3H 6t'd
Ol HSINH AVMHOHV 61'd
6l'd Bt'd
6t'd WIHl'8 3SV8
'ONIlIOOSNIVM INIVd
NIVW3H
Ol H3dVdIIVM UNIISIX3
6t'd'WIHl'8 TI3M
MOONIM'MOONIM 1NIVd
'0313103dS SV OOH NIVIHl10
V 83dVH0 H33HS M3N
NIVW3H
01 HSINIj'NIVW3H Ol
ONIOIOW NMOHO ONIISIX3
9
6t'd
(393-100 A8)ONIJ 3S c
3LL3nONV8 M.I.
6 t'd'3SV8
V ONI1100SNIVM 1NMd S4XZL SYXZL 1011M
HOHHIW HOHHIW HoHHIW
NIVW38 M3N M3N I M3N M3N
Ol H3ddd IIVM ONIISIX3
(4)d0 dAl'3W VHd
DOOM 031NIVd VXY/9
/M HOHHIW 86XZL M3N
6Vd'WOSNVHI 8
3WVHd'H000 ONIISIX31NIVd
NIVW3H
Ol HSINid'NIVW3lI Ol
ONIOIOW NMOHO ONIISIX3
'AVMIIVH 1N30V('0V NI llV1SN13H
'OHV08NOVl ONIISIX3 3AOW3H
d
t 6t'd t 61'd
6l'd C 6t'd
6I'd MUl 8 3SV8
'ONI110OSNIVM 1NIVd
St'd IIVM 1NINd 6Vd 6t'd 6l'd
'IIVM H3ddfl 1V H3dVd
T1VM OMISIX3 3AOW3H 84X06-tie Sl'd —HOHtlWV t!9!!H
61'd'WIEU V T13M M3N M3N
MOONIM'MOONIM 1NIVd
St'd
'031d103dS SV OOH NIV1Hf10
S 83dVH0 H33HS M3N
8l'd
(Z)d0 d U'3WVHd S Vd
000M 031NIVd 4X4/S
/M HOHHIW 84X06 M3N
NIVW38
Ol HSINId'NIVW38 Ol
ONIMOW NMOHO ONIISIX3
SOOZ/ZL/l l aN3aatl
3tl 31SSl
�wwP�O�.w
PMWW Owaw ra wwa' i+wor..
e50IMO4UWS Rggm"wpm POOMPAMMwV. "ggw"l*q n"L
Z���S-od gna-m(m)=4 L"o-on(elr):Ouow
woos V Y'awaule4UM` MOM9eL
NVId w00H ONINla dV31V/1NOWVI '3ul`sM}!4:)JV
UNINIa NOSIIM ? : �� •
1V SNOISIA3H of suogenouaH
'SHOHHIW(SSVl9 84XZL)95X6L W aNV(SSViE)86X0£)95X8£W a3aaV,-LnO lVl 3unlINEni a3SIA3H 0'l-MmZ:'33H
„0-,l =„9 L/£:31VOS
WOOU ONINIa NOS11M - Nd d a0 �-A
3931100 A8-ONOI.9-SL'31131 oNVS HDIH.9£ l
031ON 391Ma3H10 SS3lNn 03HSIN1 3a 3931100 AS-DNO-1.0-£t'3113ftONVS HOIH.9E t
38 Ol SaIVHO ONLLSIX3 38 Ol Sa1VHO TIV� :3u noNV9
3931100 A8-M3N`3SV8 31A1S.X./M 318V131dVW.9VX.0£ 9
0310N 3a3HM 1d33X3 NMW3a Ol 80100 Wlal ONIISIX3• NIVWla Ol 3afFLNafFd 9NLLSIX3 303TIOO AS-M3N'3SV8 31A1S.X./M 318VI 31dVW.OEX.I Z Z
0310N 3a314M 1d3OX3 NI4W3a 01 a3dVd T1VM ONIISIX3- 3931100 AS-03HSINI338'318tl1 aV ln9NV133a 9NI1SIX3 6
6t"d 80"1001NIVd'Wlal ONV T1VM a3MOl•
3031103 AS-03HSINW3a'SLV3S 68
St"d aOlOOlNIVd`nVMIN330V• 3afWNafFd M3N r :S81VH34 S316tl1
'SN011tl3Id103dS
33S-OOa M3N l9-NS-Ov
V S3dVa0 3laaVJ a33HS
M3N 301AOad'OOa (Z)d0 dAl
9 331Na0O'Nltlla(IO rj'6t"d�3SVIGI SVI INR/d
DNIISI X3 3AOW3a
6l'd'WItiL NIM 1NIVd X3 NIVW3a
V MOONIM
6t"d'Wlal 318tl1 318tl1
V MOONIM 1NIVd
'(S)a00N3A 3931100 H11M 6l"d
m� OExSY NOIIVIWISNI 3ivNiau000
( 0 l'd `11tlM t3M01
01,3 E)'OIN'3031103
$p a A8 31L3n0NV8 9E M3N 801310381NItld 01 a3dVd TFVM
x X
6VdS13NISV3
1NIVd'NIVW3a Ol
3NIl ONIA83S ONIISIX3
m
o9w OIOO IOH
O131j NI SNOISN3W10 m
6l'd A-Ia3A 3N1.1 x
1-nv "H33�a IOH 9NI1SDO IV d01
fe 3 Ol k13dVd TNM OtlI00Z M3N 301AOad G)
ro 0£xUZ
3LIV
�o 0
m
0D m
E
elm Bugsaa aigsm algal Bugwca eialsw em Bugspce etgsei X I E
u-
O '393TIOO OfX4Z
A8"S OaVONV1S
S,a3uniov:inNV
W08d 13311H3aV NIVW3a OIN`303T10O 8001
A8 031O313S 01 80100 WIa17T 8000 LO-)1S-OV A8"dAl"03aIVd3a
38 3S 01 S 31A-'d.X (S)8OON3A 3931100 HMM 9 03aO1S3a'03NV31O
3SV8 31A1S.X NOLLV11V1SNl 31tlNI0a000 38 Ol Sa1MHO ONIISIX3 WOOH JNINIo v3atl SIHl'NIVW3a
9318tl10£X4ZM3N Ol"3"9'31N'303nOO S.LV3S£6 01S3HSINId9NIISIX3
AS 31.3nDNVS.9C M3N NIVW3a
Ol HOHV 1V 80103
OIN'393TIOO Wltil DOOM ON11SIX3
A8'SOaVONtl18
S,a3afLLOV:inNVW
WOW 13311HOatl OIN'3931100
A8 0310313S AS 03uols3ti
38 OI 801CO'dAl 38 0131831
'3Stl8 31A1S.X. ° o a atllftONtll IX3
V 318V1 OEX86 M3N m m m 9NIlSIX3
a
m o Q do
m m m
OEXGV 0
6L'd`13NIBtlO
llVH 911VM
NOlIV nVISNl a )IS a a3MOl lNltld
aOd T1tlM SIHL "NIVW3a Ol
QaV08 Nltll 83dVd T M
30VAIVS'6l' V
"nvm 83M01
1NIVd"NIHW3H Ifl
Ol a3dtld 1b 0 mq 3 w
OF718V a G)
o
I c
l o m m D
m 41SOOl
W)IS•OV Lo-)IS-OV 3NI130Va3A38
0NIH38 a3dVd
OCKgV 6L"d`a3MOl 1NIVd TFVM 3aOlS38/81Vd38
SL'd'a3ddn 1NIVd 1 a3dtld
nvM 1SIX3 3AOW3a
(86x0£aseIm (Sbxm SWIG)
95xL£iwaw ggxlg www
SMOONIM(E)ltl (E)d0 dAl'6l'd
dA1'SNOLLVOId103dS 33S-0Oa M3N'd WItiL"OOSStl 8 SS3O3a
S3dtla0 O188Vd a33HS M3N 301Na0O MOONIM'MOONIM
B'3dtl80'OOd ONIISIX3 3AOW3a aOltllOtla 1NItld
WOW1111 I LiF/4N30111
3110 =3L1SS1 apeYLlil7el86w`u0lduLe4UON pO"aw riew.r+�aero�.. .ww+
sompo tawS E LI`pl�alw�anpwwNO�pP�lpY�1„LIPwAl
98s�z8s(M)Mw LM-9"(m)_w
woos vn loommmvet
NV'ld WOOU ONINIO dd3lV/1NOW :)ui`spolmo b
ONINIa mouu0W
lb SNOISIA3H 03 Suogenouea
W
Z< UO rW
¢Z U�tlui uwl
Z¢ .
o< WXU
Z> ZJW LLOW
0.60
26
�Z,,,U
t ODU.
<U¢V
aiILL
f-Qdww w
�¢ m z
°3za O
zQa¢ U
318Y1 Wga�o O LL
m
>oO?W� z
�Z�Wo W
O aim Bunsoce e,olse, ww 3¢=
cc a
Q) ° Z
a W
I-O u zwo z 0. w
z W tl rn ¢
ozo 00
cc
(a x w aWg O
o a o m eIm Bugsoce s,olse, D LL
z CO- J LL
I.= ¢ (� LL O
LD
W °moo '��+ Z z
$zLU ol°� Z r�' O
N_j LL C�' L'4Cm 0 Z U
oO W O
U <UnU 4 p
,)RE a pO Q
z wTtl a z Y. L-
Pz-w
m W a� epel Buusae worse, W Q O
W��� g W Z gz
m
.
m � ow
CO z W ? w
¢L E- o p'- >g
w CO �° II W
zpJ Z 3 Fp ow¢
WF--4z Fy J 3 O r as
W Oo �Uf-W Wm Q J
� LL¢ F fff�LLLtlZ> C oc Q
mi-1 zW°ULU J eKm Bu4sae e,olse, Z6 Z O aJ O
XOFQ- W20 I?'o
S2 v) W Z U W W
w °e¢~czivmi c`�'itlgmv $pin w¢ a Cl) ¢¢
Z p_pppO¢¢U ?:_j C' °'2
W LQ-V1 W, 200(33:
Q
tl
LZ XaW°w.l
> N - -
m
tl w wQ> :
z zWrnmm ,
S2 ym
M
w M w Ww
ww
tltl
w
z W
Ow0U pp
Q
J
O tlw
euenLww m 0 W}z Z wd W
w 00
D -T-H�j �T :R E6
2-i�a w m
z OmltCX ZW
mm OJO ¢ tl°
cp m� qqq l3 xo 08;5 01J O
V O LD L�--Lc-o W
y m Z OtlFmJ rr W Imo-- WW
Z Uy��J J z° 2 LL py
I Q Q ¢ QQ
C � °C Lx(7tlf�p mm LL 2 lLJ io
N 3 0lw-1-F-�(9 S2 W
w ? Z W JW
m OWRX;,`m W Lo
<_ � ry,w wwNa q
r IIJ! O LAZ
Q� m z LL
,w
°d O
¢= a a
0 r'1
w = ^ = Y
U
Z
am
Orton
(L LL i
Lindgren & Sharples, P.C.
Consulting Engineers
435 Cottage Street
Springfield, MA 01104
Drawing ED 1.1
Item 1: Electrical Demo Plan—Add electrical panel "MDP"to the plan. The
location of the panel shall be the center of Corridor 100C3 adjacent to the
elevator.
Item 2: Electrical Demo Plan—Add Note in reference to panel "MDP" to read:
"Existing panel to remain, located in basement electrical closet."
Page 2 of 2
f
Lindgren & Sharples, P.C.
Consulting Engineers
435 Cottage Street
Springfield, MA 01104
LAMONT AND ALCAP DINING ROOM
SMITH COLLEGE
NORTHAMPTON, MASSACHUSETTS
ADDENDUM NO. 2
November 14,2008
CHANGES TO DRAWINGS
Drawing P 1.0
Item 1: New Work Plan—Add the following Note: "Furnish and install a 4" pvc
sleeve in the floor above the new soda dispensing unit up in to the new case work
on the first floor. New sleeve to be used to run new soda lines."
Item 2: New Work Plan —Add the following Note: "Furnish and install a water
filter (Aquapure Model AP510) at the 1/2"CO supply line to the soda dispensing
system."
Drawing P 1.1
Item 1: New Work Plan—Add the following Note: "Furnish and install a water
filter (Aquapure Model AP510) on the cold water supply line to the new beverage
center in both the ALCAP Dining Room and the Dining Room 100D1. Mount
new filters in the base cabinet."
Item 2: New Work Plan—Add the following Note: "In new vestibule 10OV2
and adjacent alcove relocate two (2) existing sprinkler heads to facilitate new
floor plan changes."
Drawing E 1.1
Item 1: Electrical New Work Plan—Revise the key note six to read"Provide
20A-3P breaker in panel "MDP". Provide 3/a"C, 4#10+#10G branch circuit
conductors to new equipment."
Page 1 of 2
Renovations to ISSUED FOR BIDDING 11/3/2008
Lamont/ALCAP Dining Room rev Addenda#2 11/14/2008
Smith College
Northampton, Massachusetts
Dateof Bid: ..................................................... ..........................................................................
...........................................................................
(Name of Bidder—Company Name)
BY
(Name of person signing Bid &Title)
(Business Mailing Address)
(City/Town, State and Zip Code)
Corporate Seal (Business Telephone Number)
Note: If the bidder is a corporation, indicate state of incorporation under signature and affix corporate
seal; if partnership, give full names and residential address of all partners; and if an individual
give residential address if different from business address.
END OF DOCUMENT
BID FORM 00410-4
Renovations to ISSUED FOR BIDDING 11/3/2008
Lamont/ALCAP Dining Room rev Addenda#2 11/14/2008
Smith College
Northampton, Massachusetts
H. The undersigned Bidder agrees to the following maximum mark-up percentages for overhead,
profit and taxes, computed on the total of labor and materials only, for additional work authorized
by the Owner during the performance of the Work.
1. For subcontractors, allow ten percent(10%) on their own work.
2. For the Contractor, allow five percent (5%) on the work of subcontractors
3. For the Contractor, allow ten percent(10%) on Work of his/her own employees.
I. The Bidder hereby agrees to commence work on or after receipt of Notice to Proceed or suitable
Letter of Intent, to pursue the Work with diligence. The House must be made a safe environment
by FRIDAY, JANUARY 23, 2009. Work in Comstock, Morrow, Wilder and Wilson dining rooms
shall be Substantially Completed by FRIDAY,JANUARY 16, 2009.
J. The undersigned agrees that, if he is selected as the Contractor, he will within five days,
Saturdays, Sundays and legal holidays excluded, after presentation thereof by the Owner,
execute a contract in accordance with the terms of this general bid and furnish a Performance
Bond and also a Labor and Material or Payment Bond, each of a surety company qualified to do
business under the laws of the Commonwealth and satisfactory to the Owner and each in the
sum of the contract price, the premiums for which are to be paid by the Contractor and are
included in the contract price.
K. The undersigned Bidder agrees to provide, as an integral part of this Bid, a separate attachment
entitled "BID FORM, RESUME AND QUALIFICATIONS OF PROJECT SUPERINTENDENT".
Attachment shall include Contractor's intended Project Superintendent's resume defining the
superintendent's qualifications, and years of experience with Bidding Contractor.
L. The undersigned Bidder agrees to provide, as an integral part of this Bid, a separate attachment
entitled "BID FORM SUPPLEMENT— PROPOSED SUBCONTRACTORS" stating names of firms
proposed listing portions of Work.
M. Labor: The undersigned hereby certifies that he/she is able to furnish labor and services that can
work in harmony with all other elements of labor employed or to be employed on the Work.
N. The Bidder agrees that this Bid shall be good and may not be withdrawn for a period of 30
calendar days after the scheduled closing time for receipt of bids.
0. The Bidder understands the Owner's right to reject any and all bids.
P. The undersigned further certifies that under the penalties of perjury that this bid is in all respects
bona fide, fair, and made without collusion, or fraud with any other person.As used in this
document, the word"person" shall mean any natural person,joint venture, partnership,
corporation, or other business or legal entity.
BID FORM 00410-3
Renovations to ISSUED FOR BIDDING 11/3/2008
Lamont/ALCAP Dining Room rev Addenda#2 11/14/2008
Smith College
Northampton, Massachusetts
E. Addenda: The Bidder acknowledges receipt of the following addenda, and has taken them into
consideration in the preparation of this Bid:
Addenda No. dated: Addenda No. dated:
Addenda No. dated: Addenda No. dated:
F. Alternates: The undersigned Bidder submits the following alternate prices, as described in the
Bidding Documents, which are to be added to or deducted from the above stated Base Bid Price,
as may be selected by the Owner for inclusion into this Contract. (In the event that an alternate
does not affect the contract Price, the Bidder shall remark"No Charge".)
Add Alternates Deduct Alternates
ForAlternate No. 1: $............................................. $.............................................
ForAlternate No. 2: $............................................. $.............................................
ForAlternate No. 3: $............................................. $.............................................
ForAlternate No. 4: $............................................. $.............................................
ForAlternate No. 5: $............................................. $.............................................
ForAlternate No. 6: $............................................. $.............................................
G. Cost Breakdown of total contract price;
(Sum of breakdown equals Proposed Bid Price).
1. General conditions and miscellaneous $.............................................
2. Overhead and Profit $...............................I.....I.......
3. Wood and Plastics $.............................................
4. Finishes $.............................................
5. Specialties $.............................................
6. Mechanical $.........................I...................
7. Electrical $.............................................
8. Comstock/Wilder—finishes, millwork, MEP $.............................................
9 Morrow/Wilson -finishes, millwork, MEP $.............................................
10. Furnishings, Window Treatment- Lamont $.............................................
11. Furnishings, Window Treatment-Comstock/Wilder $.............................................
12. Furnishings, Window Treatment- Morrow/Wilson $.............................................
BID FORM 00410-2
Renovations to ISSUED FOR BIDDING 11/3/2008
Lamont/ALCAP Dining Room rev Addenda#2 11/14/2008
Smith College
Northampton, Massachusetts
SECTION 00410 - BID FORM
BID OF:
(Name of Bidder)
TO: The Trustee's of the Smith College, herein called the Owner, per the attentions of
Smith College Physical Plant
Smith College
126 West Street
Northampton, MA 01063
A. The undersigned Bidder proposes and agrees, if this Bid is accepted, to enter into an Agreement
with Owner in the form included in the Bidding Documents, to complete all Work as specified and
indicated in the Bidding Documents for the stipulated Contract Price stated herein, and within the
time limit indicated in this Bid and in compliance with the Contract Documents and all applicable
legal requirements.
B. The undersigned Bidder hereby declares that he or she has visited the site and the conditions
present and has carefully examined the Bidding Documents, together with all Addenda issued,
received and acknowledged below, and has familiarized himself or herself with the legal
requirements (federal, state, and local laws, ordinances, rules and regulations) and other
conditions which may affect the cost, progress or performance of Work, and has made
independent investigations, deemed necessary by the Bidder.
C. The undersigned Bidder hereby offers and agrees to provide all labor, services, products, and
materials required in the performance of Work to complete the following named project:
Renovations to
Lamont/ALCAP Dining Room
Smith College
Northampton, Massachusetts
to the satisfaction of the Owner and the Architect and in accordance with the accompanying
Bidding and Contract Documents, dated "ISSUED FOR BIDDING, 11/3/2008" as prepared by
Thomas Douglas Architects, Inc., Northampton, Massachusetts, for the Contract price specified
below, subject to additions and deductions according to the terms of the Contract Documents.
D. The proposed total contract price is: (Base Bid— NOT INCLUDING ALTERNATES)
.........................................................................................................................................Dollars
(total contract price amount in words,which governs)
($..................................................................................................................... )
(total contract price amount in numbers)
BID FORM 00410-1
Renovations to ISSUED FOR BIDDING 11/3/2008
Lamont/ALCAP Dining Room rev Addenda#2 11/14/2008
Smith College
Northampton, Massachusetts
trims on existing cans to remain. The details for this work, including locations, and
materials shall be clearly outlined in the contract documents.
6. Alternate#6: Lightly sand all existing wood finishes, trim, wainscotting, and paneling
at Comstock & Wilder dining rooms. Lightly stain all same with finish to match
existing. Provide two (2) coats of poly finish to all woodword, lightly sanding between
coats.
END OF SECTION 01030
ALTERNATES 01030-2
Renovations to ISSUED FOR BIDDING 11/3/2008
Lamont/ALCAP Dining Room rev Addenda#2 11/14/2008
Smith College
Northampton, Massachusetts
SECTION 01030-ALTERNATES
1.0 GENERAL
A. An alternate is an amount proposed by bidders and stated on the Bid Form for certain work
that may be added to or deducted from the Base Bid amount if the Owner decides to accept a
corresponding change in either the amount of construction to be completed or in the
products, materials, equipment, systems, or installation methods described in the Contract
Documents.
1. The cost or credit for each alternate is the net addition to or deduction from the Contract
Sum to incorporate the Alternate into the Work. No other adjustments are made to the
Contract Sum.
B. Coordination: Modify or adjust affected adjacent Work as necessary to completely and fully
integrate that Work into the Project.
C. Notification: Immediately following award of the Contract, notify each party involved, in
writing, of the status of each alternate. Indicate whether alternates have been accepted,
rejected, or deferred for later consideration. Include a complete description of negotiated
modifications to alternates.
D. Schedule: A"Schedule of Alternates" is included at the end of this Section. Specification
Sections referenced in the Schedule contain requirements for materials necessary to achieve
the Work described under each alternate.
2.0 PRODUCTS (Not Applicable)
3.0 EXECUTION
A. Schedule of Alternates:
1. Alternate#1: Expand existing width of window opening into the Dish Return at
Lamont/ALCAP Kitchen. This work includes but is not limited to: expansion of existing
dish window opening approximately 2'-0"wider to 6'-0" in width, removal of existing
rolling gate, removal/modification of existing stainless steel window frame,
installation/modification of stainless steel window frame and installation of new College
provided lockable rolling gate.
2. Alternate#2: provide new DuPont Zodiaq counter top at each of four(4) hot lines at
Comstock, Wilder, Morrow and Wilson dining rooms. Verify size of existing hot units in
field. Color to be selected by Architect from full range of standard colors.
3. Alternate#3: install new flooring at Lamont/ALCAP Dining Room (room 100D2). Floor to
be patterned floor with 4'-8" border. The"field" shall be composed of eight (8) "pie-
shaped" pieces meeting at a point at the center. Material shall be Amtico Stratica. Refer
to finish drawings and specification 09658 for information. Floor pattern as subsititute for
uni-directional installation of sheet flooring (base bid).
4. Alternate#4: install new flooring at Lamont/ALCAP Dining Room (room 100D2). Floor to
be patterned floor with 6'-0" border. The "field" shall be composed of eight(8) "pie-
shaped" pieces meeting at a point at the center. Material shall be Toli Mature Wood sheet
vinyl . Refer to finish drawings and specification section 09657 for information. Floor
pattern as subsititute for uni-directional installation of sheet flooring (base bid).
5. Alternate#5: Remove existing reflectors from (8) recessed cans located in angled
peak of ALCAP dining room. Install new recessed can reflector with edgelit circle
ALTERNATES 01030 - 1
Additions and Renovations to ADDENDA#2
Chapin House Dining
Chapin House
Smith College
Northampton, Massachusetts
ASAP so they can track by building.A: Please break down price for MEP,
finishes & millwork at Comstock/Wilder and Morrow/Wilson. Curtains/sheers shall
be priced separately. Clarification is reflected on revised bid form.
15. Q: Zodiaq/Corian vendor recommends stainless steel trim ring for hot and
cold serving lines.Will college provide trim ring?A: The College's equipment
vendor will supply trim rings as required by installer.
ATTACHED DOCUMENTS:
• 00410 bid form ADD2— revised bid form.
• 01030 alternates ADD2—revised "Alternates" specification section.
• Page 3
Additions and Renovations to ADDENDA#2
Chapin House Dining
Chapin House
Smith College
Northampton, Massachusetts
sanding between each coat."Revised specification sections 00410— BID FORM
and 01030—ALTERNATES will be provided as part of this addendum package.
6. Q: The ceilings in Lamont,the servery (100D2) and the corridor(100C3) call
for new ceiling tile in existing grid and it is also calling for it to be painted,
is this correct?A: The new ceiling tiles in Servery 100D2 and Corridor 100C3
and the existing grid to remain will be painted (color P.8 as presently scheduled).
The existing ceiling in Old Lamont Dining Room 100D1 shall remain as is—no
new paint finish. The ceiling in ALCAP 100D2 shall be painted, color P.5 as
presently scheduled.
7. Q: From our site observations,ACT ceiling will need to be modified for Alt
#1 (dish room side) along with the relocation of the presoak and degreaser
control and a water line. Include in our price? A: Yes, please include these
omitted items in your pricing for add alternate#1. New locations for relocated
items will be coordinated in field with Smith College Dining Services and
Architect. Modify ceiling grid &tiles as required for installation of new grate and
as effected by the expansion of the existing dish return window.
8. Q: Our ACT sub has told us that they don't think that there is enough ACT
tile to fill a truck per 09515. Used tile can be placed on pallets.Would the
college then stock pile? Please advise.A: Please palletize for storage.
9. Q: College will supply sneeze guards,correct?A: Smith College Dining
Services will provide all kitchen, serving and beverage area equipment. G.C. will
install.
10. Q: Will the college provide all dispensers templates for new counter tops?
A: Yes. Most equipment is existing and available to measure/template on site.
Cut sheets will be provided for other new equipment.
11. Q: Would you please provide a count for the fire extinguisher and
cabinets?A: Provide four(4) fire extinguishers for Lamont/ALCAP. Install one
(1) at each egress door(revised vestibule, existing vestibule, and ALCAP egress
door). Provide one(1) fire extinguisher for storage at new/revised hot serving
line.
12. Q: Our curtain supplier is hesitant to price grommets in the shear curtains
because they feel that the specified fabric will fall apart around the
grommets within a short amount of time. Unless they hear differently they
are pricing pinch pleats and rings? Please clarify this if possible.A: Please
price and construct with grommets as described in specifications.
13. Q: 1 saw an existing coat hook at Lamont(perhaps there are two?)...plans
call for two new coat hooks...is this a remove and reuse item?A: The
original plan was to install new wood trim piece and coat hooks in the new
vestibule. The idea to re-use is a good one. There are three (3) runs of coat
hooks and trim in the existing egress vestibule (lower vestibule on plan) and two
(2) each in each existing overflow/standup dining areas to the left and right of the
existing entry. Please re-use, modify, and re-install from this existing stock in the
new vestibule. These existing pieces will receive a painted finish.
14. Q: Bid form asks for a cost breakdown of total contract price. My question
is what you want included for Comstock/Wilder and Morrow/Wilson. Paint
and flooring or paint,flooring and electrical? I'll need to let subs know
• Page 2
THOMAS •
Architects, Inc.
Memo
To: All Contractors
From: Jody Barker, Thomas Douglas Architects, Inc.
CC: Charlie Conant, Smith College; Julia Weatherby, Lindgren & Sharples
Date: 12/1/08
Re: Renovations to Lamont/ALCAP Dining Room, Smith College, Northampton, MA—
ADDENDA#2
ADDENDA#2
Renovations to
Lamont/ALCAP Dining Room
Smith College
Northampton, Massachusetts
RFI:
1. Q: What is the gauge for the stainless steel wall finish in Lamont/ALCAP?
A: The stainless steel wall finish shall be 22 gauge.
2. Q: Will the existing cabinet to be modified in Old Lamont Dining Room,
require a back? Side Panel? How deep? A: Please provide a paintable back
panel at the cabinet. Side, top and bottom panels will be required. Please provide
%" thick, paint grade plywood. Shelf, top, bottom &side panels shall be 12" deep.
3. Q: Where is the cabinet to be re-used/modified for Comstock&Wilder
dining rooms? How shall the new end panel be configured?A: The existing
cabinet is in the basement of Talbot House. The cabinet consists of two 90" units
(total 180" long), 35" deep and 33-1/4" high. Please provide a raised panel to
match the existing end panel at each cabinet.
4. Q: Should the new sheer curtains be weighted at the base?A: Yes.
5. Q: Please clarify the scope of work of woodwork restoration in Comstock&
Wilder dining rooms. A: To address some of the questions and concerns raised
at the 11/12/08 walk-thru at Comstock &Wilder dining rooms, we will define the
scope of work as a"base bid"option and a new add alternate for the bid
package. The "base bid" option will be as follows: to touch up all scars,
scratches, dents and exposed wood with stain to match. Seal/poly at these
areas. "Tape stains"shall be left"as is". Polish/clean all woodwork with lemon oil.
Please provide pricing for Add Alternate#6 as follows: "Lightly sand all wood
work. Lightly stain with finish to match existing. Provide two-coat poly finish,
• Page 1
LINDGREN &. SHARPLES, P.C. Consulting Engineers
435 Cottage Street,Suite 1,Springfield,MA 01104-4005 Phone: (413)732-4336/Fax: (413)731-0786
device location at student check-in. 3) Remove all existing
dimmer switches from this area and install in place standard single
pole or 3-way toggle switches." ADD note: "General Note:
provide blank plates on all boxes made obsolete with new
construction. Coordinate with Architect regarding final device
locations."
END OF ADDENDUM#1
Page 2 of 2
J/ LINDGREN & SHARPLES, P.C. Consulting Engineers
435 Cottage Street,Suite 1,Springfield,MA 01104-4005 Phone: (413)732-4336/Fax: (413)731-0786
ADDENDUM#1
November 11, 2008
Lamont/ALCAP Dining Room Renovations
Smith College, Northampton, MA
L&S Project# 1697
Modifications to Drawings
ITEM#I On Drawing#ED 1.1, Electrical Demo Plan, ADD existing electrical outlet
in and facing into Servery 100D2, and located on the end of the
wall at Vestibule IOOV2 (containing F/A Pull station). ADD key
note#1 to receptacle outlet.
ITEM#2 On Drawing#ED1.1, Electrical Demo Plan, ADD existing data outlet in
and facing into Servery IOOD2, and located on the end of the wall
at Vestibule 100V2 (containing F/A Pull station). ADD key note
#9 to data outlet
ITEM#3 On Drawing#ED1.1, Electrical Demo Plan, ADD key note number nine
(9) to read: "Data Outlet to be removed. Reroute, or extend
existing wiring to new location in support of new outlet."
ITEM#4 On Drawing#E1.1, Electrical New Work Plan, REVISE existing keyed
note number six (6) to read: "Provide 20A-3P breaker in panel
"KP" Provide 3/4"C, 4#12+#12G branch circuit conductors to new
equipment.
ITEM#5 On Drawing#E1.1, Electrical New Work Plan, ADD key note#1 to
receptacle in Servery 100D2 located adjacent the data outlet on
wall adjoining Vestibule 100V2.
ITEM#6 On Drawing#E1.2,Electrical Work at Cushing, Emerson, Morrow,
Wilder, &Comstock ADD note"Additional work is required at the
Wilson Dining Room as follows: 1) At new banquettes, two (2)
receptacle outlets must be relocated to 42". Remove conductor to
basement,provide junction box to splice and continue conductors
in wall to new outlet location directly above existing location. 2)
At new banquette, one (1) data outlet must be relocated. Remove
existing conductors to basement and reroute or extend to new
Page 1 of 2
THOMAS •
Architects, Inc.
Memo
To: All Contractors
From: Jody Barker, Thomas Douglas Architects, Inc.
CC: Charlie Conant, Smith College; Julia Weatherby, Lindgren& Sharpies
Date: 11/12/2008
Re: Renovations to Lamont &ALCAP Dining Room, Smith College, Northampton, MA—
ADDENDA#1
ADDENDA#1
Renovations to
Presentation Room
Smith College Admissions
Smith College
Northampton, Massachusetts
ADDENDUM SKETCHES:
AD-SK-01 — REVISIONS AT MORROW DINING ROOM PLAN
AD-SK-02 — REVISIONS AT WILSON DINING ROOM PLAN
AD-SK-03 — REVISIONS AT WILSON DINING ROOM ELEVATIONS
AD-SK-04— REVISIONS AT LAMONT/ALCAP FURNITURE PLAN
• Page 1
1
1
i
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
7
1
7
1
7
l
1
1
318
�a
Project Name: Renovations to
Lamont/ALCAP Dining Room
Smith College
Northampton, MA
Owner: The Trustees of Smith College
1 Smith College
Northampton, MA
Phone: 413-585-2400
Project Manager: Charlie Conant
Architect: Thomas Douglas Architects, Inc.
136 West Street
Northampton, MA
Phone: 413-585-0641, Fax: 413-582-9882
Project Architects: Tom Douglas, Jody Barker
MEP/FP: Lindgren & Sharpies, P.C.
435 Cottage Street
Springfield, MA
Phone: 413-732-4336,Fax: 413-731-0786
Project Engineers: Dino D'Angelo, Julia Weatherby
PROJECT MANUAL
"ISSUED FOR BIDDING, NOVEMBER 3, 2008"
1%N" roll per^ i1' I ! 2-1 ^) 12 oo